2022 Chevrolet Bolt EUV Owner's Manual

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

22_CHEV_Bolt_EUV_COV_en_US_84946677A_2021MAR11.pdf 1 3/7/2021 10:55:44 AM

Chevrolet BOLT EUV Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mex-ico-15082423) - 2022 - CRC - 2/26/21

Contents

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Service and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehiclemodel names, and vehicle body designsappearing in this manual including, but notlimited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, and BOLT aretrademarks and/or service marks of GeneralMotors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates,or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitutethe name “General Motors of CanadaCompany” for Chevrolet Motor Divisionwherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features that may ormay not be on the vehicle because ofoptional equipment that was not purchasedon the vehicle, model variants, countryspecifications, features/applications that may

not be available in your region, or changessubsequent to the printing of this owner’smanual.

Refer to the purchase documentationrelating to your specific vehicle to confirmthe features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle for quickreference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can be obtainedfrom your dealer, at www.helminc.com,or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guideen français auprès du concessionnaire ou àl'adresse suivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84946677 A First Printing ©2021 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


2 Introduction

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information about thevehicle, use the Index in the back of themanual. It is an alphabetical list of what isin the manual and the page number whereit can be found.

About Driving the VehicleAs with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or a crash. Be sure to readthe driving guidelines in this manual in thesection called “Driving and Operating” andspecifically Driver Behavior 0 171, DrivingEnvironment 0 171, and Vehicle Design 0 171.

Danger, Warning, and CautionWarning messages found on vehicle labelsand in this manual describe hazards andwhat to do to avoid or reduce them.

{ DangerDanger indicates a hazard with a highlevel of risk which will result in seriousinjury or death.

{ WarningWarning indicates a hazard that couldresult in injury or death.

CautionCaution indicates a hazard that couldresult in property or vehicle damage.

A circle with a slash through it is a safetysymbol which means “Do not,” “Do not dothis,” or “Do not let this happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components and labels thatuse symbols instead of text. Symbols areshown along with the text describing theoperation or information relating to aspecific component, control, message, gauge,or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’s manual hasadditional instructions or information.

* : Shown when the service manual hasadditional instructions or information.

0 : Shown when there is more informationon another page — “see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols that maybe found on the vehicle and what theymean. See the features in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly

P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water

[ : Energy Usage and Charge ModeSelection

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable


Introduction 3

g : First Responder

[ : Forward Collision Alert

R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location

+ : Fuses

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers ProperlyInstalled

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

h : Risk of Electrical Fire

> : Seat Belt Reminders

Z : Service Vehicle Soon

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

k : Vehicle Ahead Indicator

] : Vehicle Ready


4 Introduction

Instrument Panel Overview


Introduction 5

1. Air Vents 0 168.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 113.

IntelliBeam System Button. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 110.

3. Regenerative Braking 0 189

4. Instrument Cluster 0 83.

Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.

5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 77.

6. Infotainment Controls. See Overview0 118.

7. Automatic Headlamp System 0 112.

Charging Status Feedback 0 232

Indicator Light and Solar Sensor (ILSS).See “Sensors” under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 164.

8. Infotainment System. See AM-FM Radio0 122.

9. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 113

10. Automatic Climate Control System 0 164.

Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 32(If Equipped).

11. Power Outlets 0 80.

12. Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 190.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 227.

13. Electric Parking Brake 0 188.

14. Shift Switches. See Electric Drive Unit0 184.

One-Pedal Driving 0 186.

15. Wireless Charging 0 80.

16. USB Port 0 125.

17. Stop/Start Button. See Power Button0 181.

18. Steering Wheel Controls 0 76 (IfEquipped).

19. Horn 0 76.

20. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 76 (Outof View).

21. Cruise Control 0 191.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System0 220.

22. Hood Release. See Hood 0 242.

23. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View).See Service Vehicle Soon Light 0 89.

24. Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 258.

25. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 110.

Instrument Panel Illumination Control0 113.


6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindowsKeys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 21Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Keys and LocksKeys

{ WarningLeaving children in a vehicle with aRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter isdangerous and children or others couldbe seriously injured or killed. They couldoperate the power windows or othercontrols or make the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the path of aclosing window. Do not leave children ina vehicle with an RKE transmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

The key that is part of the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter can be used for alllocks.

To remove the key, press the button nearthe bottom of the transmitter, and pull thekey out. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically,clean the key with a brush or a pick.

See your dealer if a new key is needed.

If locked out of the vehicle, see RoadsideAssistance Program 0 311.

With an active OnStar or connected serviceplan, an OnStar Advisor may remotelyunlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview0 319.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 316.

If there is a decrease in the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) operating range:. Check the distance. The transmitter may

be too far from the vehicle.. Check the location. Other vehicles or

objects may be blocking the signal.. Check the transmitter's battery. See

“Battery Replacement” later in thissection.

. If the transmitter is still not workingcorrectly, see your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician for service.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System OperationThe Keyless Access system allows for vehicleentry when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” following.

The transmitter functions may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System 0 7.



Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flash and/orthe horn may sound on the second press toindicate locking. See Vehicle Personalization0 105.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and the driverdoor will immediately unlock, if enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 105.

If the passenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarm system.See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.

K : Press to unlock the driver door. Pressunlock again within five seconds to unlockall doors. The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors on the firstbutton press. See Vehicle Personalization0 105.

The turn signal indicators may flash toindicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Pressing K will disarm the alarm system.See Vehicle Alarm System 0 18.

7 : Press and release one time to initiatevehicle locator. The exterior lamps flash andthe horn chirps three times.

Press and hold 7 for at least three secondsto sound the panic alarm. The horn soundsand the turn signals flash for about30 seconds or until 7 is pressed again orthe vehicle is started.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for at leastfour seconds to start the vehicle's heating orair conditioning systems and rear windowdefogger from outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start 0 13.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allows the doorsand liftgate to be locked and unlockedwithout pressing the RKE transmitter button.The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened.If the vehicle has this feature, there will bea button on both outside front doorhandles.

Keyless Access can be programmed tounlock all doors on the first unlock/lockbutton press from the driver door. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from theDriver Door

When the doors are locked and the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the driverdoor handle, pressing the lock/unlock buttonon the driver door handle will unlock thedriver door. If the lock/unlock button ispressed again within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. Pull the doorhandle to unlatch the door.

Pressing the lock/unlock button will causeall doors to lock if any of the followingoccur:. It has been more than five seconds since

the first lock/unlock button press.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 9. Two lock/unlock button presses were

used to unlock all doors.. Any vehicle door has opened and all

doors are now closed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromPassenger Doors

When the doors are locked and the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the doorhandle, pressing the lock/unlock button onthat door handle will unlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button will causeall doors to lock if any of the followingoccur:. The lock/unlock button was used to

unlock all doors.. Any vehicle door has opened and all

doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of ExteriorDoor Handles and Liftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exteriordoor handles and liftgate can be disabledand enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and

K on the RKE transmitter at the same timefor approximately three seconds. The turnsignal lamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Using anyexterior handle to unlock the doors or openthe liftgate will cause the turn signal lampsto flash four times quickly, indicating accessis disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarmsystem before starting the vehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and

K on the RKE transmitter at the same timefor approximately three seconds. The turnsignal lamps will flash twice quickly toindicate access is enabled.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system will lock thevehicle several seconds after all doors areclosed, if the vehicle is off and at least oneRKE transmitter has been removed from theinterior or none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interfere with theRKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may notdetect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle.

If passive locking is enabled, the doors maylock with the RKE transmitter inside thevehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter inan unattended vehicle.

To customize doors to automatically lockwhen exiting the vehicle, see VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Temporary Disable of Passive Locking

Temporarily disable passive locking bypressing and holding K on the interior doorswitch with a door open for at leastfour seconds, or until three chimes areheard. Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle is started.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off and an RKEtransmitter is left in the vehicle, the hornwill chirp three times after all doors areclosed.

To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open, andthen all doors are closed, the vehicle willcheck for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE



transmitter is not detected, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will display NOREMOTE DETECTED and the horn will chirpthree times.

This occurs only once each time the vehicleis driven.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the underside of theliftgate glass and lift up to open if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) and the doorsare locked. If the doors are unlocked, thetransmitter is not required to open theliftgate. See Liftgate 0 18.

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weak transmitterbattery, see Door Locks 0 15.

Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed to thevehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost orstolen, a replacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer. Thevehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost orstolen transmitters no longer work. Anyremaining transmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle can have up toeight transmitters matched to it.

Programming with Two RecognizedTransmitters

A new transmitter can be programmed tothe vehicle when there are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehicle mustbe off and all of the transmitters, bothcurrently recognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Open the center console. Place the tworecognized transmitters in the backuplocation with the buttons facing down.

2. Remove the key lock cylinder cover onthe driver door handle. See Door Locks0 15. Insert the vehicle key of the newtransmitter into the key lock cylinder on

the driver door handle and turn the keyto the unlock position five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE # 3,4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

3. Place the transmitter to be programmedin the backup location with the buttonsfacing down.

4. Press POWER O to start the vehicle.When the transmitter is learned, the DICwill show that it is ready to program thenext transmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter from the backuplocation and press K or Q.

To program additional transmitters,repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmitters areprogrammed, press and hold POWER Ofor 12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

6. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. SeeDoor Locks 0 15.



Programming without Two RecognizedTransmitters

If two currently recognized transmitters arenot available, follow this procedure toprogram up to eight transmitters. Thisfeature is not available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehicle mustbe off and all of the transmitters to beprogrammed must be with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylinder cover onthe driver door handle. See Door Locks0 15. Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lock cylinder onthe driver door handle and turn the keyto the unlock position five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until the DICdisplays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TOLEARN and then press POWER O.

The DIC will again show REMOTE LEARNPENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additional times. Afterthe third time, all previously knowntransmitters will no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitters can berelearned during the next steps.

The DIC should now show READY FORREMOTE # 1.

4. Open the center console. Place thetransmitter in the backup location withthe buttons facing down.

5. Press POWER O to start the vehicle.When the transmitter is learned, the DICwill show that it is ready to program thenext transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from the backuplocation and press K or Q.

To program additional transmitters,repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmitters areprogrammed, press and hold POWER Ofor 12 seconds to exitprogramming mode.

7. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylinder cap. SeeDoor Locks 0 15.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle, if thetransmitter battery is weak or if there isinterference with the signal, the DIC maydisplay NO REMOTE DETECTED or USETRANSMITTER POCKET TO START. The DICmay also display REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.

Note that, for improved vehicle security, thetransmitter is equipped with a motionsensor. When starting the vehicle, if thetransmitter has been idle for a while, movethe transmitter slightly and try starting thevehicle.



To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console. Place thetransmitter in the backup location withthe buttons facing down.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brake pedal andpress POWER O. Replace the transmitterbattery as soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ WarningNever allow children to play with the RKEtransmitter. The transmitter contains asmall battery, which can be a chokinghazard. If swallowed, internal burns canoccur, resulting in severe injury or death.Seek medical attention immediately if abattery is swallowed.

{ WarningTo avoid personal injury, do not touchmetal surfaces on the RKE transmitterwhen it has been exposed to extremeheat. These surfaces can be hot to thetouch at temperatures above 59 °C(138 °F).

CautionWhen replacing the battery, do not touchany of the circuitry on the transmitter.Static from your body could damage thetransmitter.

CautionAlways replace the battery with thecorrect type. Replacing the battery withan incorrect type could potentially createa risk of battery explosion. Dispose ofused batteries according to instructionsand local laws. Do not attempt to burn,crush, or cut the used battery, and avoidexposing the battery to environmentswith extremely low air pressures or hightemperatures.

Replace the battery if the DIC displaysREPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.



The battery is not rechargeable. To replacethe battery:

1. Press the button on the side of thetransmitter near the bottom and pull thekey out. Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat tool inserted intothe area near the key slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushing on thebattery and sliding it toward the bottomof the transmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positive sidefacing the back cover. Push the batterydown until it is held in place. Replacewith a CR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back on to thetransmitter.

6. Reinsert key into the transmitter.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and the rear windowdefogger from outside the vehicle.

Use remote start to heat or cool the interiorwhen the vehicle is plugged in to maximizeelectric range by utilizing electricity fromthe electrical outlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehicle has beenturned on.

/ : This button is on the RKE transmitter.

The climate control system will use theprevious settings during a remote start. Therear defog may come on during remotestart based on cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does not come onduring a remote start.



Laws in some local communities may restrictthe use of remote starters. For example,some laws require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view. Check localregulations for any requirements.

If the vehicle is low on energy, do not usethe remote start feature. The vehicle mayrun out of energy.

The RKE transmitter range may be less whilethe vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect the performanceof the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System 0 7.

Remote Starting the Vehicle

To remote start the vehicle:

1. Press and release Q on the RKEtransmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds or until the turnsignal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicle during aremote start, press POWER O with thebrake pedal applied to start the vehicleand operate as normal.

Remote start will automatically shut offafter 20 minutes unless a time extensionis done.

When the vehicle starts, the parking lampswill turn on. Remote start run time can beextended.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also be extendedby another 20 minutes, if after 30 secondsand during the first 20 minutes Steps 1 and2 are repeated while the vehicle is running.This provides a total of 40 minutes.

The remote start can only be extended once.

A maximum of two remote starts, or asingle start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles using POWER O.

For additional remote starts, turn the vehicleon with the transmitter in the vehicle.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any of thefollowing:

. Press and hold / until the parking lampsturn off.

. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

. Press POWER O with the brake pedalapplied, then press POWER O again toturn the vehicle off.

Conditions in Which Remote Start WillNot Work

The remote vehicle start feature will notoperate if:. The RKE transmitter is in the vehicle.. The ignition is on.. The hood is not closed.. The hazard warning flashers are on.. The electric drive unit coolant

temperature is too high.. Two remote vehicle starts, or a single

remote start with an extension, havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).



Door Locks

{ WarningUnlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especially children, caneasily open the doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doors can beunlocked and opened while the vehicleis moving. The chance of being thrownout of the vehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors are not locked.So, all passengers should wear seatbelts properly and the doors should belocked whenever the vehicle is driven.

. Young children who get into unlockedvehicles may be unable to get out.A child can be overcome by extremeheat and can suffer permanent injuriesor even death from heat stroke.Always lock the vehicle wheneverleaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enter through anunlocked door when you slow downor stop the vehicle. Locking the doorscan help prevent this from happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from outside thevehicle:. Use the key in the driver door to lock and

unlock the door without the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. The keycylinder is covered with a cap. See “DriverDoor Key Lock Cylinder Access (In Case ofDead Battery)” later in this section.

. Press Q or K on the RKE transmitter tolock and unlock the doors.

To lock or unlock the doors from inside thevehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power door lockswitch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling an interiordoor handle will unlock the door. Pullingthe door handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m(3 ft) of the liftgate or door being opened.Press the button on the door handle toopen. See “Keyless Access Operation” inRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 7.

Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder Access (InCase of Dead Battery)

To access the driver door key lock cylinder:

1. Insert the key into the slot on thebottom of the cap.



2. Lift the key upward to remove the cap.

3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turnto unlock.

To replace the cap:

1. Position the bottom edge of the capunder the lower edge of the metalpiece (2). The tabs (3) attach to themetal piece (2) at the positions (1).

2. Rotate the cap upward and install intoplace.

3. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turns freely wheneither the wrong key is used, or the correctkey is not fully inserted. The free-turningdoor lock feature prevents the lock frombeing forced open. To reset the lock, turn itto the vertical position with the correct keyfully inserted. Remove the key and insert itagain. If this does not reset the lock, turnthe key halfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Locking and unlocking the doors will alsounlock the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 18.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actual locking of thedoors until five seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turned on whenthe Unlocked Door Anti Lockout feature hasbeen turned off.



Press Q on the power door lock switch withthe door open.

The doors will then lock automaticallyfive seconds after all doors are closed. If adoor is reopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer will reset onceall the doors are closed again.

Press Q on the door lock switch again orpress Q on the RKE transmitter to overridethis feature and lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can be programmed. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automatically when alldoors are closed, the vehicle is on, and theshift switch is out of P (Park).

If a vehicle door is unlocked and thenopened and closed, the doors will lock eitherwhen your foot is removed from the brakeor the vehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed. See Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in Service Mode andthe power door lock switch is pressed withthe driver door open, all the doors will lockand only the driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking is requestedwhile a door is open, when all doors areclosed the vehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter isdetected and the number of RKEtransmitters inside has not reduced, thedriver door will unlock and the horn willchirp three times.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door open bypressing and holding Q on the power doorlock switch.

If Unlocked Door Anti Lockout is turned onand the vehicle is off, the driver door isopen, and locking is requested, all the doorswill lock and only the driver door willunlock. The Unlocked Door Anti Lockoutfeature can be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on the insideedge of the rear doors. To use thesafety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to the lockposition.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the other rear door.

To open a rear door when the safety lockis on:

1. Unlock the door by using the insidehandle, the power door lock switch,or the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from the outside.



When the safety lock is enabled, adults andolder children will not be able to open therear door from the inside. Cancel the safetylocks to enable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open it from theoutside.

2. Move the lever rearward to unlock. Dothe same for the other door.

DoorsLiftgate

CautionTo avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the area aboveand behind the liftgate is clear beforeopening it.

To lock or unlock the liftgate from theoutside, press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter.

To lock or unlock the liftgate from theinside, press Q or K.

To open the liftgate, press the touch padand lift up.

When closing the liftgate, use the pull cup.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the underside of theliftgate glass and lift up to open if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) and thedoors are locked. If the doors are unlocked,the transmitter is not required to open theliftgate.

Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrent features;however, they do not make the vehicleimpossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarm system.



The red indicator light, on the instrumentpanel near the windshield, indicates thestatus of the system:

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured during thedelay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, thehood, or the liftgate is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System1. Close the liftgate, then turn off the

vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways:. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Access system.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarm system willarm. Pressing Q on the RKE transmittera second time will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will not arm if thedoors are locked with the key.

If the driver door is opened without firstunlocking with the RKE transmitter, the hornwill chirp and the lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started,or the door is not unlocked by pressing Kon the RKE transmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.

If a door or the liftgate is opened withoutfirst disarming the system, the turn signalswill flash and the horn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system will thenre-arm to monitor for the next unauthorizedevent.

Disarming the System

Do one of the following to disarm the alarmsystem or turn off the alarm if it has beenactivated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using the KeylessAccess system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have

left the vehicle.. Always unlock a door with the RKE

transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with the key willnot disarm the system or turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a Tamper Condition

If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter andthe horn chirps and the lights flash threetimes, an alarm occurred previously whilethe alarm system was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, a messagewill appear on the DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement 0 316.



Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passive theft-deterrentsystem.

The system does not have to be manuallyarmed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automatically immobilizedwhen the transmitter leaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system is disarmedwhen POWERO is pressed and a validtransmitter is found in the vehicle.

The security light on the instrument clustercomes on when there is a problem witharming or disarming the theft-deterrentsystem.

The system has one or more transmittersmatched to an immobilizer control unit inthe vehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle. If thetransmitter is damaged, you may not beable to start the vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly when thevehicle is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and the securitylight stays on, there is a problem with thesystem. Turn the vehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter,or place the transmitter in the transmitterpocket.

See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.

If the vehicle does not start with the othertransmitter or with the transmitter placed inthe transmitter pocket, the vehicle needsservice.

See your dealer who can service thetheft-deterrent system and have a newtransmitter programmed to the vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter or device thatdisarms or deactivates the theft-deterrentsystem in the vehicle.

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors

{ WarningA convex mirror can make things, likeother vehicles, look farther away thanthey really are. If you cut too sharplyinto the adjacent lane, you could hit avehicle that is driving next to you. Checkthe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder before changing lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convex shapedso more can be seen from the driver’s seat.



Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press } or | to choose the driver orpassenger mirror. An indicator will showthe selected mirror.

2. Press one of the four arrows on thecontrol pad while the indicator light onbutton } or | is illuminated, to movethe mirror in the desired direction.

3. Adjust each outside mirror so that a littleof the vehicle and the area behind it canbe seen.

4. Press } or | again to deselect themirror. If you do not deselect the mirror,the mirror adjustment will turn off afterabout one minute.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

If equipped, the mirrors can be foldedinward by hand to prevent damage whengoing through tight maneuvers such as anautomatic car wash. Afterward, fold themirror outward by hand to return it to theoriginal position.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 225.

Side Blind Zone Alert

The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert.See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 225.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle may have a turn signal indicatoron the mirror housings. The indicator willflash when a turn signal or the hazardwarning flashers are used.

Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger also heats theoutside mirrors, if equipped.

K : Press to heat the outside rearviewmirrors. See “Rear Window Defogger” underAutomatic Climate Control System 0 164.

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clear viewof the area behind your vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directly on themirror. Use a soft towel dampened withwater.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytime use andpull it rearward for nighttime use to avoidglare of the headlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming RearviewMirrorIf equipped, automatic dimming reduces theglare of headlamps from behind. Thedimming feature comes on when the vehicleis started.



Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimming mirrorprovides a wide angle camera view of thearea behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push thetab to turn it off. When off, the mirror isautomatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for aclear view of the area behind the vehiclewhile the display is off.

Press V to scroll through the adjustmentoptions.

Press t and u to adjust the settings usingthe indicators on the mirror. The indicatorswill remain visible for five seconds after thelast button activation, and the settings willremain saved.

The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom



. Tilt

{ WarningThe Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has alimited view. Portions of the road,vehicles, and other objects may not beseen. Do not drive or park the vehicleusing only this camera. Objects mayappear closer than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance over yourshoulder when making lane changes ormerging. Failure to use proper care mayresult in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a blue screenand3 are displayed in the mirror, andthe display shuts off. Also, push the tab asindicated to return to the automaticdimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may not workproperly or display a clear image if:. There is glare from the sun or headlamps.

This may obstruct objects from view.If needed, push the tab to turn off thedisplay.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks thecamera lens. To clean the rear camera,see Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 77 orclean the lens with a soft damp cloth.


24 Keys, Doors, and Windows. The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has

been damaged, and/or the position or themounting angle of the camera haschanged.

Windows

{ WarningNever leave a child, a helpless adult, or apet alone in a vehicle, especially with thewindows closed in warm or hot weather.

They can be overcome by the extremeheat and suffer permanent injuries oreven death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed toimprove electric range performance. Thismay result in a pulsing sound when eitherrear window is down and the front windowsare up. To reduce the sound, open a frontwindow.

Power Windows

{ WarningLeaving children in a vehicle with the RKEtransmitter is dangerous for manyreasons; children or others could be badlyinjured or even killed. They could operatethe power windows or other controls oreven make the vehicle move. Thewindows will function with the RKEtransmitter in the vehicle and they couldbe seriously injured or killed if caught inthe path of a closing window. Do notleave the RKE transmitter in a vehiclewith children.

When there are children in the rear seat,use the window lockout switch to preventunintentional operation of the windows.

Press the switch to open the window. Pullthe front of the switch up to close it.

The window switches on the driver doorcontrol all windows.

The power windows only operate with thevehicle on or in Service Mode, or whenRetained Accessory Power (RAP) is active.

Express Window Operation

The driver and passenger windows have anexpress feature which allows the windowsto be lowered or raised without holding theswitch. To automatically raise or lower thewindow, pull the driver or passengerwindow switch up or press it down all theway and release. Stop the window bypressing or pulling the switch in the same



direction a second time, or by brieflyoperating the switch to the first position ineither direction. The rear passenger windowshave express open only.

Safety Function

This is for vehicles with the express-upfeature. If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up feature isactive, the window will stop andauto-reverse to a preset position. Weatherconditions may cause the window toauto-reverse. The window switch may beheld up to the second position to close thewindow. The window will return to normaloperation once the obstruction or conditionis removed.

Safety Function Override

This is for vehicles with the express-upfeature. If the battery on the vehicle hasbeen recharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the windows will need to bereprogrammed for the express-up feature towork. Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program the driver window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicle on or inService Mode.

2. Press and hold the power window switchuntil the window is fully open.

3. Pull the power window switch up untilthe window is fully closed.

4. Continue holding the switch up forapproximately two seconds after thewindow is completely closed.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rear passengerwindows from operating, except from thedriver position.

Press2 on the driver door to activate thewindow lockout. The indicator light in theswitch will illuminate when activated.

Press2 again to deactivate the windowlockout.

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare.Detach the sun visor from the center mountto pivot to the side window or, if equipped,extend along the rod.

Visor Vanity Mirror

The vehicle may have vanity mirrors andcard holders on the back of the sun visors.Swing down the sun visor to expose thevanity mirror.



RoofSunroof

1. Sunroof Switch2. Sunshade Switch

If equipped, the sunroof only operates whenthe ignition is on or in Service Mode orwhen Retained Accessory Power (RAP) isactive. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)0 183

Sunroof Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof,fully press and releasei (1). Press theswitch again to stop it. To express-close thesunroof, fully press and releaseg (1).Press the switch again to stop it.

Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To open thesunroof, press and holdi (1) until thesunroof reaches the desired position. Pressand holdg (1) to close it.

Vent : From the closed position,pressi (1) to vent the sunroof.

Sunshade Switch Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open thesunshade, fully press and releaser (2). Toexpress-close the sunshade, fully press andreleases (2). Press the switch again tostop it.

Open/Close : To open the sunshade, pressand holdr (2) until the sunshade reachesthe desired position. Presss (2) to closethe sunshade.

When the sunroof is opened, an air deflectorwill automatically raise. The air deflector willretract when the sunroof is closed.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof has an automatic reversalsystem that is only active when the sunroofis operated in express-close mode.

If an object is in the path while expressclosing, the reversal system will detect anobject, stop, and open the sunroof again.

If frost or other conditions prevent closing,override the feature by closing the sunroofin manual mode. To stop movement,releasethe switch.

In the event of closing difficulties like frostor other conditions, it is possible to overridethe reversal system. To override the reversalsystem, close in manual mode. To stop themovement, release the switch.



Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroofseal or in the track. This could cause anissue with sunroof operation or noise.It could also plug the water drainagesystem.

Periodically open the sunroof and removeany obstacles or loose debris. Wipe thesunroof seal and roof sealing area using aclean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into the waterdrainage system, this is normal.


28 Seats and Restraints

Seats and RestraintsHead RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 32

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 37Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . 41Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 46What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 47How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 47What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Replacing Airbag System Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Infants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Replacing LATCH System Parts After aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Securing Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Securing Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in the outboardseating positions.

{ WarningWith head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly, there is agreater chance that occupants will suffera neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints for alloccupants are installed and adjustedproperly.


Seats and Restraints 29

Adjust the head restraint so that the top ofthe restraint is at the same height as thetop of the occupant's head. This positionreduces the chance of a neck injury in acrash.

Front Seats

The height of the head restraint can beadjusted. To raise or lower the headrestraint, press the button located on theside of the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on the headrestraint after the button is released tomake sure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard head restraints arenot removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle’s rear seats have adjustable headrestraints in the outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint can beadjusted.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try tomove the head restraint to make sure it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, press thebutton on the top of the seatback and pushthe head restraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button is released tomake sure it is locked in place.

If installing a child restraint in the rear seat,see “Securing a Child Restraint Designed forthe LATCH System” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCH System)0 59.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be folded rearward toallow for better visibility when the rear seatis unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press the buttonon the side of the head restraint.



The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraint is in theseat, always return the head restraint to thefull upright position. Pull the head restraintup and forward until it locks into place. Pushand pull on the head restraint to make surethat it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the same height asthe top of the occupant's head.

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment

Manual Seats

{ WarningYou can lose control of the vehicle if youtry to adjust a driver seat while thevehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seatonly when the vehicle is not moving.

Seat Position

To adjust the seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desired position andrelease the handle.

3. Try to move the seat back and forth tobe sure it is locked in place.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever on the outboard side of theseat up or down to manually adjust the seatheight.



Power Seat Adjustment

{ WarningThe power seats will work with theignition off. Children could operate thepower seats and be injured. Never leavechildren alone in the vehicle.

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:. Move the seat forward or rearward by

sliding the control forward or rearward.. Raise or lower the front part of the seat

cushion by moving the front of thecontrol up or down.

. Raise or lower the entire seat by movingthe entire control up or down.

. Raise or lower the rear part of the seatcushion by moving the back of thecontrol up or down.

To adjust the seatback, see RecliningSeatbacks 0 31.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ WarningSitting in a reclined position when thevehicle is in motion can be dangerous.Even when buckled up, the seat beltscannot do their job.

The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. Instead, it will be in front ofyou. In a crash, you could go into it,receiving neck or other injuries.

The lap belt could go up over yourabdomen. The belt forces would be there,not at your pelvic bones. This could causeserious internal injuries.

For proper protection when the vehicle isin motion, have the seatback upright.Then sit well back in the seat and wearthe seat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if thevehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ WarningIf either seatback is not locked, it couldmove forward in a sudden stop or crash.That could cause injury to the personsitting there.

Always push and pull on the seatbacks tobe sure they are locked.



To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

2. Move the seatback to the desiredposition, and then release the lever tolock the seatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to makesure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully without applyingpressure to the seatback, and theseatback will return to the uprightposition.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to makesure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To adjust a power seatback, if available:. Tilt the top of the control rearward to

recline.. Tilt the top of the control forward to

raise.

Lumbar Adjustment

If equipped, press and hold the front or rearof the control to increase or decreaselumbar support.

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats

{ WarningIf temperature change or pain to the skincannot be felt, the seat heater may causeburns. To reduce the risk of burns, usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods of time. Donot place anything on the seat that

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

insulates against heat, such as a blanket,cushion, cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater to overheat. Anoverheated seat heater may cause a burnor may damage the seat.

Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown,Heated Seat Buttons Similar

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the center stack. Tooperate, the vehicle must be on.

Press M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat.

If equipped with heated and ventilatedseats, lift x or y to heat the driver orpassenger seat. Press x or y to ventilatethe driver or passenger seat. A ventilatedseat has a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is not cooled.

When a heated seat is turned on, theindicator on button turns red. When aventilated seat is turned on, the indicator onbutton turns blue.

Press or lift the button once for the highestsetting. With each press or lift of thebutton, the seat will change to the nextlower setting, and then to the off setting.The indicator lights next to the buttonsindicate three for the highest setting andone for the lowest. If the front heated seatsare on high, the level may automatically belowered after approximately 30 minutes.The passenger seat may take longer toheat up.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

If the vehicle is equipped with auto heatedor ventilated seats, and the ignition is on,this feature will automatically activate theheated or ventilated seats at the levelrequired by the vehicle's interiortemperature.

The active high, medium, low, or off heatedor ventilated seat level will be indicated bythe manual heated and ventilated seatbuttons on the center stack. Use the manualheated and ventilated seat buttons on thecenter stack to turn auto heated orventilated seats off. If the passenger seat isunoccupied, the auto heated or ventilatedseats feature will not activate that seat. Theauto heated and ventilated seats feature canbe programmed to always be enabled whenthe vehicle is on.

The auto heated seats feature can beprogrammed to always be enabled whenthe vehicle is on. See Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Remote Start Heated and VentilatedSeats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can be turnedon automatically.

When it is cold outside,the heated seats willturn on. When it is hot outside, theventilated seats turn on. The heated orventilated seats are canceled when theignition is turned on.



Press the heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seats afterthe vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seat indicator lightsdo not turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced. This isnormal.

The remote start heated or ventilated seatsmay be enabled or disabled in the vehiclepersonalization menu. See Remote Start 0 13andVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REAR SEATREMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displaysunder certain conditions indicating theremay be an item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting the vehicle.

This feature will activate when a second rowdoor is opened while the vehicle is on or upto 10 minutes before the vehicle is turnedon. There will be an alert when the vehicleis turned off. The alert does not directlydetect objects in the rear seat; instead,

under certain conditions, it detects when arear door is opened and closed, indicatingthat there may be something in therear seat.

The feature is active only once each timethe vehicle is turned on and off, and willrequire reactivation by opening and closingthe second row doors. There may be analert even when there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered thevehicle through the rear door and left thevehicle without the vehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can be foldeddown for more cargo space. Fold a seatbackonly when the vehicle is not moving.

CautionFolding a rear seat with the seat beltsstill fastened may cause damage to theseat or the seat belts. Always unbucklethe seat belts and return them to theirnormal stowed position before folding arear seat.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Make sure the seat belt is in the seatbelt clip on the side trim of the vehicle.



2. Pull the lever on top of the seatback tounlock the seatback.

A red indicator near the seatback lever isexposed when the seatback is unlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat Steps 1–3 for the other seatback,if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ WarningIf either seatback is not locked, it couldmove forward in a sudden stop or crash.That could cause injury to the personsitting there. Always push and pull onthe seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

{ WarningA seat belt that is improperly routed, notproperly attached, or twisted will notprovide the protection needed in a crash.The person wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising the rearseatback, always check to be sure thatthe seat belts are properly routed andattached, and are not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push it rearwardto lock it in place. Make sure the seatbelt is in the seat belt clip on the sidetrim of the vehicle. and is not twisted orcaught in the seatback.

A tab near the seatback lever retractswhen the seatback is locked in place.

The center rear seat belt may lock whenyou raise the seatback. If this happens,let the belt go back all the way and startagain.

2. Push and pull the top of the seatback tobe sure it is locked into position.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the otherseatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, it should bekept in the upright, locked position.

Rear Seat Armrest

If equipped, the rear seat has an armrest inthe center of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the two cupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and push itrearward until it is flush with the seatback.

Heated Rear Seats

{ WarningIf temperature change or pain to the skincannot be felt, the seat heater may causeburns. See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 32.



If equipped, the rear heated seat buttonsare on the rear doors.

Press L or M to heat the left outboard orright outboard seat cushion.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to use seat beltsproperly, and some things not to do.

{ WarningDo not let anyone ride where a seat beltcannot be worn properly. In a crash,if you or your passenger(s) are notwearing seat belts, injuries can be much

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

worse than if you are wearing seat belts.You can be seriously injured or killed byhitting things inside the vehicle harder orby being ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is not buckled upcan strike other passengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle.In a collision, passengers riding in theseareas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow passengersto ride in any area of the vehicle that isnot equipped with seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, and check thatall passenger(s) are restrainedproperly too.

This vehicle has indicators as a reminder tobuckle the seat belts. See Seat BeltReminders 0 87.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fastas the vehicle does. If the vehicle stopssuddenly, you keep going until somethingstops you. It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you and thevehicle slow down together. There is moretime to stop because you stop over a longerdistance and, when worn properly, yourstrongest bones take the forces from theseat belts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.



Questions and Answers About Seat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after acrash if I am wearing a seat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Your chanceof being conscious during and after acrash, so you can unbuckle and get out,is much greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should Ihave to wear seat belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systems only.They work with seat belts — not insteadof them. Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still have tobuckle up to get the most protection.

Also, in nearly all states and in allCanadian provinces, the law requireswearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat Belts ProperlyFollow these rules for everyone's protection.

There are additional things to know aboutseat belts and children, including smallerchildren and infants. If a child will be ridingin the vehicle, see Older Children 0 53 orInfants and Young Children 0 55. Review andfollow the rules for children in addition tothe following rules.

It is very important for all occupants tobuckle up. Statistics show that unbeltedpeople are hurt more often in crashes thanthose who are wearing seat belts.

There are important things to know aboutwearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feeton the floor in front of you (if possible).

. Wear the lap part of the belt low andsnug on the hips, just touching thethighs. In a crash, this applies force to thestrong pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lap belt.If you slid under it, the belt would applyforce on your abdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulderand across the chest. These parts of thebody are best able to take beltrestraining forces. The shoulder belt locksif there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ WarningYou can be seriously injured, or evenkilled, by not wearing your seat beltproperly.



Never allow the lap or shoulder belt tobecome loose or twisted.

Never wear the shoulder belt under botharms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle for yourseating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder belt over anarmrest.



{ WarningThe seat belt can be pinched if it isrouted under plastic trim on the seat,such as trim around the rear seatbackfolding handle or side airbag. In a crash,pinched seat belts might not provideadequate protection. Never allow seatbelts to be routed under plastic trimpieces.

{ WarningYou can be seriously injured or killed ifthe shoulder belt is worn behind yourback, under your legs, or wrapped aroundyour neck. The shoulder belt can tightenbut cannot be loosened if it is locked. Theshoulder belt locks when it is pulled allthe way out of the retractor. It unlockswhen the shoulder belt is allowed to goall the way back into the retractor, but itcannot do this if it is wrapped aroundyou. You may have to cut the seat belt ifit is locked and tightened around you.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehicle have alap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explain how towear a lap-shoulder belt properly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable,so you can sit up straight. To see how,see “Seats” in the Index.

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the beltacross you. Do not let it get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock if youpull the belt across you very quickly.If this happens, let the belt go backslightly to unlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of a passengerbelt is pulled out all the way, the childrestraint locking feature may beengaged. See Child Restraint Systems0 57. If this occurs, let the belt go backall the way and start again. If thelocking feature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back to stowedposition on the seat, move the seatrearward or recline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lock releases.

Engaging the child restraint lockingfeature in the front outboard seatingposition may affect the passengersensing system. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 48.



3. Push the latch plate into the buckle untilit clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate to make sureit is secure. If the belt is not longenough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 41.

Position the release button on the buckleso that the seat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt heightadjuster, move it to the height that isright for you. See “Shoulder Belt HeightAdjuster” later in this section forinstructions on use and important safetyinformation.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull up onthe shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on thebuckle. The belt should return to its stowedposition.

Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seatbelt webbing returns quickly to the stowedposition, the retractor may lock and cannotbe pulled out. If this happens, pull the seatbelt straight out firmly to unlock thewebbing, and then release it. If the webbingis still locked in the retractor, see yourdealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure the belt isout of the way. If a door is slammed againsta seat belt, damage can occur to both theseat belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt heightadjuster for the driver and front outboardpassenger seating positions.

Adjust the height so the shoulder portion ofthe belt is on the shoulder and not fallingoff of it. The belt should be close to, but notcontacting, the neck. Improper shoulder beltheight adjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. SeeHow to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 37.

Press and hold the release button whileraising or lowering the height adjuster tothe desired position.



After the height adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pressing the release button to makesure it has locked into position.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners forthe front outboard occupants. Although theseat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly. They canhelp tighten the seat belts during the earlystages of a moderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioner activation aremet. Seat belt pretensioners can also helptighten the seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash, thepretensioners and probably other parts ofthe vehicle's seat belt system will need tobe replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 42.

Do not sit on the outboard seat belt whileentering or exiting the vehicle or at anytime while sitting in the seat. Sitting on theseat belt can damage the webbing andhardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides may provideadded seat belt comfort for older childrenwho have outgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on a shoulderbelt, the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neck and head.

Comfort guides are available through yourdealer for the rear outboard seatingpositions. Instructions are included with theguides.

Seat Belt Use During PregnancySeat belts work for everyone, includingpregnant women. Like all occupants, theyare more likely to be seriously injured ifthey do not wear seat belts.

A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion shouldbe worn as low as possible, below therounding, throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is toprotect the mother. When a seat belt isworn properly, it is more likely that thefetus will not be hurt in a crash. Forpregnant women, as for anyone, the key tomaking seat belts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fasten aroundyou, you should use it.



But if a seat belt is not long enough, yourdealer will order you an extender. Only aGM dealer issued extender should be used.When you go in to order it, take theheaviest coat you will wear, so the extenderwill be long enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it is made tofit. The extender has been designed foradults. Never use it for securing childrestraints. For more information on theproper use and fit of seat belt extenders seethe instruction sheet that comes with theextender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat belt reminder,seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors,shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped),and seat belt anchorages to make sure theyare all in working order. Look for any otherloose or damaged seat belt system partsthat might keep a seat belt system fromperforming properly. See your dealer tohave it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in a crash.Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed,have it replaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible to untwist by

reversing the latch plate on the webbing.If the twist cannot be corrected, ask yourdealer to fix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminder light isworking. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 87.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat BeltCare 0 42.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly cared for andmaintained.

Seat belt hardware should be kept dry andfree of dust or debris. As necessary, exteriorhard surfaces and seat belt webbing may belightly cleaned with mild soap and water.Ensure there is not excessive dust or debrisin the mechanism. If dust or debris exists inthe system please see the dealer. Parts mayneed to be replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ WarningDo not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.It may severely weaken the webbing. Ina crash, they might not be able to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

provide adequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only with mildsoap and lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

Replacing Seat Belt System Partsafter a Crash

{ WarningA crash can damage the seat belt systemin the vehicle. A damaged seat beltsystem may not properly protect theperson using it, resulting in serious injuryor even death in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of seatbelts may not be necessary. But the seatbelt assemblies that were used during anycrash may have been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seat beltassemblies inspected or replaced.



New parts and repairs may be necessaryeven if the seat belt system was not beingused at the time of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensioners checked ifthe vehicle has been in a crash, or if theairbag readiness light stays on after youstart the vehicle or while you are driving.See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the following airbags:. A frontal airbag for the driver. A frontal airbag for the front outboard

passenger. A knee airbag for the driver. A knee airbag for the front outboard

passenger. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the

driver. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the

front outboard passenger. Seat-mounted side impact airbags for the

second row outboard passengers. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the

area directly behind the driver

. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboardpassenger and the area directly behindthe front outboard passenger

All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG onthe trim or on a label near the deploymentopening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is onthe center of the steering wheel for thedriver and on the instrument panel for thefront outboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG is on thelower part of the instrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags, theword AIRBAG is on the side of the seatbackor side of the seat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is onthe ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplement theprotection provided by seat belts. Eventhough today's airbags are also designed tohelp reduce the risk of injury from the forceof an inflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things to knowabout the airbag system:

{ WarningYou can be severely injured or killed in acrash if you are not wearing your seatbelt, even with airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with seat belts, notreplace them. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash. Insome crashes seat belts are the onlyrestraint. See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 46.

Wearing your seat belt during a crashhelps reduce your chance of hittingthings inside the vehicle or being ejectedfrom it. Airbags are “supplementalrestraints” to the seat belts. Everyone inthe vehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there is anairbag for that person.



{ WarningBecause airbags inflate with great forceand faster than the blink of an eye,anyone who is up against, or very closeto, any airbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do not situnnecessarily close to any airbag, as youwould be if sitting on the edge of theseat or leaning forward. Seat belts helpkeep you in position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt, even withairbags. The driver should sit as far backas possible while still maintaining controlof the vehicle. The seat belts and thefront outboard passenger airbags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on or sleepagainst the door or side windows inseating positions with seat-mounted sideimpact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ WarningChildren who are up against, or veryclose to, any airbag when it inflates canbe seriously injured or killed. Alwayssecure children properly in the vehicle. Toread how, see Older Children 0 53 orInfants and Young Children 0 55.

There is an airbag readiness light on theinstrument cluster, which shows the airbagsymbol. The system checks the airbagelectrical system for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electrical problem.See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87 for moreinformation.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in the center ofthe steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontal airbagis in the passenger side instrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below the steeringcolumn. The front outboard passenger kneeairbag is below the glove box.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

The driver and front outboard passengerseat-mounted side impact airbags are in theside of the seatbacks closest to the door.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown, Passenger SideSimilar

On vehicles with second row seat-mountedside impact airbags, they are in the sides ofthe seatback closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver, frontoutboard passenger, and second rowoutboard passengers are in the ceiling abovethe side windows.

{ WarningIf something is between an occupant andan airbag, the airbag might not inflateproperly or it might force the object intothat person causing severe injury or evendeath. The path of an inflating airbagmust be kept clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and an airbag, and

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

do not attach or put anything on thesteering wheel hub or on or near anyother airbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories that block theinflation path of a seat-mounted sideimpact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roof of avehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing arope or tie‐down through any door orwindow opening. If you do, the path ofan inflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an Airbag Inflate?This vehicle is equipped with airbags.Airbags are designed to inflate if the impactexceeds the specific airbag system'sdeployment threshold. Deploymentthresholds are used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for the airbagsto inflate and help restrain the occupants.The vehicle has electronic sensors that helpthe airbag system determine the severity ofthe impact. Deployment thresholds can varywith specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal or near frontalcrashes to help reduce the potential forsevere injuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will or shouldinflate is not based primarily on how fastthe vehicle is traveling. It depends on whatis hit, the direction of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate at different crashspeeds depending on whether the vehiclehits an object straight on or at an angle,and whether the object is fixed or moving,rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended to inflateduring vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or inmany side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle has advancedtechnology frontal airbags. Advancedtechnology frontal airbags adjust therestraint according to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe frontal or near frontalimpacts. Knee airbags are not designed toinflate during vehicle rollovers, in rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags aredesigned to inflate in moderate to severeside crashes, depending on the location ofthe impact. These airbags are also designedto inflate in some moderate to severefrontal or near-frontal impacts that couldresult in the occupant moving toward theside of the vehicle. Seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are not designed to inflate inrollovers, or rear impacts. A seat-mountedside impact airbag is designed to inflate onthe side of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate inmoderate to severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact. In addition,these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflateduring a rollover or in a severe frontalimpact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed toinflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of the vehicle isstruck or if the sensing system predicts thatthe vehicle is about to roll over on its side,or in a severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one can saywhether an airbag should have inflatedsimply because of the vehicle damage orrepair costs.



What Makes an Airbag Inflate?In a deployment event, the sensing systemsends an electrical signal triggering a releaseof gas from the inflator. Gas from theinflator fills the airbag causing the bag tobreak out of the cover. The inflator, theairbag, and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 44.

How Does an Airbag Restrain?In moderate to severe frontal or near frontalcollisions, even belted occupants can contactthe steering wheel or the instrument panel.In moderate to severe side collisions, evenbelted occupants can contact the inside ofthe vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protection providedby seat belts by distributing the force of theimpact more evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help contain the head and chestof occupants in the outboard seatingpositions in the first and second rows. Therollover capable roof-rail airbags are

designed to help reduce the risk of full orpartial ejection in rollover events, althoughno system can prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in many typesof collisions, primarily because theoccupant's motion is not toward thoseairbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate?0 46.

Airbags should never be regarded asanything more than a supplement to seatbelts.

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee, and seat-mountedside impact airbags inflate, they quicklydeflate, so quickly that some people maynot even realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time after theyinflate. Some components of the airbagmodule may be hot for several minutes. Forlocation of the airbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 44.

The parts of the airbag that come intocontact with you may be warm, but not toohot to touch. There may be some smokeand dust coming from the vents in the

deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out of thewindshield or being able to steer thevehicle, nor does it prevent people fromleaving the vehicle.

{ WarningWhen an airbag inflates, there may bedust in the air. This dust could causebreathing problems for people with ahistory of asthma or other breathingtrouble. To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon as it issafe to do so. If you have breathingproblems but cannot get out of thevehicle after an airbag inflates, then getfresh air by opening a window or a door.If you experience breathing problemsfollowing an airbag deployment, youshould seek medical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turn on theinterior lamps and hazard warning flashersafter the airbags inflate. The feature mayalso activate, without airbag inflation, afteran event that exceeds a predeterminedthreshold. After turning the ignition off andthen on again, the doors can be locked, the



interior lamps can be turned off, and thehazard warning flashers can be turned offusing the controls for those features. If anyof these systems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ WarningA crash severe enough to inflate theairbags may have also damagedimportant functions in the vehicle, suchas the brake and steering systems, etc.Even if the vehicle appears to be drivableafter a moderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that could make itdifficult to safely operate the vehicle.

Use caution if attempting to restart thevehicle after a crash has occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehicle has beenin a crash, the sensing system may shutdown the high voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle will not start.Before the vehicle can be operated again, itmust be serviced at your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough to inflatethe airbag, windshields are broken byvehicle deformation. Additional windshieldbreakage may also occur from the frontoutboard passenger airbag.. Airbags are designed to inflate only once.

After an airbag inflates, you will needsome new parts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, the airbagsystem will not be there to help protectyou in another crash. A new system willinclude airbag modules and possibly otherparts. The service manual for the vehiclecovers the need to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensing anddiagnostic module which recordsinformation after a crash. See VehicleData Recording and Privacy 0 317 andEvent Data Recorders 0 318.

. Let only qualified technicians work on theairbag systems. Improper service canmean that an airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer for service.

Passenger Sensing SystemThe vehicle has a passenger sensing systemfor the front outboard passenger position.The passenger airbag status indicator willlight on the overhead console when thevehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or the symbols foron and off, will be visible during the systemcheck. When the system check is complete,either the word ON or OFF, or the symbolfor on or off, will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 88.



The passenger sensing system turns off thefront outboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by the passengersensing system.

The passenger sensing system works withsensors that are part of the front outboardpassenger seat and seat belt. The sensorsare designed to detect the presence of aproperly seated occupant and determine ifthe front outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly secured in a rear seatin the correct child restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged 12 andunder should be secured in a rear seatingposition.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in thefront. This is because the risk to therear-facing child is so great, if the airbaginflates.

{ WarningA child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflates. This isbecause the back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close to theinflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint can beseriously injured or killed if the passengerfrontal airbag inflates and the passengerseat is in a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboard passengerairbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusual circumstance,even though the airbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing child restraint inthe front seat, even if the airbag is off.If securing a forward-facing child restraintin the front outboard passenger seat,always move the seat as far back as itwill go. It is better to secure childrestraints in the rear seat. Consider usinganother vehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

If the vehicle does not have a rear seat thatwill accommodate a rear-facing childrestraint, a rear-facing child restraint shouldnot be installed in the vehicle, even if theairbag is off.

The passenger sensing system is designed toturn off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag if:. The front outboard passenger seat is

unoccupied.. The system determines an infant is

present in a child restraint.. A front outboard passenger takes his/her

weight off of the seat for a periodof time.

. There is a critical problem with the airbagsystem or the passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFFindicator will light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 88.

The passenger sensing system is designed toturn on the front outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size is sittingproperly in the front outboard passenger



seat. When the passenger sensing systemhas allowed the airbags to be enabled, theON indicator will light and stay lit as areminder that the airbags are active.

For some children, including children in childrestraints, and for very small adults, thepassenger sensing system may or may notturn off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag, dependingupon the person's seating posture and bodybuild. Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints should wear a seatbelt properly — whether or not there is anairbag for that person.

{ WarningIf the airbag readiness light ever comeson and stays on, it means thatsomething may be wrong with the airbagsystem. To help avoid injury to yourselfor others, have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87for more information, including importantsafety information.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint

The passenger sensing system is designed toturn off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present in achild restraint. If a child restraint has beeninstalled and the ON indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint from thevehicle.

3. Remove any additional items from theseat such as blankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraint following thedirections provided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer to Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat) 0 69 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Rear Seat) 0 67.

Make sure the seat belt retractor islocked by pulling the shoulder belt allthe way out of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint, even if thechild restraint is equipped with a seat

belt lock off. When the retractor lock isset, the belt can be tightened but notpulled out of the retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the child restraintand restarting the vehicle, the ONindicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off.Then slightly recline the vehicle seatbackand adjust the seat cushion,if adjustable, to make sure that thevehicle seatback is not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion. Alsomake sure the child restraint is nottrapped under the vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 28.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may or maynot turn off the airbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon the child’s size.It is better to secure the child restraint in arear seat. Consider using another vehicle totransport the child when a rear seat is notavailable. Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even if the ONindicator is not lit.



If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting in thefront outboard passenger seat, but the OFFindicator is lit, it could be because thatperson is not sitting properly in the seat orthat the child restraint locking feature isengaged. Use the following steps to allowthe system to detect that person and enablethe front outboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional material from theseat, such as blankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fully uprightposition.

4. Have the person sit upright in the seat,centered on the seat cushion, with legscomfortably extended.

5. If the shoulder portion of the belt ispulled out all the way, the child restraintlocking feature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause the passengersensing system to turn the airbag off forsome adult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt and let thebelt go back all the way, and thenbuckle the belt again without pulling thebelt out all the way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have the personremain in this position for two tothree minutes after the ON indicatoris lit.

{ WarningIf the front outboard passenger airbag isturned off for an adult-sized occupant,the airbag will not be able to inflate andhelp protect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk of seriousinjury or even death. An adult-sized

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

occupant should not ride in the frontoutboard passenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting SystemOperation

Seat belts help keep the passenger inposition on the seat during vehiclemaneuvers and braking, which helps thepassenger sensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts”and “Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about the importanceof proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material, such asa blanket or cushion, or aftermarketequipment such as seat covers, seat heaters,and seat massagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing system operates. Werecommend that you not use seat covers orother aftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specific vehicle.See Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 52 for moreinformation about modifications that canaffect how the system operates.



The ON indicator may be lit if an object,such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag,laptop, or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is not desired,remove the object from the seat.

{ WarningStowing articles under the passenger seator between the passenger seat cushionand seatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicleAirbags affect how the vehicle should beserviced. There are parts of the airbagsystem in several places around the vehicle.Your dealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing the vehicle andthe airbag system. To purchase a servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 315.

{ WarningFor up to 10 seconds after the vehicle isturned off and the 12‐volt battery isdisconnected, an airbag can still inflateduring improper service. You can beinjured if you are close to an airbagwhen it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow proper serviceprocedures, and make sure the personperforming work for you is qualified todo so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change the vehicle'sframe, bumper system, height, front end,or side sheet metal may keep the airbagsystem from working properly.

The operation of the airbag system can alsobe affected by changing, includingimproperly repairing or replacing, any partsof the following:. Airbag system, including airbag modules,

front or side impact sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching, seams orzippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrument panel,overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillargarnish trim

. Inner door seals, including speakers

Your dealer and the service manual haveinformation about the location of the airbagmodules and sensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, and airbag wiring along with theproper replacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has a passengersensing system for the front outboardpassenger position, which includes sensorsthat are part of the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may not operateproperly if the original seat trim is replacedwith non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; orwith GM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Any object,such as an aftermarket seat heater or acomfort-enhancing pad or device, installedunder or on top of the seat fabric, couldalso interfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. This could eitherprevent proper deployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing



system from properly turning off thepassenger airbag(s). See Passenger SensingSystem 0 48.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags,see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 273 foradditional important information.

If the vehicle must be modified because youhave a disability and have questions aboutwhether the modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbag systemwill be affected if the vehicle is modified forany other reason, call Customer Assistance.See Customer Assistance Offices 0 309.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not need regularlyscheduled maintenance or replacement.Make sure the airbag readiness light isworking. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87.

CautionIf an airbag covering is damaged, opened,or broken, the airbag may not workproperly. Do not open or break the airbagcoverings. If there are any opened orbroken airbag coverings, have the airbag

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)covering and/or airbag module replaced.For the location of the airbags, see WhereAre the Airbags? 0 44. See your dealerfor service.

Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash

{ WarningA crash can damage the airbag systemsin the vehicle. A damaged airbag systemmay not properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resulting inserious injury or even death. To helpmake sure the airbag systems areworking properly after a crash, havethem inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon as possible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. See your dealerfor service.

If the airbag readiness light stays on afterthe vehicle is started or comes on when youare driving, the airbag system may not workproperly. Have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87.

Child RestraintsOlder Children

Older children who have outgrown boosterseats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts.



The manufacturer instructions that comewith the booster seat state the weight andheight limitations for that booster. Use abooster seat with a lap-shoulder belt untilthe child passes the fit test below:. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the

knees bend at the seat edge? If yes,continue. If no, return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does theshoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes,continue. If no, try using the rear seatbelt comfort guide, if available. See “RearSeat Belt Comfort Guides” underLap-Shoulder Belt 0 39. If a comfort guideis not available, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on the shoulder, thenreturn to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on thehips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit be maintained forthe length of the trip? If yes, continue.If no, return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way to wear seatbelts?

A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulderbelt and get the additional restraint ashoulder belt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face or neck.

The lap belt should fit snugly below thehips, just touching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to the child'spelvic bones in a crash. It should neverbe worn over the abdomen, which couldcause severe or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 39.

According to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in a rearseating position.

In a crash, children who are not buckled upcan strike other people who are buckled up,or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat belts properly.

{ WarningNever allow more than one child to wearthe same seat belt. The seat belt cannotproperly spread the impact forces. In acrash, they can be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt must beused by only one person at a time.

{ WarningNever allow a child to wear the seat beltshoulder belt under both arms or behindtheir back. A child can be seriouslyinjured by not wearing the lap-shoulderbelt properly. In a crash, the child wouldnot be restrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too far forwardincreasing the chance of head and neckinjury. The child might also slide underthe lap belt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen. That couldcause serious or fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over the shoulderand across the chest.



Infants and Young ChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needs protection! Thisincludes infants and all other children.Neither the distance traveled nor the ageand size of the traveler changes the need,for everyone, to use safety restraints. Infact, the law in every state in the UnitedStates and in every Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must be restrainedwhile in a vehicle.

{ WarningChildren can be seriously injured or killedif the shoulder belt is worn behind theirback, under their legs, or wrapped around

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

their neck. The shoulder belt can tightenbut cannot be loosened if it is locked. Theshoulder belt locks when it is pulled allthe way out of the retractor. It unlockswhen the shoulder belt is allowed to goall the way back into the retractor, but itcannot do this if it is wrapped around thechild. Never leave children unattended ina vehicle and never allow children toimproperly wear, or play with, the seatbelts.

Every time infants and young children ridein vehicles, they should have the protectionprovided by appropriate child restraints.Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrained properly canstrike other people, or can be thrown out ofthe vehicle.

{ WarningNever hold an infant or a child whileriding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, aninfant or a child will become so heavy it

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

is not possible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infantwill suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb)force on a person's arms. An infant orchild should be secured in an appropriatechild restraint.

{ WarningChildren who are up against, or veryclose to, any airbag when it inflates canbe seriously injured or killed. Never put arear-facing child restraint in the front

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing childrestraint in a rear seat. It is also better tosecure a forward-facing child restraint ina rear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint in the frontoutboard seat, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain,seat, or position children in the vehicle andare sometimes called child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types of childrestraints:. Forward-facing child restraints. Rear-facing child restraints. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for your childdepends on their size, weight, and age, andalso on whether the child restraint iscompatible with the vehicle in which it willbe used.

For each types of child restraints, there aremany different models available. Whenpurchasing a child restraint, be sure it isdesigned to be used in a motor vehicle andis certified to comply with US Federal orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.If it is, the child restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motor vehiclesafety standards. The NHTSA websiteincludes a list of registered car seatmanufacturers (https://www.nhtsa.gov) andlinks to their registration pages forconsumers. Registration helps manufacturersidentify purchasers for recall notices.

The instruction manual that is provided withthe child restraint states the weight andheight limitations for that particular child

restraint. In addition, there are many kindsof child restraints available for children withspecial needs.

{ WarningTo reduce the risk of neck and headinjury in a crash, infants and toddlersshould be secured in a rear-facing childrestraint until age two, or until theyreach the maximum height and weightlimits of their child restraint.

{ WarningA young child's hip bones are still sosmall that the vehicle seat belt may notremain low on the hip bones, as itshould. Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure. Thisalone could cause serious or fatal injuries.To reduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries during a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.



Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surface againstthe back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infant in placeand, in a crash, acts to keep the infantpositioned in the restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraint providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.

Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat is used forchildren who have outgrown theirforward-facing child restraint. Boosters aredesigned to improve the fit of the vehicle'sseat belt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts to fitproperly without a booster seat. See theseat belt fit test in Older Children 0 53.



Securing an Add-On Child Restraint inthe Vehicle

{ WarningA child can be seriously injured or killedin a crash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle. Securethe child restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt or LATCHsystem, following the instructions thatcame with that child restraint and theinstructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury, thechild restraint must be secured in thevehicle. Child restraints must be secured invehicle seats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by theLATCH system. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 59 formore information. Never use a seat beltextender when installing a child restraint.Use only seats and related equipment thatare certified to comply with US Federal orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards tosecure a child restraint. Children can beendangered in a crash if the child restraint isnot properly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on child restraint,refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided on the childrestraint

2. Instruction manual provided with thechild restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are not available,obtain a replacement copy from themanufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in a collision orsudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.Be sure to properly secure any childrestraint in the vehicle — even when nochild is in it.

In some areas Certified Child PassengerSafety Technicians (CPSTs) are available toinspect and demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. In the U.S.,refer to the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website to locatethe nearest child safety seat inspectionstation. For CPST availability in Canada,check with Transport Canada or theProvincial Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the ChildRestraint

{ WarningA child can be seriously injured or killedin a crash if the child is not properlysecured in the child restraint. Secure thechild properly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the RestraintAccording to accident statistics, children andinfants are safer when properly restrained inan appropriate child restraint secured in arear seating position.

Whenever possible, children aged 12 andunder should be secured in a rear seatingposition.

Never put a rear-facing child restraint in thefront. This is because the risk to therear-facing child is so great if the airbagdeploys.



{ WarningA child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the frontpassenger airbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing child restraintwould be very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facing childrestraint can be seriously injured or killedif the front passenger airbag inflates andthe passenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensing system hasturned off the front passenger frontalairbag, no system is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will not deployunder some unusual circumstance, eventhough it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints in arear seat, even if the airbag is off. If yousecure a forward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move the frontpassenger seat as far back as it will go.It is better to secure the child restraint ina rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 48 foradditional information.

When securing a child restraint with theseat belts in a rear seat position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it is compatible withthis vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats varyconsiderably in size, and some may fit incertain seating positions better than others.Do not install a child restraint in any rearseating position where it cannot be installedsecurely.

Depending on where you place the childrestraint and the size of the child restraint,you may not be able to access adjacent seatbelts or LATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints. Adjacentseating positions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of the seat belt.

The seat in front of an installed childrestraint should be adjusted to ensureproper installation according to the childrestraint manual.

Wherever a child restraint is installed, besure to follow the instructions that camewith the child restraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured childrestraint can move around in a collision orsudden stop and injure people in the vehicle.Be sure to properly secure any childrestraint in the vehicle — even when nochild is in it.

Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a child restraintduring driving or in a crash. LATCHattachments on the child restraint are usedto attach the child restraint to the anchorsin the vehicle. This system is designed tomake installation of a child restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system in yourvehicle, you need a child restraint that hasLATCH attachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childrestraints can be properly installed usingeither the LATCH anchors or the vehicle’sseat belts. Do not use both the seat beltsand the LATCH anchorage system to securea rear-facing or forward-facing childrestraint.



Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts tosecure the child and the booster seat. If themanufacturer recommends that the boosterseat be secured with the LATCH system, thiscan be done as long as the booster seat canbe positioned properly and there is nointerference with the proper positioning ofthe lap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint, and also theinstructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint with a toptether, you must also use either the loweranchors or the seat belts to properly securethe child restraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the top tetherand anchor.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harness childrestraint where the combined weight of thechild and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb),use either the lower LATCH anchorages withthe top tether anchorage, or the seat beltwith the top tether anchorage. Where thecombined weight of the child and restraintare greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seatbelt with the top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type Combined Weight ofthe Child + ChildRestraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt and TopTether Anchor

Rear-Facing ChildRestraint

Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X

Rear-Facing ChildRestraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-Facing ChildRestraint

Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) X X

Forward-Facing ChildRestraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Front Seat) 0 69 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 67.

Child restraints built after March 2014 willbe labeled with the specific child weight upto which the LATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attach a childrestraint with these attachments in thevehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions have loweranchors. In this case, the seat belt must beused (with top tether where available) tosecure the child restraint. See Securing ChildRestraints (With the Seat Belt in the FrontSeat) 0 69 orSecuring Child Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 67.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built intothe vehicle. There are two lower anchors foreach LATCH seating position that willaccommodate a child restraint with lowerattachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the topof the child restraint to the vehicle. A toptether anchor is built into the vehicle. Thetop tether attachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tether anchorin the vehicle in order to reduce the forwardmovement and rotation of the child restraintwhile driving or in the event of a crash.

The child restraint may have a singletether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either willhave a single attachment hook (2) to securethe top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with top tether aredesigned for use with or without the toptether being attached. Others require the

top tether always to be attached. In Canada,the law requires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and that thetether be attached. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions for your childrestraint.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether AnchorLocations

I : Seating positions with top tetheranchors.

H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.



To assist in locating the lower anchors, eachseating position with lower anchors has twolabels with the lower anchor symbol onthem, near the crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

The outboard lower anchors are behind thevertical openings in the rear seat trim.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors,the top tether anchor symbol is on the trimnear the anchor.

The top tether anchors are behind the rearseats.

For models with a cargo cover, the toptether anchors are on the back of the rearseatbacks. Remove the cargo cover beforeinstalling the top tether. The cargo covershould remain off while the top tether is in

use. Be sure to use an anchor directlybehind the seating position where the childrestraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in a positionwithout a top tether anchor if a national orlocal law requires that the top tether beattached, or if the instructions that comewith the child restraint say that the toptether must be attached.

According to accident statistics, children andinfants are safer when properly restrained ina child restraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seating position.See Where to Put the Restraint 0 58 foradditional information.

Securing a Child Restraint Designed forthe LATCH System

{ WarningA child could be seriously injured or killedin a crash if the child restraint is notproperly attached to the vehicle usingeither the LATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and theinstructions in this manual.



{ WarningTo reduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries during a crash, do not attachmore than one child restraint to a singleanchor. Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor could causethe anchor or attachment to come looseor even break during a crash. A child orothers could be injured.

{ WarningChildren can be seriously injured orstrangled if a shoulder belt is wrappedaround their neck. The shoulder belt cantighten but cannot be loosened if it islocked. The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of the retractor.It unlocks when the shoulder belt isallowed to go all the way back into theretractor, but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck. If theshoulder belt is locked and tightenedaround a child’s neck, the only way toloosen the belt is to cut it.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Buckle any unused seat belts behind thechild restraint so children cannot reachthem. Pull the shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor to set the lock, andtighten the belt behind the child restraintafter the child restraint has beeninstalled.

CautionDo not let the LATCH attachments rubagainst the vehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary, movebuckled seat belts to avoid rubbing theLATCH attachments.

Do not fold the rear seatback when theseat is occupied. Do not fold the emptyrear seat with a seat belt buckled. Thiscould damage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat belt to itsstowed position, before folding the seat.

If you need to secure more than one childrestraint in the rear seat, see Where to Putthe Restraint 0 58 for additionalinformation.

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the lower anchors. If thechild restraint does not have lowerattachments or the desired seatingposition does not have lower anchors,secure the child restraint with the toptether and the seat belt. Refer to thechild restraint manufacturer instructionsand the instructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchors for thedesired seating position.

1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

If the head restraint interferes withthe proper installation of the childrestraint, the head restraint may beremoved. See “Head RestraintRemoval and Reinstallation” at theend of this section.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments on the child restraintto the lower anchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturerrecommends that the top tether beattached, attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if equipped. Refer to the child restraintinstructions and the following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.



2.2. If you have an adjustable headrestor head restraint, raise the headrestor head restraint.

2.3. Route, attach, and tighten the toptether according to your childrestraint instructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you are using doesnot have a headrest or headrestraint and you are using a singletether, route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you are using doesnot have a headrest or headrestraint and you are using a dualtether, route the tether over theseatback.

If the position you are using has anadjustable headrest or headrestraint, adjust it accordingly toallow proper fitment. If you are

using a dual tether, route thetether around the headrest or headrestraint posts.

If the child restraint is installed nextto a center seat, make sure the toptether does not interfere with thecenter seating position shoulderbelt/retractor. If it does, findanother suitable seating position toinstall the child restraint.

If the position you are using has anadjustable headrest or headrestraint, adjust it accordingly toallow proper fitment. If you areusing a single tether, route thetether in between the headrest orhead restraint posts.



3. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securely held inplace. To check, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attempt to moveit side to side and back and forth. Thereshould be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for proper installation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraints can beremoved if they interfere with the properinstallation of the child restraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatback forward. SeeRear Seats 0 34 for additionalinformation.

2. Press both buttons on the head restraintposts at the same time, and pull up onthe head restraint.

3. Store the head restraint in a secureplace.

4. When the child restraint is removed,reinstall the head restraint before theseating position is used.

{ WarningWith head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly, there is agreater chance that occupants will suffera neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

drive until the head restraints for alloccupants are installed and adjustedproperly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatback forward. SeeRear Seats 0 34.

2. Insert the head restraint posts into theholes in the top of the seatback. Thenotches on the posts must face thedriver side of the vehicle.

3. Push the head restraint down.



If necessary, press the height adjustmentrelease button to further lower the headrestraint. See Head Restraints 0 28.

4. Return the head restraint to the fullupright position if folded. Pull the headrestraint up and forward until it locksinto place.

5. Try to move the head restraint in alldirections to make sure that it is lockedin place.

Always adjust the head restraint so thatthe top of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant's head.See Head Restraints 0 28.

Replacing LATCH System PartsAfter a Crash

{ WarningA crash can damage the LATCH system inthe vehicle. A damaged LATCH systemmay not properly secure the childrestraint, resulting in serious injury oreven death in a crash. To help make surethe LATCH system is working properlyafter a crash, see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH system and itwas being used during a crash, new LATCHsystem parts may be needed.

New parts and repairs may be necessaryeven if the LATCH system was not beingused at the time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in a rearseating position, study the instructions thatcame with the child restraint to make sureit is compatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCH system,see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 59 for how and where toinstall the child restraint using LATCH. If achild restraint is secured in the vehicle usinga seat belt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 59 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child restraint in a positionwithout a top tether anchor if a national orlocal law requires that the top tether beanchored, or if the instructions that comewith the child restraint say that the toptether must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have a toptether, and that the tether be attached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seat positiondoes not have the LATCH system, you willbe using the seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraint needs to beinstalled in the rear seat, be sure to readWhere to Put the Restraint 0 58.



1. Put the child restraint on the seat.

If the head restraint interferes with theproper installation of the child restraint,the head restraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation” under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCH System)0 59.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lapand shoulder portions of the vehicle seatbelt through or around the restraint. Thechild restraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button on thebuckle, away from the child restraint, sothat the seat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

The push button used to release thelatch plate must be visible and notobscured by the child restraint. Theremust not be direct contact of the childrestraint to the push button.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock. When theretractor lock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out of theretractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push down on thechild restraint, pull the shoulder portionof the belt to tighten the lap portion ofthe belt, and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installing aforward-facing child restraint, it may behelpful to use your knee to push downon the child restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of the retractorto make sure the retractor is locked.If the retractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.



6. If the child restraint has a top tether,follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions regarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors and Tethersfor Children (LATCH System) 0 59.

7. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securely held inplace. To check, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and back and forth.When the child restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint, unbuckle thevehicle seat belt and let it return to thestowed position. If the top tether is attachedto a top tether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed, reinstall itbefore the seating position is used. See“Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation”under Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 59 for additionalinformation on installing the head restraintproperly.

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is asafer place to secure a forward-facing childrestraint. See Where to Put the Restraint0 58.

In addition, the vehicle has a passengersensing system which is designed to turn offthe front outboard passenger frontal airbag,seat-mounted side impact airbag, and kneeairbag under certain conditions. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 48 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 88 formore information, including importantsafety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in thefront. This is because the risk to therear-facing child is so great if the airbagdeploys.

{ WarningA child in a rear-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates. This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint would be very

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

close to the inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint can beseriously injured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in a forwardposition.

Even if the passenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboard passengerairbag(s), no system is fail-safe. No onecan guarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusual circumstance,even though the airbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints in arear seat, even if the airbag(s) are off.If you secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as far back asit will go. It is better to secure the childrestraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 48 foradditional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers for Children(LATCH System) 0 59 for top tether anchorlocations.



Do not secure a child restraint in a positionwithout a top tether anchor if a national orlocal law requires that the top tether beanchored, or if the instructions that comewith the child restraint say that the toptether must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints have a toptether, and that the tether be attached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt to securethe child restraint in this position, follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and the following instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as it will gobefore securing the forward-facing childrestraint. Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tight installation ofthe child restraint.

The push button used to release thelatch plate must be visible and notobscured by the child restraint. Theremust not be direct contact of the childrestraint to the push button.

When the passenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag, the OFFindicator on the passenger airbag status

indicator should light and stay lit whenyou start the vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 88.

2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lapand shoulder portions of the vehicle seatbelt through or around the restraint. Thechild restraint instructions will showyou how.


Position the release button on thebuckle, away from the child restraint, sothat the seat belt could be quicklyunbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock. When theretractor lock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out of theretractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push down on thechild restraint, pull the shoulder portionof the belt to tighten the lap portion ofthe belt, and feed the shoulder belt backinto the retractor. When installing aforward-facing child restraint, it may behelpful to use your knee to push downon the child restraint as you tightenthe belt.

Try to pull the belt out of the retractorto make sure the retractor is locked.If the retractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in the childrestraint, make sure it is securely held inplace. To check, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and back and forth.When the child restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be no more than2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbags are off, the OFF indicator inthe passenger airbag status indicator willcome on and stay on when the vehicle isstarted.

If a child restraint has been installed andthe ON indicator is lit, see “If the OnIndicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” underPassenger Sensing System 0 48.

To remove the child restraint, unbuckle thevehicle seat belt and let it return to thestowed position.


72 Storage

StorageStorage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Roof Rack SystemRoof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Storage Compartments

{ WarningDo not store heavy or sharp objects instorage compartments. In a crash, theseobjects may cause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Glove BoxPull the handle up to open.

CupholdersThe front cupholders are near the shiftswitch.

If equipped, lower the armrest to access therear cupholders. The liner is removable forcleaning.

Center Console Storage

There is storage in the center console. Pullup the latch and lift to open.


Storage 73

Additional Storage Areas

There is a storage area under the centerconsole.

There is a storage area in the center consoleunder the climate controls.

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover

{ WarningAn unsecured cargo cover could strikepeople in a sudden stop or turn, or in acrash. Store the cargo cover securely orremove it from the vehicle.

If equipped, the cargo cover can be used tocover items in the rear of the vehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove the cords from the hooks at thetop of the liftgate (1).

2. Disconnect the loops from the hooks onthe trim panel (2).

To install the cargo cover:

1. Attach the loops to the hooks on thetrim panel (2).

2. Reconnect both of the cords to the hooksat the top of the liftgate (1).

Cargo Management SystemWithout Super Cruise Shown, With SuperCruise Similar


74 Storage

Pull up on the load floor cover to access thecargo management system, if equipped.There is a carpeted open storage area.Remove the carpet and the cover to accessadditional storage.

To close, lift the load floor cover and place iton the retainers. Push down on the loadfloor to secure it.

Roof Rack SystemThe vehicle may be equipped with side-railsfor a roof rack system. Cargo must besecured with properly installed cross railsand other accessories designed to carrycargo. These can be purchased from yourdealer.

{ WarningBefore driving and occasionally during atrip, check that cargo is securely fastened,rests evenly between the cross rails anddoes not block the vehicle's lamps orwindows. Never load cargo directly onthe roof of the vehicle or allow cargo tohang over the rear or sides of the vehicle.Never load cargo without first properlyinstalling cross rails and other accessories

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

designed to carry cargo. Personal injury,death or damage to the vehicle or otherproperty may occur.

If driving for a long distance, on roughroads, or at high speeds, occasionally stopthe vehicle to make sure the cargo remainsin its place.

Cargo Weight Limits

Do not exceed the maximum cargo weightfor the roof rack system, including theweight of the cross rails and any otheraccessories used to carry the cargo such asbike racks or roof boxes. The maximumcargo weight that can be loaded onto theroof rack system is 50 kg (110 lb) or theweight designated in the instructions thatcame with the cross rails or other roof rackaccessories, whichever is less.

{ WarningNever load the roof rack with moreweight than specified in this section.Loading cargo on the roof rack will makethe vehicle's center of gravity higher. To

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

avoid losing control of the vehicle, avoidoverloading, high speeds, sudden starts,sharp turns, sudden braking, or abruptmaneuvers when carrying cargo on theroof rack.

The weight of any cargo carried on the roofrack system must be included in calculatingthe loaded weight of the vehicle. Do notexceed the maximum vehicle capacity whenloading the vehicle, including cargo carriedon the roof rack system and passengers andcargo carried in the vehicle. For moreinformation on vehicle capacity and loading,see Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.


Instruments and Controls 75

Instruments and ControlsControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . 78Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Warning Lights, Gauges, and IndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Battery Gauge (High Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . 85Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . 88Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . 89Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 89Antilock Brake System (ABS) WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light . . . . . . . . . . . 90Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrakLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92One-Pedal Driving Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Information DisplaysPower Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Charging Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . 103

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Propulsion Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 105Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105


76 Instruments and Controls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel up or down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer oraway from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock the steeringwheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can be operatedby using the steering wheel controls. SeeSteering Wheel Controls 0 119.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on or off. Anindicator light on the button displays whenthe feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

If equipped with a remote start heatedsteering wheel, the heated steering wheelwill turn on automatically in remote startalong with the heated seats when it is cold

outside. The heated steering wheel indicatorlight may not come on. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 32.

HornPressa on the steering wheel pad tosound the horn.

Pedestrian Safety SignalThe vehicle is equipped with automaticsound generation.

The automatic sound is generated toindicate the vehicle presence to pedestrians.

United States

The sound changes if the vehicle is speedingup or slowing down. It is activated when thevehicle is shifted into a forward gear orR (Reverse), up to 33 km/h (20 mph).

Canada

The sound changes if the vehicle is speedingup or slowing down. It is activated when thevehicle is shifted into a forward gear orR (Reverse), up to 23 km/h (14 mph).



Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer lever is on theside of the steering column. With thevehicle on or in Service Mode, move thewindshield wiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

Windshield Wiper/Washer with IntermittentWipes

INT : If equipped with intermittent wipes,move the windshield wiper lever to INT.Turn the band up for more frequent wipesor down for less frequent wipes.

Windshield Wiper/Washer with Rainsense

AUTO : If equipped with Rainsense, movethe windshield wiper lever to AUTO and turnthe band to adjust the sensitivity tomoisture.See “Rainsense” later in thissection.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly move thelever down. For multiple wipes, hold thelever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand windshield before using them. If frozento the windshield, carefully loosen or thawthem. Damaged blades should be replaced.See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 249.

Heavy snow or ice can overload the wipermotor. If the wiper motor overheats, thewindshield wipers will stop until the motorcools and the wiper control is turned off.See Electrical System Overload 0 253.

{ WarningIn freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield is warmed.Otherwise the washer fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking your vision.

{ WarningBefore driving the vehicle, always clearsnow and ice from the hood, windshield,washer nozzles, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps and windows.Reduced visibility from snow and icebuildup could lead to a crash.

Wiper Parking

If the vehicle Is turned off while the wipersare on LO, HI, or INT, they will immediatelystop. If the windshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driver door isopened or within 10 minutes, the wipers willrestart and move to the base of the



windshield. If the vehicle is turned off whilethe wipers are performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wipers continue torun until they reach the base of thewindshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiper levertoward you to spray windshield washer fluidand activate the wipers.

The wipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash time isreached. When the lever is released,additional wipes may occur depending onhow long the windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 246 forinformation on filling the windshield washerfluid reservoir.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense, a sensor nearthe top center of the windshield detects theamount of water on the windshield andcontrols the frequency of the windshieldwiper. To turn this feature on or off, see“Rainsense Wipers” under VehiclePersonalization 0 105. Keep this area of thewindshield clear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

AUTO : When enabled, move the windshieldwiper lever to AUTO.

Turn the band on the wiper lever to adjustthe sensitivity.. Turn the band up for more sensitivity to

moisture. Turn the band down for less sensitivity to

moisture.. Move the windshield wiper lever out of

the AUTO position to deactivateRainsense.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The controls are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Move the control to:

ON : To turn on.

OFF : To turn off.



INT : To turn on intermittent rear wipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiper leverforward to spray washer fluid on the rearwindow. If equipped with the rear cameramirror, the washer fluid is sprayed on therear camera at the same time. The leverreturns to its starting position whenreleased.

{ WarningIn freezing weather, do not use thewasher until the windshield is warmed.Otherwise the washer fluid can form iceon the windshield, blocking your vision.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, the rearwiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the front windshield wiperis performing low or high speed wipes.If the rear wiper control is off, the vehicle isin R (Reverse), and the front windshieldwiper is performing intermittent wipes, thenthe rear wiper automatically performsintermittent wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 105.

The windshield washer reservoir is used forthe windshield and the rear window. Checkthe fluid level in the reservoir if eitherwasher is not working.

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

Wiper operation returns to normal when theshift switch is no longer in N (Neutral) orthe vehicle speed increases. The rear wiperwill also stop when the liftgate is open.

When using an automatic car wash, movethe rear wiper control to OFF to disable therear wiper. If the shift switch is inN (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is veryslow, the rear wiper will automatically stopat the base of the rear window.

CompassThe vehicle has a compass display in theinstrument cluster above the speedometer.The compass receives its heading and otherinformation from the Global PositioningSystem (GPS) antenna and vehicle speedinformation.

The compass system has automaticcalibration and zone adjustment features.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna for longperiods of time with objects that mayinterfere with the antenna's ability toreceive a satellite signal. The compasssystem is designed to operate for a certainnumber of miles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPS satellites. Thecompass system will automaticallydetermine when a GPS signal is restored andprovide a heading.

ClockSet the time and date using theinfotainment system. See "Time / Date"under Settings 0 149.



Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can be used toplug in electrical equipment, such as amobile phone or MP3 player. The accessorypower outlet only works with the vehicleturned on.

The vehicle has an accessory power outleton the lower center stack below the climatecontrol.

Open the cover to access and replace whennot in use.

CautionLeaving electrical equipment plugged infor an extended period of time while thevehicle is off will drain the battery.Always unplug electrical equipment whennot in use and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum 20 amprating.

Certain accessory power plugs may not becompatible with the accessory power outletand could overload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.

When adding electrical equipment, be sureto follow the proper installation instructionsincluded with the equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 239.

CautionHanging heavy equipment from thepower outlet can cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty. Thepower outlets are designed for accessorypower plugs only, such as cell phonecharge cords.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle has wireless charging in the binbelow the climate control system. Thesystem operates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatible smartphone. Thepower output of the system is capable ofcharging at a rate up to 3 amp (15 W), asrequested by the compatible smartphone.See Radio Frequency Statement 0 316.

{ WarningWireless charging may affect theoperation of an implanted pacemaker orother medical devices. If you have one, itis recommended to consult with yourdoctor before using the wireless chargingsystem.

The vehicle must be on, in Service Mode,or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must beactive. The wireless charging feature maynot correctly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP, or during Bluetooth phonecalls. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP)0 183.



The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F)to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging systemand 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for themobile phone. A text message may bedisplayed on the radio, indicating that thesystem is unable to charge, due to hightemperature while the charger or the phoneis above or below these operatingtemperature ranges.

{ WarningRemove all objects from the chargerbefore charging your compatiblesmartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys,rings, paper clips, or cards, between thesmartphone and charger may becomevery hot.

On the rare occasion that the chargingsystem does not detect an object, andthe object gets wedged between thesmartphone and charger, remove thesmartphone and allow the object to coolbefore removing it from the charger, toprevent burns.

To charge a compatible smartphone:

1. Confirm the smartphone is capable ofwireless charging.

2. Remove all objects from the chargingpad. The system may not charge if thereare any objects between the smartphoneand charger.

3. Place the smartphone face up againstthe rear of the charger.

To maximize the charge rate, ensure thesmartphone is fully seated and centeredin the holder with nothing under it.

A thick smartphone case may preventthe charger from working, or reduce thecharging performance. See your dealerfor additional information.

4. A green ] will appear on theinfotainment display, next to the phoneicon. This indicates that the smartphoneis detected.

5. If a smartphone is placed on the chargerand ] turns off or turns yellow, removethe smartphone and any objects fromthe pad. Turn the smartphone180 degrees and wait a few secondsbefore placing/aligning it on the padagain.

6. If a smartphone is placed on the chargerand ] turns red, the charger and/or thesmartphone is overheated. Remove thesmartphone and any objects from thecharger in order to cool the system.

The smartphone may become warm duringcharging. This is normal. In warmertemperatures, the speed of charging may bereduced.

For vehicles with wireless phone projection,the smartphone may overheat duringwireless charging. The smartphone may slowdown, stop charging, or shut down toprotect the battery. The phone may need tobe removed from its case to preventoverheating. The ] may flash while thephone is cooling down enough for wireless



charging to automatically resume. This isnormal. Individual phone performancemay vary.

Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Module productfrom LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains theopen source software detailed below. Referto the indicated open source licenses (as areincluded following this notice) for the termsand conditions of their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, please visithttp://opensource.lge.com. In addition tothe source code, all referred license terms,warranty disclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LG Electronicswill also provide open source code to youon CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (such as thecost of media, shipping, and handling) uponemail request to [email protected]. Thisoffer is valid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased the product.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved.

1. Redistributions of source code mustretain the above copyright notice, thislist of conditions and the followingdisclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary form mustreproduce the above copyright notice,this list of conditions and the followingdisclaimer in the documentation and/orother materials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of the copyright holdernor the names of its contributors may beused to endorse or promote productsderived from this software withoutspecific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THECOPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. INNO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANYDIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, ORTORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OROTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IFADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCHDAMAGE.



Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges can signal thatsomething is wrong before it becomesserious enough to cause an expensive repairor replacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges could preventinjury.

Some warning lights come on briefly whenthe propulsion system is started to indicatethey are working. When one of the warninglights comes on and stays on while driving,or when one of the gauges shows theremay be a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to do repairscan be costly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays a preview ofinformation that includes electric range,charging, odometer, and battery status. Thishappens upon entry when the driver door isopened, before starting the vehicle. Thispreview will dismiss after starting thevehicle or soon after closing the driver door.

Enhanced English Cluster Shown, Others and Metric Similar

1. Battery Gauge (High Voltage) 0 85

2. Speedometer 0 85

3. Driver Efficiency Gauge 0 86

Power Indicator Gauge 0 86

4. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103



Reconfigurable Instrument Cluster

The cluster layout can be changed. There aretwo display configurations to choose from:Modern and Enhanced. Use the steeringwheel control to move between thedifferent display zones and scroll throughthe different displays. See “Layout” under“Cluster Menu” following.. Modern configuration displays the

speedometer with a battery gauge andefficiency gauge.

. Enhanced configuration displays thespeedometer with battery gauge,efficiency ring, and power gauge.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display area in thecenter of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control to openand scroll through the different items anddisplays.

Press o to access the cluster applications.

Move the thumbwheel up or down to scrollthrough the list of available applications.

Not all applications will be available on allvehicles.. Vehicle info. This is where the Driver

Information Center (DIC) displays can beviewed. See Driver Information Center(DIC) 0 103.

. Audio

. Navigation

. Phone

. Layout

. Options

Audio

In the main view of the Audio application,move the thumbwheel up or down to scrollthrough radio stations or move to the next/previous track of a USB/Bluetooth devicethat is connected to the vehicle. Press thethumbwheel to select the Audio app, thenpress p to enter the Audio menu. In theAudio menu browse for music, select fromthe favorites, or change the audio source.

Navigation

In the Navigation menu, if there is no activeroute, press the thumbwheel to accessRecents or Favorites. If there is an activeroute, press the thumbwheel to cancel orresume route guidance, mute or unmutevoice guidance, or access Recents orFavorites.

Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is no activephone call, view recent calls, scroll throughcontacts, or select from the favorites.If there is an active call, mute or unmutethe phone or switch to handset or handsfreeoperation.



Layout

Choose Modern or Enhanced layout bypressing the thumbwheel while the desireditem is highlighted. Exit the Layout menu bypressing o.

Options

Press the thumbwheel to select theOptions app.

Move the thumbwheel up or down to scrollthrough the items in the Options menu. Exitthe Options menu by pressing o.

Units : Press p or press the thumbwheelwhile Units is displayed to enter the Unitsmenu. Choose US or metric units bypressing thumbwheelwhile the desired itemis highlighted. A checkmark will be displayednext to the selected item.

Speed Warning : The speed warning displayallows the driver to set a speed that theydo not want to exceed. To set the speedwarning, press the thumbwheel when SpeedWarning is displayed. Move the thumbwheelup or down to adjust the value. Press thethumbwheel to set the speed. Once set, thisfeature can be turned off by pressing thethumbwheel while viewing this page. If the

selected speed limit is exceeded, a pop-upwarning is displayed and a chime maysound.

Tutorial : Press the thumbwheel to viewtutorials for the Modern and Enhancedlayout.

Open Source Software : Press thethumbwheel while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open source softwareinformation.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows the vehicle's speedin either kilometers per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far the vehicle hasbeen driven, in either kilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven since the tripodometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed and resetthrough the Driver Information Center (DIC).See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 103.

Battery Gauge (High Voltage)

Enhanced Battery Gauge Shown

This displays the high voltage battery stateof charge and the vehicle range prediction.The value in the center is an estimate ofhow far the vehicle can be driven on theremaining charge based on driving habitsand conditions learned.

The range estimate and Max and Minnumbers may be affected by climatesettings, current vehicle conditions, andambient conditions. Estimated range mayincrease and decrease based on climatecontrol energy consumption.



A trend bar on the far left estimates howrecent driving habits, conditions, and climatesettings are affecting the range prediction.

When the high voltage battery state ofcharge is very low, the estimated rangevalue in the center will change to Low. Maxand Min ranges will no longer be displayed.Additional alerts may display and a soundmay also be heard at low state of charge.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

Modern Efficiency Gauge Shown

This gauge is a guide to driving in anefficient manner.

Efficient Driving. Modern layout: Keep the ball green and

in the center of the gauge.. Enhanced layout: Keep the outer ring of

the speedometer green.

Inefficient Driving/Aggressive Braking. Modern layout: When driving inefficiently,

the ball turns yellow and moves abovethe center of the gauge. When brakingaggressively, the ball turns yellow andmoves below the center of the gauge.

. Enhanced layout: The outer ring of thespeedometer turns yellow.

Power Indicator Gauge

The power indicator gauge is on the rightside of the display in the Enhanced layout.

This gauge displays the instantaneouscharge and discharge power flowing eitherinto or out of the high voltage battery.Maximum discharge power is available whenthe high voltage battery is fully charged.During normal operation, a slight reductionin discharge power may occur as the highvoltage battery state of charge decreases.The power indicator gauge value shows theinstantaneous power used by the battery.

Regenerative Braking

When regenerative braking is active, theregen battery icon with arrows appearsgreen. The power indicator gauge valueshows the amount of instantaneous powerbeing regenerated.

Regenerative Power Limited

Regenerative power may be limited whenthe high voltage battery is near full chargeor cold. The regen battery icon will appeargray when limited, and a horizontal bar maydisplay on the gauge, at the level of thevehicle’s maximum regenerative brakingpower.



Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light

There is a driver seat belt reminder light onthe instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on to remindthe driver to fasten their seat belt.

Then the light stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither thelight nor the chime comes on.

Front Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

The vehicle may have a front passenger seatbelt reminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. See PassengerSensing System 0 48.

When the vehicle is started, this lightflashes and a chime may come on to remindpassengers to fasten their seat belt.

Then the light stays on solid until the belt isbuckled. This cycle continues several times ifthe front passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the front passenger seat belt is buckled,neither the chime nor the light comes on.

The front passenger seat belt reminder lightand chime may come on if an object is puton the seat such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the reminder light and/orchime, remove the object from the seat orbuckle the seat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is an electricalproblem with the airbag system. It islocated in the instrument cluster. Thesystem check includes the airbag sensor(s),

the passenger sensing system, thepretensioners, the airbag modules, thewiring, and the crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on the airbagsystem, see Airbag System 0 43.

The airbag readiness light comes on forseveral seconds when the vehicle is started.If the light does not come on then, have itfixed immediately.

{ WarningIf the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comes onwhile driving, it means the airbag systemmight not be working properly. Theairbags in the vehicle might not inflate ina crash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoid injury,have the vehicle serviced right away.



If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center (DIC)message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag Status IndicatorThe vehicle has a passenger sensing system.See Passenger Sensing System 0 48 forimportant safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbag statusindicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, the passengerairbag status indicator will light ON and OFF,or the symbol for on and off, for several

seconds as a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the status indicator willlight either ON or OFF, or the on or offsymbol to let you know the status of thefront outboard passenger frontal airbag andknee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol is lit onthe passenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag are allowedto inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit onthe passenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the passenger sensing systemhas turned off the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if there are nolights at all, there may be a problem withthe lights or the passenger sensing system.See your dealer for service.

{ WarningIf the airbag readiness light ever comeson and stays on, it means thatsomething may be wrong with the airbagsystem. To help avoid injury to yourself

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or others, have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 87for more information, including importantsafety information.

Charging System Light (12-VoltBattery)

The charging system light comes on brieflywhen the vehicle is started, as a check toshow the light is working.

If the light stays on, or comes on whiledriving, there could be a problem with theelectrical charging system. Have it checkedby your dealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.

If a short distance must be driven with thelight on, be sure to turn off all accessories,such as the radio. Find a safe place to stopthe vehicle.



Service Vehicle Soon Light

This light comes on if a condition exists thatmay require the vehicle to be taken in forservice.

If the light comes on, take the vehicle toyour dealer for service as soon as possible.

Brake System Warning Light

Metric English

This light should come on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does not come onthen, have it fixed so it will be ready towarn you if there is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on at startup, there is a brake problem. Have the brakesystem inspected right away.

If the light comes on while driving, pull offthe road and stop carefully. The brake pedalmight be harder to push, or the brake pedalmay go closer to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on, havethe vehicle towed for service. See Towingthe Vehicle 0 284.

{ WarningThe brake system might not be workingproperly if the brake system warninglight is on. Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to a crash.If the light is still on after the vehicle hasbeen pulled off the road and carefullystopped, have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking Brake Light

Metric English

This light comes on when the parking brakeis applied. If the light continues flashingafter the parking brake is released, or whiledriving, there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake system. A message may alsodisplay in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the light does not come on, or remainsflashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric Parking BrakeLight

This light should come on briefly when thevehicle is turned on. If it does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.

If this light stays on or comes on whiledriving, there is a problem with the ElectricParking Brake (EPB). Take the vehicle to adealer as soon as possible. In addition to theparking brake, other safety functions thatutilize the EPB may also be degraded.



A message may also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). See Electric ParkingBrake 0 188.

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light

This warning light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If the lightdoes not come on, have it fixed so it will beready to warn if there is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving, safelystop as soon as it is possible and turn offthe vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle againto reset the system.

If the ABS warning light stays on, or comeson again while driving, the vehicle needsservice. A chime may also sound when thelight stays on.

If the ABS warning light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS isnot functioning.

If both the ABS warning light and the brakesystem warning light are on, ABS is notfunctioning and there is a problem with theregular brakes. See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 89.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when Sport Mode isselected.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light

If equipped, this light is white if LKA isturned on, but not ready to assist. This lightis green if LKA is turned on and is ready toassist.

LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicle approaches adetected lane marking. The LKA light isamber when assisting.

This light flashes amber as a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, to indicate that thelane marking has been unintentionallycrossed. If the system detects that thevehicle has been steered intentionally acrossa lane marker, the LDW may not be given.Do not expect the LDW to occur whenintentionally crossing the lane marker.

LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signalis active in the direction of lane departure,or if LKA detects that you are accelerating,braking, or actively steering.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 227.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator



If equipped, this indicator will display greenwhen a vehicle is detected ahead and amberwhen you are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System0 220.

Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

This indicator will display amber when anearby pedestrian is detected in front of thevehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System0 223.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly when the vehicleis turned on. If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If the system isworking normally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on when theTraction Control System (TCS) has beenturned off. If StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) is turned off, TCS is alsoturned off. To turn TCS and ESC off and on,see Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 190.

If TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited unlessnecessary to help protect the driveline fromdamage. Adjust driving accordingly.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly when the vehicleis turned on. If the light does not come on,have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light then turns off.

This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system isturned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, theTraction Control System (TCS) is also off. Toturn ESC off and on, see Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 190.

If ESC and TCS are off, the systems do notassist in controlling the vehicle. Adjustdriving accordingly.

Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when the vehicleis turned on.

If the light does not come on, have thevehicle serviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, the indicatorlight turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, the TCSand potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC systemare not fully operational and may not assistin maintaining control. Adjust driving



accordingly. If the condition persists, seeyour dealer as soon as possible. A DriverInformation Center (DIC) message maydisplay.

The light flashes when the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak/ESC system is actively working.

See Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 190.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS), this light comes on brieflywhen the vehicle is started. It providesinformation about tire pressures andthe TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of the tiresare significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tirepressure message may also display. Stop assoon as possible, and inflate the tires to the

pressure value shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. See Tire Pressure0 265.

When the Light Flashes First and Then Is OnSteady

If the light flashes for about a minute andthen stays on, there may be a problem withthe TPMS. If the problem is not corrected,the light will come on at every ignitioncycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation0 267.

Security Light

The security light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the vehicle doesnot start, there could be a problem with thetheft-deterrent system. See ImmobilizerOperation 0 20.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes on wheneverthe vehicle is ready to be driven.

One-Pedal Driving Light

This light comes on when One-Pedal Drivingis active. See One-Pedal Driving 0 186.

High-Beam On Light



This light comes on when the high-beamheadlamps are in use. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 111.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when the IntelliBeamsystem is enabled. See Exterior LampControls 0 110.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the exterior lampsare in use, except when only the DaytimeRunning Lamps (DRL) are active. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 110.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is white when thecruise control is on and ready, and turnsgreen when the cruise control is set andactive.

See Cruise Control 0 191.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready,and turns green when the ACC is set andactive.

See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 193.

Super Cruise Light

This light comes on to show the status ofSuper Cruise. See Super Cruise 0 202.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving, checkthat all doors are properly closed.

Information DisplaysPower FlowsTo view the Power Flow screen on theinfotainment display from the home screen,touch Energy, touch the Energy tab, andthen touch Flow.



The Power Flow screen indicates the currentoperating condition. The screen showsenergy flow to and from the high voltagebattery while the vehicle is being driven.These components will be highlighted whenthey are active.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information about Portable ElectricVehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can stress a

building’s electrical system more than atypical household appliance.

. Before plugging into any electrical outlet,have a qualified electrician inspect andverify the electrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, and protectiondevices) for heavy-duty service at a12 amp continuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear out withnormal usage or may be damaged overtime, making them unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plug whilecharging and discontinue use if theelectrical outlet/plug is hot, then have theelectrical outlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into an electricaloutlet that is weatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charging cord to reduce strainon the electrical outlet/plug.

. Do not place the charge cord in a positionwhere it is expected to be submerged inwater.

{ DangerImproper use of portable electric vehiclecharge cords may cause a fire, electricalshock, or burns, and may result indamage to property, serious injury,or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips, splitters,grounding adaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued). Do not use an electrical outlet that is

worn or damaged, or will not hold theplug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electrical outlet that isnot properly grounded.

. Do not use an electrical outlet that ison a circuit with other electrical loads.

Charging Status

Charging Status Screen with Quick AccessTurned On

To view the current charging status in theinfotainment display, touch Energy in theinfotainment display and then touchCharging at the top of the display.



Level 1-120V Cord Limit and Charge Overridesdisplays may not be displayed if quickaccess to these options is not turned on. Toturn quick access for these options on or off,go to the Charging Options button and presson Level 1-120V Cord Limit or DelayedCharging (then Charge Overrides) and selectQuick Access.

The charge start and charge complete timeestimates are also displayed. Theseestimates are most accurate when thevehicle is plugged in and in moderatetemperature conditions.

Charging Options

To view or change charging options, touchEnergy from the Infotainment home screen,touch the Charging tab, and then touchCharging Options on the Charging Statusscreen.

Level 1-120V Cord Limit

The Level 1-120V Cord Limit setting allowsthe vehicle’s charge level to be selected so itmatches the capability of the charginglocation. If the vehicle consistently stopscharging after plugging in, or if a circuitbreaker continues to trip, reducing the Level1-120V Cord Limit may resolve the issue.

The Level 1-120V Cord Limit should beconfigured to match the electrical currentrating for the electrical outlet that thecharge cord is connected to. The Level 1-120VCord Limit settings are:. Reduced: Limits AC current to 8 amps. Maximum: Limits AC current to 12 amps. Quick Access: When this is on, the setting

is shown on the Charging Status screenand Level 1-120V Cord Limit can beaccessed from the Charging Status screen.

Exact current levels may vary from thevalues shown in this manual. Check thevehicle for the current available levels.

The Level 1-120V Cord Limit setting resets tothe Reduced 8 amp setting each time thevehicle is driven. Location Based Chargingcan be enabled to maintain the Maximum

12 amp setting at a specified Home location.See “Location Based Charging” later in thissection.

The Level 1-120V Cord Limit setting can bechanged at any time while the infotainmentdisplay is operable.

{ WarningUsing a charge level that exceeds theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity may start a fire or damage theelectrical circuit. Use the lowest chargelevel until a qualified electrician inspectsthe electrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if the electrical circuitor electrical outlet capacity is not known.

Target Charge Level

This mode allows the charging range for thevehicle to be set based on what is needed.When at a public pay station and a fullcharge is not needed, the target charge levelcan be set to only get as much range asneeded.



If driving on a hill, the target charge levelcan be set to stop the charge before thebattery is full to allow space for energyfrom regenerative braking when going downa hill.

There is a minimum target charge level.Once this level is reached, the – will notallow the target charge level bar movedown further.

Target Charge Level can also be setseparately for Location-Based Home andAway locations. If available, the Home andAway buttons will appear on the screen.When Location Based Charging is active, theTarget Charge Level on the Charging Statusscreen will automatically update to theHome or Away setting based on the currentlocation.

For quick access to the Target Charge Level,go to the Charging Status screen and theTarget Charge level displays on the rightside of the screen. The dark horizontal whiteline can be dragged up and down to thedesired Target Charge Level. Tapping onceon the Target Charge Level indication orattempting to change the setting will popout a window that shows your current andprojected range.

The main Target Charge Level screen can befound by pressing Target Charge Level in theCharging Options.

Touch + or – to increase or decrease thecharge level, or drag the dark horizontalwhite line up and down on the graphic tothe desired level.

A reminder will display on the instrumentcluster to show Target Charge Level set.

If the Target Charge Level is higher than80%, fast charging on the instrument clusterwill show an 80% point, a shaded line up tothe Target Charge Level, a solid line forcurrent charge level, and the time tocomplete 80%.

If the Target Charge Level is less than 80%,fast charging on the instrument cluster willshow a shaded line up to the Target ChargeLevel and the time to complete.

Target Charge Level defaults to 100% if the12 volt battery becomes discharged.

Displayed Charge Times

This feature determines how the chargetimes are displayed on the Charging Statusscreen. The selections for Home and Awaycan be different when location basedcharging is turned on.



Location Based Charging

This feature allows charging settings to becustomized when the vehicle is at home oraway from home. The charge mode andcharge level preference will update based onvehicle location. See “Level 1-120V CordLimit” earlier in this section. The chargingcustomization settings will be the savedhome profile settings at home and willcharge upon plug in when away from home.

Dashes display on the screen when GPS isunavailable.

To use location based charging, a homelocation must first be stored. To store ahome location:

1. From the infotainment home screen,touch Energy.

2. Touch Charging.

3. Touch Charging Options.

4. Touch Location Based Charging.

5. Set Home Location.

6. A pop-up will confirm the setting. Inaddition, Set Home Location will changeto Update Home Location.

To turn location based charging on or off:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “Location BasedCharging” to get to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch On or Off.

To update the home location:

1. Follow Steps 1–4 under “Location BasedCharging” to get to the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Select Update Home Location.

3. Select one of the following:

Update : Use when the vehicle is parked ina new location.

Cancel : Use to cancel this operation andmake no changes.

Remove : Use to remove the stored homelocation from the vehicle. This will turn thefeature off because there will be no homelocation stored.

The charge level preference at the homelocation is stored for up to 90 days. After90 days, a notification will display on thescreen and the charge level preference willneed to be reset for the next 90 days.

To change how the charge times aredisplayed, press the Charge Times – Homebutton in the Location Based Chargingscreen and it will go to the DisplayedCharge Times menu for changes to be made.

Delayed Charging

Departure Times

To edit the departure time:

1. Make sure Delayed Charging is setto On.

2. Touch Departure Times.



3. Touch the day to change.

4. Touch y or z to change the hours andminutes.

5. Touch y or z to change am or pm.

6. Touch S to store changes and return tothe previous screen.

Charge Overrides

Delayed Charging can be temporarilyoverridden to an immediate charge for onecharge cycle. Also, the next planneddeparture time can be temporarilyoverridden for one charge cycle. In additionto the in-vehicle overrides via theinfotainment display, there are other waysto temporarily override a delayed chargemode. See Plug-In Charging 0 229.

To temporarily override a delayed chargemode to Charge Now:

1. Touch Charging Options on the ChargingStatus screen.

2. Touch Delayed Charging.

3. Touch Charge Overrides.

4. Touch Charge Now.

The Charging Status screen willautomatically display the revised chargecomplete time.

The vehicle starts charging as soon as it isconnected to an electrical outlet. See Plug-InCharging 0 229.

If quick access for Charge Overrides is onand vehicle is plugged in, the ChargeOverrides button will be shown on theCharging Status screen and can also be usedto access the Charge Overrides. If Charge

Overrides is off and the vehicle is pluggedin, then Charging Now will be shown on theCharging Status screen.

To cancel the temporary override, select Offon the Charge Overrides screen.

To temporarily override the next planneddeparture time:

1. Touch Charging Options on the maincharging screen.

2. Touch Delayed Charging.

3. Touch Charge Overrides.

4. Touch Next Departure Time.

5. Touch y or z to change the NextDeparture Time.

6. Touch Save to confirm a temporaryoverride of the Next Departure Time.

The main charging screen will automaticallydisplay the revised departure time andcharge complete time.

The temporary departure time override canonly be updated for the day of the NextPlanned Departure Time. The vehicle will notaccept a temporary departure time that isbefore the present time of day.



To cancel the temporary override of theNext Departure Time, select Off on theCharge Overrides screen.

Utility Rate Charging

The vehicle estimates the charging starttime based on the utility rate schedule,utility rate preference, and programmeddeparture time for the current day of theweek. The vehicle will charge during theleast expensive rate periods to achieve a fullbattery charge by the departure time. Utilityrate information from the utility companyfor the charging location is required forthis mode.

Select one of the following:

Charge Rate Preference

Touch one of the following options to selectthe Charge Rate Preference:. Off-Peak Only: The vehicle will only

charge during Off-Peak rate periods.. Mid-Peak, Off-Peak: The vehicle will

charge during Off-Peak and/or Mid-Peakrate periods only and will select when tocharge to minimize the total cost of thecharge.

. Peak, Mid-Peak, Off-Peak: The vehicle cancharge during any rate period to satisfythe next planned departure time.However, it will select when to charge tominimize the total cost of the charge.

Charging begins at the start time and iscomplete by the departure time only ifsufficient time is allowed after the chargecord is plugged in. For example, if thevehicle is plugged in for only one hour priorto the departure time, and the battery iscompletely discharged, the vehicle will notbe fully charged by the departure timeregardless of the rate selection.

Also, if the selected utility rate settingsresult in a very long charge completiontime, the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in. For example,if the utility rate table is set up with allPeak rates and the rate preference is to

charge during Off-Peak rates only, then thevehicle will start charging immediately uponplug-in.

Charge Completion

When the cost would be the same, based onutility rates, the earliest or latest possibletime for a charge to complete can beselected. For example, if Off-Peak chargetime is 12 am to 6 am and only three hoursof charge are needed, Earliest Possible wouldstart charging at 12 am and Latest Possiblewould start charging at 3 am. Use theEarliest Possible setting to charge as soon aspossible. Use the Latest Possible setting tooptimize energy usage.

To edit the Charge Completion:

1. From the Utility Rate Charging screen,touch Charge Completion.

2. Select Earliest Possible or Latest Possible.



Rate Schedule Type

Utility rates, or cost per unit, may varybased on time, weekday/weekend, andseason. During the day when the demandfor electricity is high, the rates are usuallyhigher and are called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity is low, therates are usually lower and are calledOff-Peak rates. In some areas, a Mid-Peakrate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtain therate schedule for your area. The summerand winter start dates must be establishedto use a summer/winter schedule.

To edit the Rate Schedule Type:

1. From the Charging Status screen, touchCharging Options.

2. Select Rate Schedule Type from theUtility Rate Charging screen.

To edit the Yearly schedule type:

1. Select Yearly.

2. Touch S to return to the Utility RateCharging screen.

3. Scroll down to the bottom of the menuand under Yearly, select WeekdaySchedule or Weekend Schedule. See“Weekday or Weekend Schedule Editing”section below for additional steps to setthe Yearly schedule.

To edit the Summer/Winter Schedule type:

1. Select Summer/Winter.

2. Touch S to return to the Utility RateCharging screen.

3. Scroll down to the bottom of the menuand under Summer or Winter, as desired,select the Weekday Schedule orWeekend Schedule that needs to be

changed. See “Weekday or WeekendSchedule Editing” section below foradditional steps to set the Summer/Winter schedule.

Weekday or Weekend Schedule Editing

To edit the weekday or weekend schedule:

1. From the Utility Rate Charging screen,touch Weekday Schedule or WeekendSchedule.

2. Touch Add A Rate Period or Subtract ARate Period.. Weekdays are Monday through

Friday and use the same rateschedule.

. Weekends are Saturday and Sundayand use the same rate schedule.

Both weekday and weekend schedules mustbe set. The rate schedule only applies for a24-hour period, starting at 12:00 am andending at 12:00 am. There can be five ratechanges for each day; not all must be used.

The finish times must be consecutive. If afinish time does not follow a start time, thiserror message displays: “An invalid entrywas found in the data entered. Pleasere-enter data.”



Energy Summary Pop-Up

When this function is turned on, the EnergySummary Pop-Up will provide a summary ofenergy usage when the vehicle is turned off.

Select On or Off.

Charge Status Feedback

When this function is turned on, the vehiclewill provide audible feedback of the chargestatus.

1 beep : Immediate charging

2 beeps : Delayed charging

3 beeps : Charge port door is open

4 beeps : Desired time cannot be met

Select On or Off.

Charge Cord Theft Alert

When this function is turned on and thevehicle is off and locked, the horn will soundif the charge cord is removed.

Select On or Off.

Charge Power Loss Alert

When this function is turned on and thevehicle is charging, the horn will sound ifpower is lost.

Select On or Off.

Charging Interrupted or OverriddenPop-Up

The Charging Interrupted or Overriddenmessage will appear if there was anunintended loss of AC power during the plugin charge event. For example, there was apower outage or the charge cord wasunplugged from the wall.

See Instrument Cluster 0 83.

Programmable Charging Disabled

When the Programmable Charging system isdisabled, the main charging screen willdisplay “- -:- -” for the Charge CompleteTime. The Programmable Charging systemwill be disabled if the Charge Complete Timecannot be confidently estimated. If theProgrammable Charging system isconsistently disabled, see your dealer.

A message displays if the vehicle is not ableto charge.

Energy InformationTo view Energy Detail, Range Impacts, andEfficiency History, touch Energy on theinfotainment display, and then the desiredscreen button on the left side of the screen.

Energy Detail

This screen displays how energy is beingused since the last time the high voltagebattery was fully charged. It includes Drivingand Accessories, Climate Settings, andBattery Conditioning. The circle graphdisplays these percentages. Energy used,distance traveled, efficiency since last fullcharge, and lifetime efficiency are alsodisplayed.



Range Impacts

This screen provides an estimate of thefactors that influence energy usage since thelast full charge of the high voltage battery.Each factor is evaluated for energy gains orlosses, and the total equivalent distance isindicated by the value on the upper rightside of the screen. All values are reset aftera complete charge.. Technique includes speed, acceleration,

and braking. Lower speeds will increaseelectric vehicle technique miles, whilehigher speeds will reduce them.

. Terrain includes road conditions, such ashills, rain, and snow. External factors likewind will also positively or negativelyimpact Terrain. Low tire pressure willworsen Terrain performance.

. Climate Settings includes how the heatingand air conditioning are used. Using FanOnly settings will help reduce climatesetting losses. See “Climate Controls.”

. Outside Temperature includes the effectthat hot or cold ambient temperature hason the battery performance andpropulsion system efficiency.

The individual factors provide anunderstanding of how energy usage isdifferent from day to day, even whentraveling the same route.

Efficiency History

This screen displays a graph showing theenergy efficiency that has been used overthe last 50 km (50 mi). The Present pointprovides the average energy efficiency forthe current 5 km (5 mi).

Touch Reset to clear the history data.

Charging Options

To view and change the Charging Options,touch Energy from the infotainment homescreen, touch the Charging tab, and thentouch Charging Options on the ChargingStatus screen. Use the arrows to scrollthrough the list, or hold and drag the list.

The following list of menu items may beavailable:. Level 1-120V Limit: Allows the vehicle’s

charge current to be selected so itmatches the capability of the charginglocation when using the Level 1-120V. See“Level 1-120V Cord Limit” in ProgrammableCharging 0 94.

. Target Charge Level: Allows a charge levelto be set, to provide greater flexibility fortrip and cost management. This allows alower target charge level (less than 100%)



to be set, if desired, to reduce chargingcost but still provide the estimated rangeneeded to get to the destination.

. Displayed Charge Times: Determineswhich charge times are displayed on theCharging Status screen when the vehicleis unplugged. Select Level 1-120V, Level2-240V, or Cord and Station based on userpreference.

. Location Based Charging: Allows chargingto be based on a home or away location.

. Delayed Charging: Allows delayedcharging to match a scheduled departuretime. See “Delayed Charging” inProgrammable Charging 0 94.

. Utility Rate Charging: Allows chargingduring the least expensive rate periods toachieve a full battery charge by thedeparture time. The vehicle estimates thecharging start time based on the utilityrate schedule, utility rate preference, andprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. See “Utility RateCharging" in Programmable Charging0 94.

. Energy Summary Pop-Up : Allows thefeature to be set to On or Off.

. Charge Status Feedback : Allows thefeature to be set to Horn Chirps or Off.

. Charge Cord Theft Alert : Allows thefeature to be set to On or Off.

. Charge Power Loss Alert : Allows an alertto sound when the vehicle is chargingand loses power at the electrical outlet.Set the feature to On or Off.

Low Power Mode

To enter Low Power Mode manually:

1. Press and hold O. The screen will turnoff and display the time and outsidetemperature.

2. Press O again to turn the radio on.

Driver Information Center (DIC)The DIC is displayed in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of many vehiclesystems. The controls for the DIC are on theright steering wheel control. See InstrumentCluster 0 83.

w or x : Move the thumbwheel up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move between theinteractive display zones in the cluster.

Thumbwheel : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and hold to resetvalues on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can be turned onor off through the Options menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.

2. Move the thumbwheel up or downthrough the list of available applications.



3. Press the thumbwheel to select theapplication, then press p to enter theapplication menu.

4. Move the thumbwheel w or x tomove through the list of possibleinformation displays.

5. Press the thumbwheel while an item ishighlighted to select or deselectthat item.

When an item is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of all possible DICinfo page displays. Some may not beavailable for your particular vehicle. Someitems may not be turned on by default butcan be turned on through the Options app.See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in thissection.

Trip and Average Electrical EnergyEconomy : The Trip display shows thecurrent distance traveled, in eitherkilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the tripodometer was last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing and holding thethumbwheel while this display is active.

The Average Electrical Energy Economydisplay shows the approximate averagekilometers per kWh (km/kWh) or miles perkWh(mi/kWh). This number is calculatedbased on the number of km/kWh recordedsince the last time this menu item wasreset. This number reflects only theapproximate average electrical energyeconomy that the vehicle has right now,and will change as driving conditionschange. The Average Electrical EnergyEconomy can be reset along with the tripodometer by pressing and holding thethumbwheel while this display is active.

Average Speed : Shows the average speedof the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)or miles per hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the various vehiclespeeds recorded since the last reset of thisvalue. The average speed can be reset bypressing and holding the thumbwheel whilethis display is active.

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximatepressures of all four tires. Tire pressure isdisplayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or inpounds per square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire is shown inamber.

Timer : This display can be used as a timer.To start the timer, press the thumbwheelwhile this display is active. The display willshow the amount of time that has passedsince the timer was last reset. To stop thetimer, press the thumbwheel briefly whilethis display is active and the timer isrunning. To reset the timer to zero, pressand hold the thumbwheel while this displayis active.

Driver Assistance : If equipped, showsinformation for ACC, Follow Distance, LaneKeep Assist (LKA) and Forward CollisionAlert (FCA).

Speed Limit : Displays sign information,which comes from a roadway database inthe onboard navigation.

Blank Page : The Blank Page display allowsfor no information to be displayed in thecluster info display areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DIC indicate thestatus of the vehicle or some action thatmay be needed to correct a condition.Multiple messages may appear one afteranother.



The messages that do not requireimmediate action can be acknowledged andcleared by pressing the thumbwheel . Themessages that require immediate actioncannot be cleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be taken seriously;clearing the message does not correct theproblem.

If a SERVICE message appears, see yourdealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displays messagesregarding the following topics:. Service Messages. Fluid Levels. Vehicle Security. Brakes. Ride Control Systems. Driver Assistance Systems. Cruise Control. Lighting and Bulb Replacement. Wiper/Washer Systems. Doors and Windows. Seat Belts. Airbag Systems. Propulsion and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Propulsion Power Messages

PROPULSION POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when the vehicle'spropulsion power is reduced. A reduction inpropulsion power can affect the vehicle'sability to accelerate. If this message is on,but there is no observed reduction inperformance, proceed to your destination.Under certain conditions the performancemay be reduced the next time the vehicle isdriven. The vehicle may be driven while thismessage is on, but maximum accelerationand speed may be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, or displays repeatedly,the vehicle should be taken to your dealerfor service as soon as possible.

Under certain operating conditionspropulsion will be disabled. Try restartingafter the ignition has been off for30 seconds.

PROPULSION POWER REDUCED DUE TOTEMPERATURE

This message is most commonly displayedwhen the high voltage battery charge levelis low. The vehicle is limiting power to

maximize range. This message can displaywhen the vehicle is parked during extremecold conditions without being plugged in.While driving the vehicle with this messagedisplayed, the vehicle speed may be reduceduntil the high voltage battery is conditioned.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH)

This message shows that the vehicle speedhas been limited to the speed displayed. Thelimited speed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems, such aslubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension,Teen Driver if equipped, or tires.

Vehicle PersonalizationThe following are all possible vehiclepersonalization features. Depending on thevehicle, some may not be available.

For System, Apps, and Personal features andfunctions, see Settings 0 149.

To access the vehicle personalization menu:

1. Touch the Settings icon on the HomePage of the infotainment display.

2. Touch Vehicle to display a list ofavailable options.



3. Touch to select the desired featuresetting.

4. Touch9 or R to turn a feature off or on.

5. Touch z to go to the top level of theSettings menu.

The menu may contain the following:

Rear Seat Reminder

This allows for a chime and a message whenthe rear door has been opened before orduring operation of the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Climate and Air Quality

Touch and the following may display:. Auto Fan Speed. Auto Cooled Seats. Auto Heated Seats. Auto Defog. Auto Rear Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This setting specifies the amount of airflowwhen the climate control fan setting isAuto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Cooled Seats

This setting automatically turns on andregulates the ventilated seats when thecabin temperature is warm. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 32.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heated seats atthe level required by the interiortemperature. The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seat buttonson the center console. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 32.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Defog

This setting automatically turns the frontdefogger on when the vehicle is started.

Touch Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

This setting automatically turns the reardefogger on based on temperature andhumidity conditions.

Touch Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Touch and the following may display:. Forward Collision System. Front Pedestrian Detection. Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier. Lane Change Alert. Park Assist. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

Forward Collision System

This setting can alert of a potential crashwith a detected vehicle ahead and can applybrakes to help reduce a collision’s severity.

Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This feature may help avoid or reduce theharm caused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System0 223.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.



Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier

This setting determines if an alert willappear when Adaptive Cruise Control bringsthe vehicle to a complete stop and thevehicle ahead of you starts moving again.See Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) 0 193.

Touch Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

The LCA system is a lane-changing aid thatassists drivers with avoiding lane changecrashes. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 225.

When Lane Change Alert is disabled, SideBlind Zone Alert is also disabled.

Touch Off or On.

Park Assist

If equipped, this allows the feature to beturned on or off. See Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 217.

Touch Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alertfeature to be turned on or off. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking or Backing0 217.

Touch Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience

Touch and the following may display:. Chime Volume. Rain Sense Wipers. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This determines the chime volume level.

Touch the controls on the infotainmentdisplay to adjust the volume.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on, the rearwiper will automatically activate when thevehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).

Touch Off or On.

Rain Sense Wipers

This setting automatically turns on thewipers when moisture is detected and thewiper switch is in intermittent mode.

Touch Disabled or Enabled.

Lighting

Touch and the following may display:. Vehicle Locator Lights. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exterior lamps andallows some of the exterior lamps and mostof the interior lamps to turn on brieflywhen K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle.

Touch Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of how long theexterior lamps stay on when leaving thevehicle when it is dark outside.

Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks

Touch and the following may display:. Open Door Anti Lockout. Auto Door Unlock. Delayed Door Lock

Open Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep the driverdoor from locking when the door is open.If Off is selected, the Delayed Door Lockmenu will be available.

Touch Off or On.



Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of the doorswill automatically unlock when the vehicle isshifted into P (Park).

Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay the lockingof the doors. To override the delay, pressthe power door lock switch on the door.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start

Touch and the following may display:. Remote Unlock Light Feedback. Remote Lock Feedback. Remote Door Unlock. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats. Passive Door Unlock. Passive Door Lock. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps will flash whenunlocking the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter.

Touch Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only,or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doors willunlock when pressing K on the RKEtransmitter.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

This setting automatically turns on theventilated seats when using the remotestart function on warm days. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 32 andRemote Start 0 13.

Touch Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, this feature willturn on the heated seats when using remotestart on cold days. See Heated andVentilated Front Seats 0 32 andRemote Start 0 13.

Touch Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of what doors willunlock when using the button on the driverdoor to unlock the vehicle.

Touch All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to be turned onor off and selects feedback. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 7.

Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when the RKEtransmitter is left in the vehicle. This menualso enables the Remote No Longer InVehicle Alert.

Touch Off or On.



Teen Driver

See Teen Driver 0 156.

Valet Mode

This will lock the infotainment system andsteering wheel controls. It may also limitaccess to vehicle storage locations,if equipped.

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.

2. Select Enter to go to the confirmationscreen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock thesystem. Touch Back to go back to theprevious menu.


110 Lighting

LightingExterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 111Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 111Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . 112Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . 112Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . 113

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Battery Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 116

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of the steeringcolumn.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turn to Oagain to reactivate the AUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps will automaticallyreactivate when the vehicle is shifted out ofP (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps on and offautomatically depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lamps includingall lamps, except the headlamps. Theinstrument panel lights also turn on.

5 : Turns on the headlamps together withthe parking lamps and instrument panellights.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns the vehicle'shigh-beam headlamps on and off accordingto surrounding traffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beam headlampson when it is dark enough and there is noother traffic present.

This light comes on in the instrumentcluster when the IntelliBeam system isenabled.


Lighting 111

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system, pressb on the turn signal lever when theexterior lamp control is in the AUTO or5position.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the high beamswhen driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).

The blue high-beam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the high beamsare on.

There is a sensor near the top center of thewindshield that automatically controls thesystem.

Keep this area of the windshield clear ofdebris to allow for best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on, underthe automatic control, until one of thefollowing situations occurs:. The system detects an approaching

vehicle’s headlamps.. The system detects a preceding vehicle’s

taillamps.. The outside light is bright enough that

high-beam headlamps are not required.. The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h

(12 mph).. The IntelliBeam system is disabled by the

button on the turn signal lever. If thishappens, pressb on the turn signallever when the exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO or5 position.

The instrument cluster light will come onto indicate the IntelliBeam system isreactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannot detectanother vehicle's lamps because of any ofthe following:. The other vehicle’s lamps are missing,

damaged, obstructed from view,or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle‘s lamps are coveredwith dirt, snow, and/or road spray.

. The other vehicle’s lamps cannot bedetected due to dense exhaust, smoke,fog, snow, road spray, mist, or otherairborne obstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked,or obstructed by something that blocksthe view of the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that the frontend points upward, causing the lightsensor to aim high and not detectheadlamps and taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need to bedisabled if any of the above conditions exist.

Exterior Lamps Off ReminderA warning chime sounds if the driver door isopened while the vehicle is off and theexterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-BeamChangerPush the turn signal lever away from youand release, to turn the high beams on. Toreturn to low beams, push the lever againor pull it toward you and release.


112 Lighting

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when the high-beamheadlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull the turn signallever toward you, and release.

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others to see thefront of your vehicle during the day. Fullyfunctional DRL are required on all vehiclesfirst sold in Canada.

The DRL system comes on in daylight whenthe following conditions are met:. The power button is on.. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.. The light sensor determines it is daytime.. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights,and other lamps will not be on.

The DRL turn off when the headlamps areturned toP or the vehicle is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, the DRL canonly be turned off when the vehicle isparked.

Automatic Headlamp SystemThe headlamps come on automatically whenthe exterior lamp control is set to AUTO andit is dark enough outside.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover the sensor,otherwise the headlamps will come on whenthey are not needed.

The system may also turn on the headlampswhen driving through a parking garage ortunnel.

When it is bright enough outside, theheadlamps will turn off or may change toDaytime Running Lamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp system turns offwhen the exterior lamp control is turned toP or the vehicle is off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activated indaylight with the vehicle on, and theexterior lamp control is in AUTO, theheadlamps, parking lamps, and otherexterior lamps come on. The transition timefor the lamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers are notoperating, these lamps turn off. Move theexterior lamp control toP or; todisable this feature.


Lighting 113

Hazard Warning Flashers

The hazard warning flasher button is on thecenter stack.

| : Press to make the front and rear turnsignal lamps flash on and off. This warnsothers that you are having trouble. Pressthe button again to turn the flashers off.

When the hazard warning flashers are on,the turn signals will not work.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

Move the lever all the way up or down tosignal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument cluster flashesin the direction of the turn or lane change.

Raise or lower the lever until the arrowstarts to flash to signal a lane change. Holdit there until the lane change is completed.

If the lever is briefly pressed and released,the turn signal flashes three times.

The turn and lane-change signal can beturned off manually by moving the leverback to its original position.

If after signaling a turn or lane change, thearrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, asignal bulb may be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb isnot burned out, check the fuse. SeeUnderhood Compartment Fuse Block 0 255.

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl

This feature adjusts the brightness of allilluminated controls. The instrument panelillumination control is next to the exteriorlamp control.

Push the knob in all the way until it extendsout and then turn the knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to brighten or dim thelights. Push the knob back in when finished.

The knob is functional at night, or when theheadlamps or parking lamps are ON.


114 Lighting

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on when any dooris opened, K on the RKE transmitter ispressed, or when the vehicle is powered off.See Dome Lamps 0 114.

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in the headlinerabove the front seats.

R OFF : Press to turn the lamps off, evenwhen any door is opened, K on the RKEtransmitter is pressed, or when the vehicleis powered off.

1 : When the button is returned to themiddle position, the lamps turn onautomatically when any door is opened, Kon the RKE transmitter is pressed, or whenthe vehicle is powered off.

+ ON : Press to turn on the dome lamps.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear reading lamps.

The front reading lamps are in the overheadconsole.

Press the lamp lenses to turn the readinglamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in the headliner.

* OFF : Press to turn the lamp off.

+ ON : Press to turn the lamp on.

If equipped with sunroof, press the lamplenses over the rear passenger doors.


Lighting 115

Lighting FeaturesEntry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interior lampsturn on briefly at night, or in areas withlimited lighting, when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.When a door is opened, the interior lampscome on if the dome lamp control is in theDOOR position. After about 30 seconds theexterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can bedisabled manually by powering on thevehicle, or by pressing the RKE transmitterQ button.

This feature can be changed. See “VehicleLocator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interior lamps turnon when the vehicle is powered off.

The exterior and interior lamps remain onfor a set amount of time, then automaticallyturn off. If equipped with Keyless Access,the exterior lamps automatically turn onwhen the driver door is opened after thevehicle is powered off.

The interior lights turn on when the vehicleis powered off.

The exterior lamps turn off immediately byturning the exterior lamp control off.

This feature can be changed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Battery Power ProtectionThis feature helps prevent the battery frombeing drained if the interior courtesy lampsor reading lamps are accidentally left on.If any of these lamps are left on, theyautomatically turn off after 10 minutes if theignition is off. The lamps will not come backon again until one of the following occurs:. The vehicle is powered on.. The doors are closed and then re-opened.

Battery Saver

The vehicle is equipped with electrical powermanagement (EPM). EPM monitors andcontrols the charging system. The messageBATTERY SAVER ACTIVE displays on theDriver Information Center (DIC) when theEPM detects the battery may be drainingtoo quickly, the charge state needs to bereset, or the Auxiliary Power Module failed.

If safe to do so, when BATTERY SAVERACTIVE displays, manually shut offwindshield wipers, communicationsequipment, climate controls, etc. to slow thebattery from draining. See AutomaticClimate Control System 0 164.

If the message still displays, fully charge thevehicle. Once fully charged, unplug thevehicle and let the vehicle sit an additional8.5 hours or greater without beinginterrupted to allow the Body ControlModule (BCM) to reset the battery to therequired state of charge.

The following may interrupt the vehicle:. Charging the vehicle. Battery Maintenance Mode. Approach Detection is activated. The Key Fob is left in the car or left in

close proximity of the vehicle. Pressing buttons on the Remote Keyless

Entry (RKE) transmitter. Opening the doors or tailgate

To reduce the occurrence of this alert,GM recommends letting the vehicle situninterrupted for 8.5 hours or greater on aweekly basis.


116 Lighting

If after completing this process the BATTERYSAVER ACTIVE message remains, see yourdealer for service.

Exterior Lighting Battery SaverThe exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutesafter the ignition is turned off, if the parkinglamps or headlamps have been manuallyleft on. This protects against draining thebattery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turnthe exterior lamp control to the O positionand then back to the; or2 position.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the vehicle must be powered onor in ACC/ACCESSORY.


Infotainment System 117

Infotainment SystemIntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Radio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Audio PlayersAvoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 125USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

NavigationUsing the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . 128Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . 138

Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . 139If the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . 139Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . 139

Voice RecognitionVoice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

PhoneBluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Bluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . 148

SettingsSettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Trademarks and License AgreementsTrademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

IntroductionRead the following pages to become familiarwith the features.

{ WarningTaking your eyes off the road for toolong or too often while using anyinfotainment feature can cause a crash.You or others could be injured or killed.Do not give extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving. Limityour glances at the vehicle displays andfocus your attention on driving. Use voicecommands whenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoid distractionby disabling some features when driving.These features may gray out when they areunavailable. Many infotainment features arealso available through the instrument clusterand steering wheel controls.

Before driving:. Become familiar with the operation,

center stack controls, steering wheelcontrols, and infotainment display.


118 Infotainment System. Set up the audio by presetting favorite

stations, setting the tone, and adjustingthe speakers.

. Set up phone numbers in advance so theycan be called easily by pressing a singlecontrol or by using a single voicecommand.

See Distracted Driving 0 172.

Overview

Infotainment System

The infotainment system is controlled byusing the infotainment display, controls onthe center stack, steering wheel controls,and voice recognition.

1. O (Power). Press to turn the power on.. Press and hold to turn the

power off.. Press to mute/unmute the system

when on.. When the power is on and the

system is not muted, a quickstatus pane will display when O ispressed. Pressing O will mute thesystem and trigger this pane toshow a long press is required toactually power down the system.

. Turn to decrease or increase thevolume.

2. {. Press to go to the Home Page. See

“Home Page” later in this section.. Press to exit Android Auto or Apple

CarPlay. To enter back into AndroidAuto or Apple CarPlay, press andhold. See Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto 0 148.

3. V. Where applicable, turn to highlight

a feature. Press to activate thehighlighted feature.

Home Page

The Home Page is where vehicle applicationicons are accessed. Some applications aredisabled when the vehicle is moving.

Swipe left or right across the display toaccess the pages of icons.

Managing Home Page Icons

1. Touch and hold any of the Home Pageicons to enter edit mode.

2. Continue holding the icon and drag it tothe desired position.

3. Release your finger to drop the icon inthe desired position.

4. To move an application to another page,drag the icon to the edge of the displaytoward the desired page.

5. Continue dragging and droppingapplication icons as desired.



Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controls can beadjusted at the steering wheel.

g : Press to answer an incoming call orstart voice recognition. See Bluetooth(Overview) 0 144 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 145.

c : Press to decline an incoming call orend a current call. Press to mute or unmutethe infotainment system when not on a call.

The favorites and volume switches are onthe back of the steering wheel.

1. Favorite: When on a radio source, pressto select the next or previous audiobroadcast favorite. When listening to amedia device, press to select the next orprevious track.

2. Volume: Press to increase or decreasethe volume.

Using the System

Audio

Touch the Audio icon to display the activeaudio source page. Examples of availablesources may include AM, FM, SXM (ifequipped), USB, and Bluetooth.

Phone

Touch the Phone icon to display the Phonemain page. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 144orBluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 145.

Climate

If equipped, touch the Climate icon todisplay the Climate main page. SeeAutomatic Climate Control System 0 164.

Wi-Fi Hotspot

Touch the Wi-Fi Hotspot icon to display theWi-Fi Hotspot information. See Settings0 149.

Users

If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign inor create a new user profile, and follow theon-screen instructions.

Only four user profiles can be active at onetime in the vehicle. It may be necessary toremove a profile from the menu beforecreating or signing into an existing profile.The removed profile can be logged into at alater time.


120 Infotainment System

Settings

Touch the Settings icon to display theSettings menu. See Settings 0 149.

Apple CarPlay

Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activateApple CarPlay after a supported device isconnected. See Apple CarPlay and AndroidAuto 0 148.

Android Auto

Touch the Android Auto icon to activateAndroid Auto after a supported device isconnected. See Apple CarPlay and AndroidAuto 0 148.

Apps

If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available fordownload. Touch the Apps icon on theHome Page to begin.

Downloading and using in-vehicle appsrequires Internet connectivity which can beaccessed with a data plan through thevehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot,if equipped, or a compatible mobile devicehotspot. On most mobile devices, activationof the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s

Settings menu under Mobile NetworkSharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,or similar.

Availability of apps and connectivity variesby vehicle, conditions, and location. Dataplan rates apply. Features are subject tochange. For more information, seewww.my.chevrolet.com/learn.

OnStar Services

If equipped, touch the OnStar Services iconto display the OnStar Services and Accountpages. See OnStar Overview 0 319.

Camera

If equipped, touch the Camera icon to accessthe camera application. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing 0 217.

Shortcut Tray

The shortcut tray is near the bottom of thedisplay. It shows up to four applications.

Infotainment Display Features

Infotainment display features show on thedisplay when available. When a feature isunavailable, it may gray out. When afeature is touched, it may highlight.

Haptic Feedback

If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse thatoccurs when an icon or option is touched onthe display or when controls on the centerstack are pressed.

Infotainment Gestures

Use the following finger gestures to controlthe infotainment system.

Touch/Tap

Touch/tap is used to select an icon oroption, activate an application, or changethe location inside a map.



Touch and Hold

Touch and hold can be used to start anothergesture, or to move or delete an application.

Drag

Drag is used to move applications on theHome Page, or to pan the map. To drag theitem, it must be held and moved along thedisplay to the new location. This can be

done up, down, right, or left. This feature isonly available when vehicle is parked andnot in motion.

Nudge

Nudge is used to move items a shortdistance on a list or a map. To nudge, holdand move the selected item up or down toa new location.

Fling or Swipe

Fling or swipe is used to scroll through alist, pan the map, or change page views. Dothis by placing a finger on the display thenmoving it rapidly up and down or rightand left.

Spread

Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certainimages, or a web page. Place finger andthumb together on the display, then movethem apart.



Pinch

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certainimages, or a web page. Place finger andthumb apart on the display, then movethem together.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and VehicleInformation and Radio Displays

For vehicles with high gloss surfaces orvehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth towipe surfaces. Before wiping the surfacewith the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that could scratch thesurface. Then use the microfiber cloth bygently rubbing to clean. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodically hand washthe microfiber cloth separately, using mildsoap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener.Rinse thoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Software Updates

Over-the-Air Software Updates

If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings0 149 for details on software updates.

RadioAM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio

From the Home Page, touch the Audio iconto display the active audio source page.Choose from the three most recently usedsources listed at the left side of the displayor touch the More option to display a list ofavailable sources. Examples of availablesources may include AM, FM, SXM (ifequipped), MyMedia, USB, and Bluetooth.

Infotainment System Sound Menu

From any of the audio source main pages,touch Sound to display the following:

Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange,Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using theoptions on the infotainment display.

Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using thecontrols on the infotainment display or bytapping/dragging the crosshair.

Finding a Station

Seeking a Station

From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped)option, press 6 or 7 on the center stackto search for the previous or next strongstation or channel.

Browsing Stations

Touch the Browse option to list all availablestations or channels. Navigate up and downthrough all stations by scrolling the list.Touch the station or channel you want tolisten to. TouchH to save the station orchannel as a favorite.

If equipped, touch Update Station List toupdate the active stations in your area.



Direct Tune

Access Direct Tune by touching the Tuneicon on the infotainment display to bring upthe keypad. Navigate through all frequenciesusing the arrows on the right side of theDirect Tune display. Directly enter a stationor channel using the keypad. When a newstation or channel is entered, theinformation about that station or channeldisplays on the right side. This informationwill update with each new valid frequency.TouchH to save the station or channel asa favorite.

The keypad will gray out entries that do notcontribute to a valid frequency and willautomatically place a decimal point withinthe frequency number.

Touch (X) to delete one number at a time.Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers.

A valid AM or FM station will automaticallytune to the new frequency but not close theDirect Tune display. When listening to SXM(if equipped), touch Go after entering thechannel. Touch the Back icon on theinfotainment display or touch z to exit outof Direct Tune.

The tune arrows on the right side of theDirect Tune display will tune through thecomplete station or channel list one stationstep at a time per touch. A touch and holdadvances through stations or channelsquickly.

FM and SXM Categories

From the FM or SXM (if equipped) display,touch Categories at the top of the Browsemenu to access the categories list. The listcontains names associated with the FMstations or SXM channels. Touch a category

name to display a list of stations orchannels for that category. Touching astation or channel from the list will tune theradio to that station or channel.

Storing Radio Station Presets

Favorites show in the area at the top of thedisplay.

AM, FM or SXM (if equipped) : Press andhold a preset to store the current station orchannel as a favorite. Touch a saved favoriteto recall a favorite station or channel.

Favorites can also be stored by touchingHin a station or channel list. This willhighlight indicating that it is now saved as afavorite.

The number of favorites displayed isautomatically adjusted by default, but canbe manually adjusted in Settings in theSystem tab under Favorites and then SetNumber of Audio Favorites. It can also beadjusted in Settings in the Apps tab underAudio and then Set Number of AudioFavorites.



Radio Data System (RDS)If equipped, RDS features are available foruse only on FM stations that broadcast RDSinformation. With RDS, the radio can:. Group stations by Category (i.e., Program

Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc.. Display messages from radio stations.

This system relies on receiving specificinformation from these stations and onlyworks when the information is available.It is possible that a radio station couldbroadcast incorrect information that causesthe radio features to work improperly. If thishappens, contact the radio station.

When information is broadcast from a RDSstation, the station name or call lettersdisplay on the audio screen. Radio textsupporting the currently playing broadcastmay also appear.

Satellite Radio

SiriusXM Radio Service

If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXMradio subscription can receive SiriusXMprogramming.

SiriusXM radio has a wide variety ofprogramming and commercial-free music,coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. Inthe U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296. In Canada, seewww.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.

When SiriusXM is active, the channel name,number, song title, and artist appear on thedisplay.

SiriusXM with 360L

SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhancedin-vehicle listening experience forsubscribers. The experience now offers morecategories and system learnedrecommendations toward discovering morepersonalized content.

To use the full SiriusXM 360L program,including streaming content and listeningrecommendations, OnStar Connected Accessis required. Connected vehicle services varyby model and require a complete workingelectrical system, cell reception, and GPSsignal. An active connected plan is required.

Reference the SiriusXM user guide for useand subscription information.

Radio ReceptionUnplug electronic devices from the accessorypower outlets if there is interference orstatic in the radio.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-inelectronic circuit that automatically works toreduce interference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings or hills,causing the sound to fade in and out.

AM

The range for most AM stations is greaterthan for FM, especially at night. The longerrange can cause station frequencies tointerfere with each other. Static can alsooccur when things like storms and powerlines interfere with radio reception. Whenthis happens, try reducing the treble on theradio.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service

If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Serviceprovides digital radio reception. Tallbuildings or hills can interfere with satelliteradio signals, causing the sound to fade inand out. In addition, traveling or standing



under heavy foliage, bridges, garages,or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXMsignal for a period of time. Some cellularservices may interfere with SXM receptioncausing loss of signal.

Mobile Device Usage

Mobile device usage, such as making orreceiving calls, charging, or just having themobile device on may cause staticinterference in the radio. Unplug the mobiledevice or turn it off if this happens.

Multi-Band AntennaThe roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXMSatellite Radio, OnStar, and GPS (GlobalPositioning System). Keep clear ofobstructions for clear reception. If thevehicle has a sunroof, and it is open,reception can also be affected.

Audio PlayersAvoiding Untrusted Media DevicesWhen using media devices such as SD cards,USB devices, and mobile devices, considerthe source. Untrusted media devices could

contain files that affect system operation orperformance. Avoid use if the content ororigin cannot be trusted.

USB PortAudio stored on a USB device may belistened to.

The vehicle may be equipped with two USBports on the center stack. These ports arefor data and charging. There may also betwo USB ports for charging only at the rearof the center console.

CautionTo avoid vehicle damage, unplug allaccessories and disconnect all accessorycables from the vehicle when not in use.Accessory cables left plugged into thevehicle, unconnected to a device, could bedamaged or cause an electrical short ifthe unconnected end comes in contactwith liquids or another power source suchas the accessory power outlet.

Playing from a USB

A USB mass storage device can be connectedto the USB port.

Audio extensions supported by the USB mayinclude:. MP3. AAC. OGG. 3GP

Gracenote

When plugging in a USB device, Gracenoteservice builds voice tags for music. Voicetags allow artists, albums with hard topronounce names, and nicknames to be usedto play music through voice recognition,if equipped.

While indexing, infotainment features maybe available.

My Media Library

MyMedia is only available when more thanone indexed device is connected. It allowsaccess to content from all indexed mediasources. MyMedia will show as an availablesource in the Source page.

USB MP3 Player and USB Devices

The USB MP3 players and USB devicesconnected must comply with the USB MassStorage Class specification (USB MSC).



To play a USB device:

1. Connect the USB.

2. Touch Audio from the Home Page.

3. Touch the More option and then touchthe USB device.

Use the following when playing an activeUSB source:

p : Touch to play the current media source.

j : Touch to pause playback of the currentmedia source.

7 :. Touch to seek the beginning of the

current or previous track.. Touch and hold to reverse quickly

through playback. Release to return toplaying speed. Elapsed time displays.

6 :. Touch to seek the next track.. Touch and hold to advance quickly

through playback. Release to return toplaying speed. Elapsed time displays.

Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to playmusic in random order.

USB Sound Menu

See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”under AM-FM Radio 0 122.

USB Browse Menu

When a list of songs, albums, artists,or other types of media displays, the up anddown arrows and A-Z appear on the leftside. Select A-Z to view a display that willshow all letters of the alphabet and selectthe letter to go to.

Touch the up and down arrows to move thelist up and down.

Touch Browse and the following maydisplay:

Playlists:

1. Touch to view the playlists stored onthe USB.

2. Touch a playlist to view the list of allsongs in that playlist.

3. Touch a song from the list to beginplayback.

Supported playlist extensions are m3uand pls.

Artists:

1. Touch to view the list of artists storedon the USB.

2. Touch an artist name to view a list of allalbums by the artist.

3. To select a song, touch All Songs ortouch an album and then touch a songfrom the list.

Songs:

1. Touch to display a list of all songs onthe USB.

2. To begin playback, touch a song fromthe list.

Albums:

1. Touch to view the albums on the USB.

2. Touch the album to view a list of allsongs on the album.


Genres:

1. Touch to view the genres on the USB.

2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists.

3. Touch an artist to view albums by thatartist.

4. Touch an album to view songs on thealbum.

5. Touch a song to start playback.



Composers:

1. Touch to view the composers onthe USB.

2. Touch a Composer to view a list ofalbums by that composer.

3. Touch an album or All Songs to view alist of songs.


Folders:

1. Touch to view the directories onthe USB.

2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files.

3. Touch a file from the list to beginplayback.

Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts onthe connected Apple device and get a list ofpodcast episodes.

Audiobooks:

1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored onthe Apple device.

2. Touch an audiobook to get a list ofchapters.

3. Touch the chapter from the list to beginplayback.

File System and Naming

File systems supported by the USB mayinclude:. FAT32. NTFS. HFS+

The songs, artists, albums, and genres aretaken from the file’s song information andare only displayed if present. The radiodisplays the file name as the track name ifthe song information is not available.

Supported Apple Devices

To view supported devices, seemy.chevrolet.com/learn.

Storing and Recalling Media Favorites

To store media favorites, touch Browse todisplay a list of media types.

Touch one of the following Browse optionsto save a favorite:

Playlists : TouchH next to any playlist tostore the playlist as a favorite. Touch asaved favorite to recall a favorite playlist.The first song in the playlist begins to play.

Artists : TouchH next to any artist tostore the artist as a favorite. Touch a savedfavorite to recall a favorite artist. The firstsong in the artist list begins to play.

Songs : TouchH next to any song to storethe song as a favorite. Touch a savedfavorite to recall a favorite song.

Albums : TouchH next to any album tostore the album as a favorite. Touch a savedfavorite to recall a favorite album. The firstsong in the album list begins to play.

Genres : TouchH next to any genre tostore the genre as a favorite. Touch a savedfavorite to recall a favorite genre. The firstsong of the genre begins to play.

Podcasts : TouchH next to any podcast tostore the podcast as a favorite. Touch asaved favorite to recall a favorite podcast.The podcast begins to play.

Audiobooks : TouchH next to anyaudiobook to store the audiobook as afavorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall afavorite audiobook. The first chapter in theaudiobook begins to play.



Media Playback and Mute

USB playback will be paused if the system ismuted. If the steering wheel mute control ispressed again, playback will resume.

If the source is changed while in mute,playback resumes and audio will unmute.

Bluetooth AudioMusic may be played from a pairedBluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Overview)0 144 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 145for help pairing a device.

Volume and song selection may becontrolled by using the infotainmentcontrols or the mobile device. If Bluetooth isselected and no volume is present, check thevolume setting on the infotainment system.

Music can be launched by touchingBluetooth from the recent sources list onthe left of the display or by touching theMore option and then touching theBluetooth device.

To play music via Bluetooth:

1. Power on the device, and pair to connectthe device.

2. Once paired, touch Audio from the HomePage, then touch Bluetooth from therecent sources list on the left of thedisplay.

Bluetooth Sound Menu

See “Infotainment System Sound Menu”under AM-FM Radio 0 122.

Manage Bluetooth Devices

From the Home Page:

1. Touch Audio.

2. Touch More.

3. Touch Bluetooth.

4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices.

When touching Bluetooth, the radio maynot be able to launch the audio player onthe connected device to start playing. Whenthe vehicle is not moving, use the mobiledevice to begin playback.

All devices launch audio differently. Whenselecting Bluetooth as a source, the radiomay show as paused on the display. Pressplay on the device or touch p on thedisplay to begin playback.

Browse functionality will be provided wheresupported by the Bluetooth device. Thismedia content will not be part of theMyMedia source mode.

Some smartphones support sendingBluetooth music information to display onthe radio. When the radio receives thisinformation, it will check to see if any isavailable and display it. For moreinformation about supported Bluetoothfeatures, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.

NavigationUsing the Navigation SystemIf equipped, launch the Nav application bytouching the Nav icon on the Home Page oron the shortcut tray near the bottom of theinfotainment display.

When the Nav application is launched forthe first time, a product walkthrough isavailable. Use of the feature requires theTerms and Conditions and the Privacystatement to be confirmed. If available andsigned into a profile, it is also suggested toenable and confirm Predictive Navigation.



Predictive Navigation (If Equipped)

If Predictive Navigation is available andconfirmed, this feature learns preferences byremembering where the vehicle has been.It uses the locations and navigation historyto personalize routes and results.

Predictive Navigation may learn elementssuch as:. Personalized routes based on preferred

streets.. Search results that provide best matches

at the top of the list.. Predictive traffic.. Local map content updating.

Predictive Navigation can also be enabled ordisabled at a later time by touchingA(Options). While in Options, touch Settings,then Map and Navigation Settings, and thenPredictive Navigation. See Settings 0 149.

Navigation Map View

After opening the Nav application for thefirst time, the application will always openin full map view displaying the vehicle’scurrent location. When the vehicle isstopped, the search bar will appear alongthe top of the navigation map view.Manually close the search bar by touchingz. When the vehicle is moving, the }(Search) icon will replace the search bar tomaximize the full map view.

Destination Card Preferences

From the Nav application, set up Home andWork addresses to enable one-touchnavigation. To set up Home and Workaddresses, touchA and select Settings,then Map and Navigation Settings, and thenDestination Card Preferences. Show My

Places on Map should be on by default.Select and enter Home and/or Work addressand save.

If the vehicle’s system is not signed into acustomized profile, the current location iconuses a generic symbol. Once signed into acustomized profile, the current locationsymbol will show a customized icon. SeeNavigation Symbols 0 132.

Map and Navigation Settings

TouchA while in the map view to displayoptions. The following may display:. 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North. Show on Map. Traffic Events (available with OnStar

Connected Navigation). Settings. Edit Destination (if a route has been set)


130 Infotainment System. Avoid on Route (if a route has been set)

Touch Settings to view Map and NavigationSettings. The following may display:. Destination Card Preferences. Map Preferences. Route Preferences. Navigation Voice Control. Traffic Preferences. Alert Preferences. Manage History. Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive

Navigation (If Equipped)” previously inthis section.

. About

To exit a list, touch z in the top rightcorner to return to the main map view.

Make sure to set up preferences beforesetting a destination and starting activeguidance.

Map Preferences

Touch to choose between basic map featureconfigurations:

Map Colors. Auto – Touch to automatically change

modes based on lighting conditions.

. Day (Light)

. Night (Dark)

3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On orOff. When turned on, the system willdisplay all 3D Landmarks on the mapdepending on the zoom level.

3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On orOff. When turned on, the system willdisplay all of the possible 3D building shapeson the map depending on the zoom level.

Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) :If equipped, touch On or Off. When turnedon, the system will display terraininformation on the map in 3D view.

Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On orOff. When turned on, the system willautomatically adjust the zoom level whenthe vehicle is approaching a turn. After theturn is completed, the system automaticallybrings the zoom back to the originally setlevel. If the vehicle is approaching a turnwith the next turn occurring shortly after,the Auto-Zoom will remain on until bothturns are completed.

Route Preferences

Touch to access the Route Preferences. Thechoices are:. Preferred Route – Choose from two

different route options: Fastest orEco-Friendly.

‐ Fastest would be the route with theshortest drive time.

‐ Eco-Friendly would be the mostefficient route.

. Avoid on Current Route – Choose any ofthe road features to avoid while on route:

‐ Highways

‐ Unpaved Roads

‐ Ferries

‐ Carpool Lanes

‐ Toll Roads

‐ Tunnels

‐ Country Borders

Navigation Voice Control

Touch to access the voice control settingdisplay.. Navigation Volume – To adjust the

volume level, touch the up and downarrows. If the voice guidance prompt is



being heard, volume can also be adjustedusing the knob on the center stack or thevolume switch on the steering wheel.

. Navigation Voice Prompt Level during aCall. Options available are:

‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default)

‐ Tone Only

‐ None

Traffic Events (If Equipped)

This feature provides a list of events thatare on the route or nearby. TouchA andthen select Traffic Events. An OnStarconnected Navigation service plan isrequired.

Traffic Preferences (If Equipped)

While in Map View, touchA, then Settingsand then Map and Navigation Settings toaccess Traffic Preferences. When ShowTraffic on Map is turned on, the featureprovides an overview of the traffic flowusing different coded colors. The followingoptions are available for rerouting:. Auto Reroute to Better Route – The

system will automatically reroute if thesystem detects there is a traffic issueahead.

. Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If thesystem detects there is a traffic issueahead, it will display a pop-up withdetails about the issue. Choose to rerouteor cancel the alert.

. Never Search for Better Route – Thesystem will not check for a better routeuntil one of the above options is selected.

Alert Preferences

Set alerts on or off during both inactive andactive guidance views. The following alertsmay be available:. Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display

upcoming School Zones.. Traffic Camera Alerts

Manage History

Touch Manage History to access the Historyoptions:

. Clear Recent Destinations – Touch\ toclear the recent destinations.

. Clear Search History – Touch\ to clearthe search history.

About

Touch to display software information,such as:. Telenav Terms and Conditions

. Telenav Privacy Statement

. Navigation Version

MapsThe Nav application requires a map databaseto run. It is stored on an SD card that isconnected to the infotainment system. If themap database is not available, a missing SDcard error message will be displayed.

SD Card Error Messages

The SD card only works for one uniquevehicle. The SD card must passauthentication verification to be used forthat specific vehicle. Potential error scenariosand messages include:. The SD card has initialized for the first

time: “Once initialized, this SD card canonly be used for navigation in thisvehicle.”

. The SD card is not working properly: “SDcard is not functioning properly.(Error Code).”

. The SD card is not paired with theexisting system: “This SD card is not validin this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’sManual for more detail or visit yourdealer. (Error Code).”


132 Infotainment System. The SD card has been removed from the

slot: “SD card has been removed.(Error Code).”

Touch Continue to resume after theinitialization error message. For the othermessages, touch OK to return to theHome Page.

Navigation SymbolsFollowing are the most common symbolsthat may appear in the Nav application.

This indicates the vehicle’s current locationand direction on the map.

This is the vehicle’s current location iconduring inactive guidance mode. Once a userprofile is created, the current location iconcan be customized.

This icon indicates the vehicle’s currentlocation and direction on the map.

The destination pin marks the location ofthe final destination. Touch the pin to viewthe destination address or to add it orremove it from the Favorites list. Hide theinformation by touching the pin one moretime. It will automatically time out if noaction is taken.

If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs)are places of interest for parking andcharging stations.

The progress bar provides an overview ofthe route progress and may show traffic andincidents along the way. As the routeproceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar.

Touch the icon to zoom out on the map andview the entire route. Touch it again toreturn to the previous view.

View the drive time by touching theestimated time of arrival (ETA).

Current Location

When the vehicle is parked and not in aNavigation session, the user icon is centeredon the map view, highlighting the currentlocation.



DestinationReceiving Destination Directions fromDifferent Sources

Destinations can be received or transferredfrom different sources to the Nav applicationfor route guidance. If equipped, some ofthese sources may include:. Navigation from search results.. OnStar Advisor destination download.. An address from the Contacts list.. An application on the smartphone that

can send destinations to the vehicle.. An application downloaded to the vehicle

such as OnStar Services that can senddestinations to the navigation system.

Waypoints

Add up to five waypoints, which areadditional destinations, along the route. Toadd an additional stop or waypoint:

1. From active guidance, touch }.

2. Search for the destination using One-Box,Voice search, or the Quick Categoryicons.

3. Choose search results Along Route,Nearby, or Near Destination.

4. Choose the desired waypoint and touchAdd to Trip or replace the currentdestination by touching New Destination.

Route options are not available forwaypoints.

Arriving at a Waypoint

When approaching a waypoint, the systemwill display a Destination Arrival view. Tocontinue on to the next destination touchthe Drive to message on the infotainmentdisplay.

If the vehicle passes the waypoint or getsout of the current route, the system willautomatically reroute back to this waypoint.At the same time, it will show a Drive toicon along with the next waypoint addressso the current waypoint can be skipped andguidance can resume to the next waypointor destination.

Editing a Waypoint

When waypoints are added during activeguidance, the system allows a stop to bedeleted or the order to be changed. To edita waypoint:

1. TouchA.

2. Touch Edit Destinations.. Modify destination order by touching

and holding the arrow until it ishighlighted. Drag to move thewaypoint up or down the list.

. Delete a waypoint by touching Y.A pop-up will appear to confirmwaypoint removal. Once the requestis confirmed, the system will removethe address from the destinations list.Touch z on the top right corner sothe system can recalculate the route.

If there is only one address in thedestinations list, the system willdisable the move and deletefunctions. The system will not allowthe final destination to be deleted.

Map Information

Road network attributes are contained in themap database for map information.Attributes include information such as streetnames, street addresses, and turnrestrictions. A detailed area includes allmajor highways, service roads, andresidential roads. The detailed areas includePlaces of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants,



airports, banks, hospitals, police stations,charging stations, tourist attractions, andhistorical monuments.

If the vehicle does not have an applicableservice plan, the map database may notinclude data for newly constructed areas ormap database corrections that arecompleted after production. The navigationsystem provides full route guidance in thedetailed map areas.

Zoom Control

The zoom control display is shown on themap view. A few ways to zoom in orout are:. Touch + or – to zoom in or out on

the map.. Double tap with one finger to zoom in or

single tap with two fingers to zoom outon the map.

. Use the index finger and thumb to zoomout by pinching and then zoom in byspreading those two fingers on the map.

Map Gestures and Map Scale

Use the following gestures on theinfotainment display to adjust the map scaleand display options.. Pinch to zoom in or out.

. Pan the map.

. Use two fingers to tilt down and changefrom 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change backto 2D.

. Rotate the map.

See Using the System 0 119.

Mute

When in active guidance, the audio promptswhile using navigation can be muted. Touchthe speaker icon on the right side of theupper bar. A slash will appear on thespeaker to indicate voice guidance is muted.

Active Guidance View

When a destination is chosen and anavigation session is active, the navigationsystem enters into an Active GuidanceView (AGV).

Map Orientation

TouchA on the map to access maporientation settings. Map orientation is 3DHeading Up by default.

Available settings are:. 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with

the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, thecurrent location icon will always head upand the map will rotate around it.

. 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehiclepointing up. In this mode, the currentlocation icon will always head up and themap will rotate around it.

. 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointingup. In this mode, the current location iconwill shift as the vehicle turns left andright.

Touch the icon to change the map type. Theicon and label will also update accordingly.

Depending on the zoom level of the 2DHeading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, thesystem may automatically switch to the 2DNorth Up map.

When in AGV, the entire route can beviewed in 2D North Up by touching thetraffic bar. The map will zoom out andreadjust to display the full route. When in2D North Up Route View, the Recenter iconwill appear in the middle of the display.Touch either the Recenter icon or the trafficbar again to return to the previous view,either 2D or 3D.

Lane Guidance

The map will display the lane informationfor the upcoming maneuver if it is available.



Junction View

When a vehicle is on the highway andapproaching the exit, an image displays thelane that the vehicle must stay in tocomplete the next maneuver.

Quick-Turn View

When the vehicle is approaching a turn withthe next turn following in quick succession,a quick-turn list appears below the primaryturn indicator. An audio prompt willannounce the quick turn.

Auto-Zoom

When approaching a maneuver, the mapwill automatically zoom in to show both thevehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver togive a better view of the maneuver. Oncethe maneuver is complete, the system willzoom back to the previous zoom level.TouchA on the map to access Settings,

then touch Map Preferences to accessAuto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled ordisabled.

Directions

Touch the menu option next to the nextturn street name to display Directions.

Directions displays the turns and directionsfrom the current location to the finaldestination.

Editing Directions

Directions can be edited by choosingy,which expands the list to fill the display andenters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode,an unwanted route segment can beremoved from the route by touching Y nextto the segment. A pop-up appears toconfirm segment removal.

When the route segment has been removed,all segments are replaced by an activityindicator while the new route isrecalculated. When the recalculation iscomplete, the activity indicator is replacedwith the new route segments.

Highway Exits List

TouchC to open the Exit list. This icondisplays next to the current street namenear the bottom of the display. The icononly appears when on a highway withdefined exits.

While traveling on roads with designatedexits, an Exit list may be available. The Exitlist displays the exit number, distance to theexit from the current vehicle position, andconvenience stops that may be available,such as charging, coffee, food, and lodging.

Next Maneuver Menu

When in Active Guidance, the NextManeuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, andManeuver Distance are shown in the NextManeuver at the top of the displayoverlaying the map. ETA, Distance to



Destination, and Traffic Indicator aredisplayed in a panel pinned on the right ofthe display.

Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert

If the Navigation application is not openwhen a near maneuver prompt is given, it isshown as an alert. Touch the alert to go tothe main navigation view or touch z todismiss the alert.

Repeat Voice Guidance

This symbol indicates the next guidancemaneuver. Touch it to repeat the lastspoken guidance instruction.

Incident Alert (If Equipped)

During active guidance, if the systemdetermines that there is an incident aheadbut there is not a better route, the systemwill play a tone and show a Quick Notice.This will only show once per incident.

Incident Reports (If Equipped)

Incident report icons, along with traffic flowdata, display on the map during both activeand inactive guidance.

End Route

Touch Cancel at the top right corner to endactive guidance and return to inactiveguidance. If active guidance is canceledbefore the destination has been reached, apop-up option to Resume Trip will appear.

Resume Trip

The trip can be resumed if it was canceledby touching the Resume Trip pop-up option.

If the system has determined that thedestination has been reached, either becausethe arrival view displayed or the destinationhas been passed, the Resume Trip optionwill not appear.

Favorites

The navigation favorites can have contacts,addresses, or POIs that have been savedthrough the favorite icon on thedetails view.

Accessing Favorites

In the Nav application, view the Favoriteslist by touchingH in the search bar alongthe top of the Nav map view. If the searchbar is closed, touch } and selectH.

Saving Favorites

Favorites can be added from a number ofthe system’s applications. Touch thefavorites icon to save content as a favorite.

Renaming Navigation Favorites

1. Touch the Settings icon on the HomePage and touch the System tab.

2. Touch Favorites to access the ManageFavorites option.

3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite toaccess the edit icon. Touch the edit iconto rename the favorite.

4. Touch Save to store the renamedfavorite.

Recents

Touch H to access a list of recentdestinations.



Recenter Position Icon

Touch the Recenter Position arrow in themiddle of the map view to reset the map tothe current location.

Last Parked Location

The Last Parked Location is the last locationthe vehicle was turned off. That location isdisplayed in the first row of the Recents list.Touching the last Parked Location shows theAddress Details view to either save theaddress or drive to it. The Last ParkedLocation can be deleted by entering the Editdisplay. Once the Last Parked Location isdeleted, it no longer appears in the Recentslist, unless the vehicle is started at thatlocation again.

Show POI Icons

To see the POI categories, touch Options,then touch Show on Map. Up to eightcategories of icons can be selected.

Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped)

The smart POI icons such as chargingstations and parking may appear based ontime, location, driver search behavior, drivingconditions, and vehicle conditions.

Touch a smart POI icon to open thecorresponding details:. Left side: Name and address of the POI.. Right side:E + ETE (Estimated Time

Enroute.)

Smart Parking Icons

When reaching a densely populateddestination and the system determines thatparking may be limited, the system willattempt to display nearby parkingdestinations with pricing information,if available.

Report an Issue Using POI Details (IfEquipped)

In the POI details page, a POI issue can bereported if the data is not accurate or theaddress is incorrect. Touch Report an Issuenear the bottom of the display to access theissue selection page. Touch one of thepredefined issues on the selection page,then touch Send. The system will send theinformation for analysis.

Search

Touch Search on the infotainment display toopen the search display. It has a search fieldentry box, quick category icon shortcuts,recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard.

Auto Complete

Enter a partial location in the field entry boxon the search display. Auto complete willattempt to complete the destination basedon what is being entered. Touch thesuggested item to search.

Search While in Motion with No Front SeatPassenger Present

The search display will not allow changes ortext input with the keyboard when thevehicle is in motion. As a result, a display



showing three rows of the most commonlyused categories appears. Touching the searchbox will activate speech recognition.

Search While in Motion with Front SeatPassenger Present

If the system detects that the front seatpassenger is present with both driver andpassenger seat belts buckled, touching thesearch icon will display an alert messagethat allows the passenger to search for adestination as if the vehicle were stopped.

Connected Navigation

Connected Navigation is a subscriptionservice that enables certain capabilitieswithin the navigation system, such asTraffic, Smart Search/Routing, and PredictiveNavigation capabilities. The system willshow an alert when the subscription isexpiring and will ask to renew the plan.

Global Positioning System (GPS)If equipped, the position of the vehicle isdetermined by using satellite signals, variousvehicle signals, and map data.

At times, other interference such as thesatellite condition, road configuration,condition of the vehicle, and/or other

circumstances can affect the navigationsystem's ability to determine the accurateposition of the vehicle.

The GPS shows the current position of thevehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites.When the vehicle is not receiving signalsfrom the satellites, a symbol appears in thestatus bar.

This system might not be available orinterference can occur if any of thefollowing are true:. Signals are obstructed by tall buildings,

trees, large trucks, or a tunnel.. Satellites are being repaired or improved.

For more information if the GPS is notfunctioning properly, see Problems withRoute Guidance 0 139 andIf the System Needs Service 0 139.

Vehicle PositioningAt times, the position of the vehicle on themap could be inaccurate due to one or moreof the following reasons:. The road system has changed.. The vehicle is driving on slippery road

surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow.. The vehicle is traveling on winding roads

or long, straight roads.

. The vehicle is approaching a tall buildingor a large vehicle.

. The surface streets run parallel to afreeway.

. The vehicle has been transferred by avehicle carrier or a ferry.

. The current position calibration is setincorrectly.

. The vehicle is traveling at high speed.

. The vehicle changes directions more thanonce, or the vehicle is turning on a turntable in a parking lot.

. The vehicle is entering and/or exiting aparking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof.

. The GPS signal is not received.

. A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle.

. Tire chains are installed on the vehicle.

. The tires are replaced or worn.

. The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect.

. This is the first navigation use after themap data is updated.

. The 12-volt battery has been disconnectedfor several days.

. The vehicle is driving in heavy trafficwhere driving is at low speeds, and thevehicle is stopped and started repeatedly.



Problems with Route GuidanceInappropriate route guidance can occurunder one or more of the followingconditions:. The turn was not made on the road

indicated.. Route guidance might not be available

when using automatic rerouting for thenext right or left turn.

. The route might not be changed whenusing automatic rerouting.

. There is no route guidance when turningat an intersection.

. Plural names of places might beannounced occasionally.

. It could take a long time to operateautomatic rerouting during high-speeddriving.

. Automatic rerouting might display a routereturning to the set waypoint if headingfor a destination without passing througha set waypoint.

. The route prohibits the entry of a vehicledue to a regulation by time or season orany other regulation which may be given.

. Some routes might not be searched.

. The route to the destination might not beshown if there are new roads, if roadshave recently changed, or if certain roadsare not listed in the map data. See Maps0 131.

To recalibrate the vehicle's position on themap, park with the vehicle running for twoto five minutes, until the vehicle positionupdates. Make sure the vehicle is parked ina location that is safe and has a clear viewof the sky and away from largeobstructions.

If the System Needs ServiceIf the navigation system needs service, seeyour dealer.

Map Data UpdatesThe map data in the vehicle is the mostup-to-date information available when thevehicle was produced. The map data isupdated periodically, provided that the mapinformation has changed and the vehicle hasa relevant service plan.

See www.gmnavdisc.com for details onordering, purchasing, and installing a new orreplacement SD card. Features are subject tochange. For more information on thisfeature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.

If the vehicle is equipped with ConnectedNavigation, which is a subscription servicethat enables certain features of thenavigation system, such as Traffic, SmartSearch/Routing, and Predictive Navigation,then the system will download the latestmap data from the cloud.

Database Coverage ExplanationsCoverage areas vary with respect to thelevel of map detail available for any givenarea. Some areas feature greater levels ofdetail than others. If this happens, it doesnot mean there is a problem with thesystem. As the map data is updated, moredetail can become available for areas thatpreviously had limited detail. See Map DataUpdates 0 139.

Voice RecognitionIf equipped, voice recognition allows forhands-free operation within the audio,phone, and weather applications. Thisfeature can be started by pressing g on thesteering wheel or touching g on theinfotainment display.



However, not all features within these areasare supported by voice commands.Generally, only complex tasks that requiremultiple manual interactions to completeare supported by voice commands.

For example, tasks that take more than oneor two touches, such as a song or artist toplay from a media device, would besupported by voice commands. Other tasks,like adjusting the volume or seeking up ordown, are audio features that are easilyperformed by touching one or two options,and are not supported by voice commands.

In general there are flexible ways to speakcommands for completing the tasks.

Hybrid Speech Recognition

If equipped, this feature helps distinguishwords by using Internet-based informationalong with the system’s voice recognitiondatabase. This allows you to speak morenaturally when using voice recognition.

Using Voice Recognition

Voice recognition becomes available oncethe system has been initialized. This beginswhen the ignition is turned on. Initializationmay take a few moments.

1. Press g on the steering wheel controlsto activate voice recognition.

2. The audio system mutes and the systemplays a prompt.

3. Clearly speak one of the commandsdescribed in this section.

A voice recognition system prompt canbe interrupted while it is playing bypressing g again.

Once voice recognition is started, both theinfotainment display and instrument clustershow the selections and visual dialogcontent. These displays can be turned on oroff in the Tutorial Mode under Settings0 149.

There are three voice prompt modessupported:. Informative verbal prompts: This type of

prompt will provide more informationregarding the supported actions.

. Short prompts: This type of prompt willprovide simple instructions about whatcan be stated.

. Auto informative prompts: This type ofprompt plays during the first few speechsessions, then automatically switches to

the short prompt after some experiencehas been gained through using thesystem.

If a command is not spoken, the voicerecognition system says a help prompt.

Prompts and Infotainment Displays

While a voice recognition session is active,there may be corresponding optionsshowing on the displays. A selection can bemade by manually touching the option,or by speaking the number for the option toselect. Manual interaction in the voicerecognition session is permitted. Interactionduring a voice session may be completedentirely using voice commands while somemanual commands may expedite a task. If aselection is made using a manual control,the voice recognition dialog will progress inthe same way as if the selection were madeusing a voice command. Once the systemcompletes the task, or the session isterminated, the voice recognition dialogstops.

An example of this type of manualintervention is touching an entry of adisplayed number list instead of speakingthe number associated with the entrydesired.



Canceling Voice Recognition. Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to

terminate the voice recognition sessionand show the display where voicerecognition was initiated.

. Pressi on the steering wheel controlsto terminate the voice recognition sessionand show the display where voicerecognition was initiated.

Natural Language Commands

Most languages do not support naturallanguage commands in sentence form. Forthose languages, use direct commands likethe examples shown on the display.

Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands

Voice recognition can understand commandsthat are naturally stated in sentence form ordirect commands that state the applicationand the task.

For best results:. Listen for the prompt before saying a

command or reply.. Speak the command naturally, not too

fast, not too slow.

. Use direct commands without a lot ofextra words. For example, “Call <name>at work,” “Play” followed by the artist orsong name, or “Tune” followed by theradio station number.

Direct commands might be more clearlyunderstood by the system. An example of adirect command would be “Call <number>.”Examples of these direct commands aredisplayed on most of the screens while avoice session is active. If “Phone” or “PhoneCommands,” is spoken, the systemunderstands that a phone call is requestedand will respond with questions untilenough details are gathered to make a call.

If a cell phone number has been saved witha name and a place, the direct commandshould include both, for example “Call<name> at work.”

Using Voice Recognition for List Options

When a list is displayed, a voice prompt willask to confirm or select an option fromthat list.

When a display contains a list, there may beoptions that are available but not displayed.The list on a voice recognition screen

functions the same as a list on otherdisplays. Scrolling or flinging can be used tohelp display other entries from the list.

Manually scrolling or paging the list on adisplay during a voice recognition sessionsuspends the current voice recognition eventand plays the prompt “Please selectmanually or touch the Back icon on theinfotainment display to try again.”

If manual selection takes more than15 seconds, the session terminates andprompts that it has timed out. The displayreturns to the display where voicerecognition was initiated.

The Back Command

Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on theinfotainment display to go to theprevious menu.

If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spokenall the way back to the starting display, andthen “Back” is spoken one more time, thevoice recognition session will cancel.

Help

Say “Help” on any voice recognition displayand the help prompt for the display isplayed.



Voice Recognition for the Radio

If browsing the audio sources when voice istouched, the voice recognition commandsfor AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) areavailable.

“Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM andtune to the last AM radio station.

“Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM andtune to the last FM radio station.

“Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXMand tune to the last SiriusXM channel.

“Tune to <AM frequency> AM” : Tune tothe radio station whose frequency isidentified in the command (like “nine fifty”).

“Tune to <FM frequency> FM” : Tune to theradio station whose frequency is identifiedin the command (like “one oh onepoint one”).

“Tune to SXM <SXM channel number>” :Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whosechannel number is identified in thecommand.

“Tune to SXM <SXM channel name>” : Tuneto the SiriusXM radio station whose channelname is identified in the command.

Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia

The available voice recognition commandsfor [browsing] MyMedia are:

“Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific artist name.

“Play Artist <artist name>” : Begin playbackof a specific artist.

“Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific album name.

“Play Album <album name>” : Beginplayback of a specific album.

“Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific song name.

“Play Song <song name>” : Begin playbackof a specific song, if available.

“Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific genre.

“Play Genre <genre name>” : Beginplayback of a specific genre.

“Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific playlist name.

“Play Playlist <playlist name>” : Beginplayback of a specific playlist.

“Play <device name>” : Play music from aspecific device identified by name. Thedevice name is the name displayed on thedisplay when the device is first selected asan audio source.

“Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific name.

“Play Chapter <chapter name>” : Beginplayback of a specific chapter.

“Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to entera specific audiobook.

“Play Audiobook <audiobook name>” :Begin playback of a specific audiobook.

“Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific name.

“Play Episode <episode name>” : Beginplayback of a specific episode.

“Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter aspecific podcast.

“Play Podcast <podcast name>” : Beginplayback of a specific podcast.

“My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter thedesired media content.



Handling Large Amounts of Media Content

It is expected that large amounts of mediacontent will be brought into the vehicle.It may be necessary to handle largeamounts of media content in a differentway than smaller amounts of media. Thesystem may limit the options of voicerecognition by not allowing selection of filesby voice at the highest level if the numberof files exceeds the maximum limit.

Changes to voice commands due to mediacontent limits are:. Files including other individual files of all

media types such as songs, audiobookchapters, podcast episodes, and videos.

. Album type folders including types suchas albums and audiobooks.

There are no restrictions if the number offiles and albums is fewer than 12,000. Whenthe number of files connected to the systemis between 12,000 and 24,000, the contentcannot be accessed directly with onecommand like “Play <song name>.”

The restriction is that the command “PlaySong” must be spoken first; the system willthen ask for the song name. The replycommand would be to say the name of thesong to play.

Similar limits exist for album content.If there are more than 12,000 albums, butfewer than 24,000, the content cannot beaccessed directly with one command like,“Play <album name>.” The command “PlayAlbum” must first be spoken; the systemwill then ask for the album name. The replywould be to say the name of the albumto play.

Once the number of files has exceededapproximately 24,000, there is no supportfor accessing the songs directly throughvoice commands. There will still be access tothe media content by using commands forplaylists, artists, and genres.

The access commands for playlists, artists,and genres are prohibited after the numberof this type of media exceeds 12,000.

The system will provide feedback the firsttime voice recognition is initiated if it hasbecome apparent that any of these limitsare reached during a device initializingprocess.

Voice recognition performance will degradeto some extent based on many factors whenadding large amounts of data to recognize.If this is the case, perhaps accessing songsthrough playlists or artist name would workbetter.

Voice Recognition for the Phone

“Call <contact name>” : Initiate a call to astored contact. The command may includelocation if the contact has location numbersstored.

“Call <contact> At Home,” “At Work,” “OnMobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to astored contact and location at home, atwork, on mobile device, or on anotherphone.

“Call <cell phone number>” : Initiate a callto a cell phone number of seven digits, 10digits, or three digit emergency numbers.

“Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairingprocess. Follow the instructions on theinfotainment display.

“Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialednumber.

“Switch Phone” : Select a differentconnected cell phone for outgoing calls.

“Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enterspecial numbers like international numbers.The numbers can be entered in groups ofdigits with each group of digits beingrepeated back by the system. If the groupof digits is not correct, the command“Delete” will remove the last group of digits



and allow them to be re-entered. Once theentire number has been entered, thecommand “Call” will start dialing thenumber.

Phone Assistant Voice Recognition

Press and hold g on the steering wheelcontrols to pass through and launch Googlephone assistant or Siri.

For the low radio, whether connected byBluetooth or phone projection, the onlyavailable voice recognition is either Siri(iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android).

PhoneBluetooth (Overview)The Bluetooth-capable system can interactwith many mobile devices, allowing:. Placement and receipt of calls in a

hands-free mode.. Sharing of the device’s address book or

contact list with the vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction, beforedriving, and with the vehicle parked:. Become familiar with the features of the

mobile device. Organize the phone bookand contact lists clearly and delete

duplicate or rarely used entries.If possible, program speed dial or othershortcuts.

. Review the controls and operation of theinfotainment system.

. Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. Thesystem may not work with all mobiledevices. See “Pairing” later in this section.

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use aBluetooth-capable mobile device with aHands-Free Profile to make and receivephone calls. The infotainment system andvoice recognition are used to control thesystem. The system can be used while theignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Therange of the Bluetooth system can be up to9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices supportall functions and not all mobile devices workwith the Bluetooth system. Seemy.chevrolet.com for more informationabout compatible mobile devices.

Controls

Use the controls on the center stack and thesteering wheel to operate the Bluetoothsystem.

Steering Wheel Controls

g : Press to answer incoming calls and startvoice recognition on your connectedBluetooth mobile device.

i : Press to end a call, decline a call,or cancel an operation. Press to mute orunmute the infotainment system when noton a call.

Infotainment System Controls

For information about how to navigate themenu system using the infotainmentcontrols, see Using the System 0 119.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth mobile devicesystem, sound comes through the vehicle'sfront audio system speakers and overridesthe audio system. The volume level while ona mobile device call can be adjusted bypressing the steering wheel controls or thevolume control on the center stack. Theadjusted volume level remains in memoryfor later calls. The volume cannot belowered beyond a certain level.



Bluetooth (Pairing and Using aPhone)

Pairing

A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must bepaired to the Bluetooth system and thenconnected to the vehicle before it can beused. See the mobile device manufacturer'suser guide for Bluetooth functions beforepairing the device.

Pairing Information. If no mobile device has been connected,

the Phone main page on the infotainmentdisplay will show the Connect Phoneoption. Touch this option to connect.Another way to connect is to touch thePhones tab at the top right of the displayand then touch Add Phone.

. A Bluetooth smartphone with musiccapability can be paired to the vehicle asa smartphone and a music player at thesame time.

. Up to 10 devices can be paired to theBluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabled when thevehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to be completed once,unless the pairing information on the cellphone changes or the cell phone isdeleted from the system.

. If multiple paired cell phones are withinrange of the system, the system connectsto the paired cell phone that is set toFirst to Connect. If there is no cell phoneset to First to Connect, it will link to thecell phone which was used last. To link toa different paired cell phone, see “Linkingto a Different Phone” later in this section.

Pairing a Phone

1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabledon the cell phone before the pairingprocess is started.

2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Pageor the phone icon on the shortcut traynear the bottom of the display.

3. Touch Phones at the top of theinfotainment display. There is also aConnect Phones option in the middle ofthe Phone display which will shortcut tothe Phone List menu.

4. Touch Add Phone.

5. Select the vehicle name shown on theinfotainment display from your cellphone’s Bluetooth Settings list.

6. Follow the instructions on the cell phoneto confirm the six-digit code showing onthe infotainment display and touch Pair.The code on the cell phone andinfotainment display will need to beacknowledged for a successful pair.

7. Start the pairing process on the cellphone to be paired to the vehicle. Seethe cell phone manufacturer's user guidefor information on this process. Once thecell phone is paired, it will show underConnected.

8. If the vehicle name does not appear onyour cell phone, there are a few ways tostart the pairing process over:. Turn the cell phone off and then

back on.. Go back to the beginning of the

Phone menus on the infotainmentdisplay and restart the pairingprocess.

. Reset the cell phone, but this stepshould be done as a last effort.

9. If the cell phone prompts to acceptconnection or allow phone bookdownload, touch Always Accept andAllow. The phone book may not beavailable if not accepted.



10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cellphones.

First to Connect Paired Phones

If multiple paired cell phones are withinrange of the system, the system connects tothe paired cell phone that is set as First toConnect. To enable a paired cell phone asthe First to Connect phone:

1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on.

2. Touch Settings, then touch System.

3. Touch Phones to access all paired and allconnected cell phones and mobiledevices.

4. Touch the information icon to the rightof the cell phone to open the cellphone’s settings menu.

5. Touch the First to Connect option, toenable the setting for that device.

Cell phones and mobile devices can beadded, removed, connected, anddisconnected. A sub-menu will displaywhenever a request is made to add ormanage cell phones and mobile devices.

Secondary Phone

A cell phone can be enabled as a SecondaryPhone by touching the information icon tothe right of the paired cell phone name to

open the phone settings menu. If a cellphone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, itcan connect simultaneously alongsideanother Bluetooth mobile device. In doingso, the Secondary Phone will be labeled asIncoming Calls. This means the mobiledevice can only receive calls. The AddressBook of a Secondary Phone will not beavailable and hands-free outgoing callscannot be placed using this cell phone.

If needed, touch the Secondary Phone whilein the Phones list to swap it into theOutgoing and Incoming role. This role makesit possible to place outgoing calls from theContacts and Recents list.

Listing All Paired and Connected Phones


2. Touch Phones.

Disconnecting a Connected Phone

1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page.

2. Touch Phones.

3. Touch the information icon next to theconnected cell phone or mobile device toshow the cell phone’s or mobile device’sinformation display.

4. Touch Disconnect.

Deleting a Paired Phone


2. Touch Phones.

3. Touch the information icon next to theconnected cell phone to display the cellphone’s or mobile device’s informationdisplay.

4. Touch Forget Device.

Linking to a Different Phone

To link to a different cell phone, the newcell phone must be in the vehicle and pairedto the Bluetooth system.


2. Touch Phones.

3. Touch the new cell phone to link to fromthe not connected phone list. See “Firstto Connect Paired Phones” and“Secondary Phone” previously in thissection.



Switching to Handset orHandsfree Mode

To switch between handset orhandsfree mode:. While the active call is hands-free, touch

the Handset option to switch to thehandset mode.

The mute icon will not be available orfunctional while Handset mode is active.

. While the active call is on the handset,touch the Handset option to switch to thehands-free mode.

Making a Call Using Contacts and RecentCalls

Calls can be made through the Bluetoothsystem using personal cell phone contactinformation for all cell phones that supportthe Phone Book feature. Become familiarwith the cell phone settings and operation.Verify the cell phone supports this feature.

The Contacts menu accesses the phone bookstored in the cell phone.

The Recents menu accesses the recents calllist from your cell phone.

To make a call using the Contacts menu:


2. Touch Contacts.

3. The Contacts list can be searched byusing the first character. Touch A-Z onthe infotainment display to scrollthrough the list of names.

Touch the name to call.

4. Touch the desired contact number to call.

To make a call using the Recents menu:

1. Touch Phone on the Home Page.

2. Touch Recents.

3. Touch the name or number to call.

Making a Call Using the Keypad

To make a call by dialing the numbers:


2. Touch Keypad and enter a phonenumber.

3. Touch # on the infotainment display tostart dialing the number.

Searching Contacts Using the Keypad

To search for contacts using the keypad:


2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phonenumbers or contact names using thedigits on the keypad to search.

Results will show on the right side of thedisplay. Touch one to place a call.

Accepting or Declining a Call

When an incoming call is received, theinfotainment system mutes and a ring toneis heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call

There are two ways to accept a call:

. Press g on the steering wheel controls.

. Touch Answer on the infotainmentdisplay.

Declining a Call

There are two ways to decline a call:

. Pressi on the steering wheel controls.

. Touch Ignore on the infotainment display.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported on theBluetooth cell phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier to work.

Accepting a Call

Press g to answer, then touch Switch onthe infotainment display.



Declining a Call

Pressi to decline, then touch Ignore onthe infotainment display

Switching Between Calls (Call WaitingCalls Only)

To switch between calls, touch Phone on theHome Page to display Call View. While inCall View, touch the call information of thecall on hold to change calls.

Three-Way Calling

Three-way calling must be supported on theBluetooth cell phone and enabled by thewireless service carrier to work.

To start a three-way call while in acurrent call:

1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to addanother call.

2. Initiate the second call by selecting fromRecents, Contacts, or Keypad.

3. When the second call is active, touch themerge icon to conference the three-waycall together.

Ending a Call. Pressi on the steering wheel controls.

. Touch # on the infotainment display,next to a call, to end only that call.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones

The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can sendnumbers during a call. This is used whencalling a menu-driven phone system. Use theKeypad to enter the number.

Apple CarPlay and Android AutoIf equipped, Android Auto and/or AppleCarPlay capability may be available througha compatible smartphone. If available, theAndroid Auto and Apple CarPlay icons willchange from gray to color on the HomePage of the infotainment display.

To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay:

For Wired Phone Projection

1. Download the Android Auto app to yoursmartphone from the Google Play store.There is no app required for AppleCarPlay.

2. Connect your Android phone or AppleiPhone by using the factory-providedphone USB cable and plugging into aUSB data port. For best performance, it ishighly recommended to use the device’sfactory-provided USB cable, which should

be replaced after significant wear tomaintain connection quality. Aftermarketor third-party cables may not work.

3. When the phone is first connected toactivate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,accept the terms and conditions on boththe infotainment system and the phone.

4. Follow the instructions on the phone.

The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay iconson the Home Page will illuminate dependingon the smartphone. Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay may automatically launchupon USB connection. If not, touch theAndroid Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on theHome Page to launch.

Press { on the center stack to return to theHome Page.

For Wireless Phone Projection

Verify your phone is wireless compatible byvisiting the Google Android Auto or AppleCarPlay support page.

1. Download the Android Auto app to yoursmartphone from the Google Play store.There is no app required for AppleCarPlay.



2. For first time connection, there are twoways to set up wireless projection:. Connect your Android phone or Apple

iPhone by using the factory-providedphone USB cable and plugging into aUSB data port. For best performance,it is highly recommended to use thedevice’s factory-provided USB cable,which should be replaced aftersignificant wear to maintainconnection quality. Aftermarket orthird-party cables may not work.

. Connecting the phone over Bluetooth.See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 144 orBluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone)0 145.

3. Make sure wireless is turned on thephone for wireless projection to work.

4. When the phone is first connected toactivate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto,agree to the terms and conditions onboth the infotainment system and thephone.

5. Follow the instructions on the phone.

The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay iconson the Home Page will illuminate dependingon the smartphone. Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay may automatically launch

upon wireless connection. If not, touch theAndroid Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on theHome Page to launch.

Wireless Carplay and/or Wireless AndroidAuto may experience occasional servicedisruption due to outside Wi-Fi interference.

To disconnect the phones wirelessprojection:

1. Select Settings from the Home Page.

2. Select Phones

3. Touch 4 next to the phone to bedisconnected.

4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.

Press { on the center stack to return to theHome Page.

Features are subject to change. For furtherinformation on how to set up Android Autoand Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, seemy.chevrolet.com.

Android Auto is provided by Google and issubject to Google’s terms and privacy policy.Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and issubject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy.Data plan rates apply. For Android Autosupport and to see if your phone iscompatible, see https://support.google.com/androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support and

to see if your phone is compatible, seewww.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple orGoogle may change or suspend availabilityat any time. Android Auto, Android, Google,Google Play, and other marks aretrademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is atrademark of Apple Inc.

Press { on the center stack to exit AndroidAuto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back intoAndroid Auto or Apple CarPlay, press andhold { on the center stack.

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can bedisabled from the infotainment system. Todo this, touch Home, Settings, and thentouch the Apps tab along the top of thedisplay. Use the On/Off toggled to turn offApple CarPlay or Android Auto.

SettingsCertain settings can be managed in theOwner Center sites when an account isestablished, and may be modified if otherusers have accessed the vehicle or createdaccounts. This may result in changes to thesecurity or functionality of the infotainmentsystem. Some settings may also betransferred to a new vehicle, if equipped.



For instructions, in the U.S. seemy.chevrolet.com or in Canada seemychevrolet.ca or monchevrolet.ca.

Refer to the User Terms and PrivacyStatement for important details. To view,touch the Settings icon on the Home Pageof the infotainment display.

The settings menu may be organized intofour categories. Select the desired categoryby touching System, Apps, Vehicle,or Personal.

To access the personalization menus:

1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on theinfotainment display.

2. Touch the desired category to display alist of available options.

3. Touch to select the desired featuresetting.

4. Touch the options on the infotainmentdisplay to disable or enable a feature.

5. Touch z to go to the top level of theSettings menu.

System


Time / Date

Use the following features to set the clock:. Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or

On to enable or disable automatic updateof the time and date. When this featureis on, the time and date cannot bemanually set.

. Set Time: Touch to manually set the timeusing the controls on the infotainmentdisplay.

. Set Date: Touch to manually set the dateusing the controls on the infotainmentdisplay.

. Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): TouchOff or On to disable or enable automaticupdate of the time zone based on vehiclelocation. When this feature is on, thetime zone cannot be manually set.

. Select Time Zone: Touch to manually setthe time zone. Touch a time zone fromthe list.

. Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify theclock format shown.

Touch Off or On to disable or enable.

Language

This will set the display language used onthe infotainment display. It may also usethe selected language for voice recognitionand audio feedback. Touch Language andtouch the appropriate language.

Phones

Touch to connect to a different cell phone ormobile device source, disconnect a cellphone or media device, or delete a cellphone or media device.

Wi-Fi Networks

This will show connected and available Wi-Finetworks.

If a 4G LTE data package is not active on thevehicle, the infotainment system can beconnected to an external protected Wi-Finetwork, such as a mobile device or homehotspot, to utilize connected services.

Wi-Fi Hotspot

Touch and the following may display:. Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use

the vehicle hotspot.

Touch the controls on the infotainmentdisplay to disable or enable.


Infotainment System 151. Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle

Wi-Fi name.. Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the

vehicle Wi-Fi password.. Connected Devices: Touch to show

connected devices.. Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow

devices to use the vehicle hotspot and itsdata, or touch Off to allow devices toonly use the vehicle hotspot but notits data.

Privacy

Touch and the following may display:. Location Services: This setting enables or

disables sharing of vehicle locationoutside the vehicle. Emergency serviceswill not be affected when Off is selected.

. Data Services: If equipped, this settingdetermines if data sharing can be used byfeatures including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, andapplications. Touch Off to disable dataservices. Emergency services and phonecalls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors orothers, will not be affected when Off isselected.

. Voice Recognition Sharing: This settingdetermines if voice commands can beshared with a cloud-based voice

recognition system. Touch Off to preventthe sharing and possible recording of yourvoice commands with this system. Thismay limit the system’s ability tounderstand your voice commands andmay disable some features.

. Types: This setting lists allAndroid-defined as dangerous permissionscurrently used by the infotainmentsystem, the number of applications thathave requested this permission, and thenumber of applications that are allowedto use this permission.

. Used By Applications: This setting lists allapplications that are requested or areusing Android-defined as dangerouspermissions. Only requested and activepermissions are shown.

Display

Touch and the following may display:. Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the

navigation map view and anydownloaded apps optimized for day ornight time conditions. Set to Auto for thedisplay to automatically adjust based onbright/dark conditions.

Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust thedisplay.

. Turn Display Off: Touch to turn thedisplay off. Touch anywhere on theinfotainment display or press anyinfotainment control on the center stackagain to turn the display on.

Sounds

Touch and the following may display:. Maximum Startup Volume: This feature

adjusts the maximum volume of theinfotainment system when you start yourvehicle. To set the maximum startupvolume, touch the controls on theinfotainment display to increase ordecrease.

. Startup/Shutdown Sounds: This featuredetermines if sounds play when theinfotainment system starts up and shutsdown. This feature can be turned offor on.

. Startup/Shutdown Audio Volume: Thissetting controls the volume of theinfotainment system played on startupand shut down. Touch the controls on theinfotainment display to increase ordecrease.


152 Infotainment System. Audible Touch Feedback: This setting

determines if a sound plays whentouching the infotainment display orradio controls. This feature can be turnedoff or on.

Voice

Touch and the following may display:. Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies

how often the voice recognition systemconfirms commands. Touch Confirm Moreto have the system check with you moreoften before acting on your commands.

. Prompt Length: This setting specifies theamount of detail the voice recognitionsystem provides when giving youfeedback. Touch Auto to have the systemautomatically adjust to your speechhabits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto.

. Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow,Medium, or Fast to adjust how quicklythe voice recognition system speaks.

. Allow Prompt Interruptions: This settingcontrols whether voice commands can bespoken before voice prompts finish. Turnthis on to speak commands withouthearing the full prompt. Speaking whilethe prompt is still playing willimmediately stop playing the current

prompt and recognize your command.Background noise may cause accidentalinterruptions. Touch Off or On.

. Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts theformality of voice prompts. Touch Off forshorter prompts. Touch On to hearprompts with more personality. TouchAuto to have the prompt match yourcommand style.

. Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On toprovide tutorial feedback on the display.

Favorites

Touch and the following may display:. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list

of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites.

Favorites can be moved, renamed,or deleted.

To move, touch and hold the favorite, andthen drag up or down to rearrange theposition.

. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch toselect how many favorites pages can beviewed from the audio application. TheAuto setting will automatically adjust thisnumber based on the number of favoritesyou have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 35, or 40.

Updates

If equipped, the vehicle can download andinstall select software updates over awireless connection. The system will promptfor certain updates to be downloaded andinstalled. There is also an option to checkfor updates manually.

To manually check for updates, touchSettings on the Home Page and select theSystem tab. Go to the Vehicle Softwaresection and touch Updates. Follow theon-screen prompts. The steps to check for,download, and install updates may vary byvehicle.

The vehicle can be used normally or can becharging during the software download.Once the download is complete, there maybe a prompt to accept the installation of theupdate upon the next ignition cycle or thenext time the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).For most updates, the vehicle will bedisabled and cannot be driven during theinstallation. The system will delivermessages indicating success or error duringand after the download and installationprocesses.

Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle softwareupdates requires Internet connectivity, whichcan be accessed through the vehicle’s



built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped andactive. If required, data plans are providedby a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fihotspot such as a compatible mobile devicehotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspotcan be used. Applicable data rates mayapply.

To connect the infotainment system to asecured mobile device hotspot, homehotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings onthe Home Page, select the System tab,followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select theappropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow theon-screen prompts. Download speedsmay vary.

On most compatible mobile devices,activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in theSettings menu under Mobile NetworkSharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot,or similar.

Availability of Over-the-Air software updatesvaries by vehicle and country. Features aresubject to change. For more information onthis feature, see my.chevrolet.com/learn.

Preferences

Touch the controls on the infotainmentdisplay to disable or enable the download ofnew updates in the background.

About

Touch to view the infotainment systemsoftware information.

Running Applications

Touch to see a complete list of applicationsthat are currently running on theinfotainment system.

Return to Factory Settings

Touch and the following may display:. Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle

settings for the current user.

Touch Reset or Cancel.. Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases

app data settings, user profiles, andpersonal data including navigation andmobile device data.

Touch Erase or Cancel.. Clear Default Applications: Resets

preferred applications that have been setto open when selecting a function. Noapplication data will be lost.

Touch Clear or Cancel.

Apps


Android Auto

This feature allows you to interact directlywith your mobile device on the infotainmentdisplay. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto0 148.


Apple CarPlay

This feature allows you to interact directlywith your mobile device on the infotainmentdisplay. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto0 148.


Apps

Touch and the following may display:. Update Apps Automatically: This allows

downloaded applications to be updatedautomatically.


. About Apps: Touch to view the versionsof the shop software.



Audio

Depending on the current audio source,different options will be available.

Touch and the following may display:. Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer,

Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See“Infotainment System Sound Menu” inAM-FM Radio 0 122.

. Adaptive Volume: This feature adjusts thevolume based on the vehicle speed.

Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium,Medium-High, or High.

. Bose AudioPilot Noise CompensationTechnology (If Equipped): This featureadjusts the volume based on the noise inthe vehicle and the speed.

Touch Off or On.. Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list

of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigationfavorites.

Favorites can be moved, renamed,or deleted.

To move, touch and hold the favorite, andthen drag up or down to rearrange theposition.

. Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch toselect how many favorites pages can beviewed from the audio application. TheAuto setting will automatically adjust thisnumber based on the number of favoritesyou have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20,25, 30, 35, or 40.

. RDS: This allows the Radio Data System(RDS) to be turned on or off.


. Explicit Content Filter: This setting allowsaccess to explicit content SiriusXMchannels.

Touch Off or On.. Manage Devices: Select to connect to a

different phone source, disconnect aphone, or delete a phone.

. Reset Music Index: This allows the musicindex to be reset if you are havingdifficulty accessing all of the mediacontent on your device.

Touch Yes or No.

Climate

Touch and the following may display:. Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the

amount of airflow when the climatecontrol fan setting is Auto Fan.

Touch Low, Medium, or High.. Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches

the system into Recirculation Mode basedon the quality of the outside air.

Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

. Auto Cooled Seats: This settingautomatically turns on and regulates theventilated seats when the cabintemperature is warm.


. Auto Heated Seats: This settingautomatically turns on and regulates theheated seats when the cabin temperatureis cool. The auto heated seats can beturned off by using the heated seatcontrols on the center stack.


. Auto Defog: This setting automaticallyturns the front defogger on when thevehicle is started.


. Auto Rear Defog: This settingautomatically turns the rear windowdefogger on when the vehicle is started.




Phone

Touch and the following may display:. My Number: Displays the cell phone

number of the Bluetooth connecteddevice.

. Active Call View: Shows active call displaywhen answering a call.


. Privacy: Only show call alerts in theinstrument cluster.

Touch Off or On.. Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or

last name.. Re-sync Device Contacts:

This allows the device contacts to re-syncif you are having difficulty accessing all ofthe contacts on your cell phone.

. Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch todelete all vehicle stored contacts.

. OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enablesOnStar cell phone TTY mode.

Touch Disable or Enable.

SiriusXM

Touch and the following may display:. Account Information: Displays the account

information and subscription information.. Listener Options: Based on the current

vehicle profile selected. Touch and thefollowing may display:. SiriusXM Favorites: Favorites shown

can be moved or deleted.. Listener Settings: Selections include

hide explicit language, channels andcontent, reset listening history, andstart songs at the beginning whentuning to a music channel.

. System Settings: Enable or disableSiriusXM location services. Also showsradio ID.

. Contact SiriusXM: Displays radio ID andphone number to call SiriusXMCustomer Care.

. SiriusXM Policies: Shows information onthe Customer Agreement and PrivacyPolicy.

Vehicle

This menu allows adjustment of differentvehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Personal

If equipped, this menu allows adjustment ofdifferent user profile settings. See “Users” inUsing the System 0 119 for information onsetting up user profiles.


Name

Touch to edit your user name that will bedisplayed in the vehicle.

Vehicle Account Information

Touch to view the vehicle accountinformation and to change the accountpassword.

An “unverified user account” pop-up willdisplay until the account informationverification process has been completed onthe Internet. Check your registered e-mailaccount for an activation e-mail to completethe verification process.

Profile Picture

Touch to choose or change your profilepicture.

Profile Identifiers

Touch to have the vehicle recognize theidentifier you choose.



Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2.

If the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is lost or stolen, see your dealer.

Security

Touch to have your profile secured with aPersonal Identification Number (PIN).

Touch No or Yes.

Vehicle Name

Touch to edit your vehicle name.

Vehicle Account

Touch to view the vehicle accountinformation and to change the accountpassword.

Delete Profile

Touch to remove the profile from thevehicle.

Touch Remove or Cancel.

Teen DriverIf equipped, this allows multiple keys to beregistered for beginner drivers to encouragesafe driving habits. When the vehicle isstarted with a Teen Driver key, it willautomatically activate certain safetysystems, allow setting of some features, and

limit the use of others. The Report Card willrecord vehicle data about driving behaviorthat can be viewed later. When the vehicleis started with a registered key, the DriverInformation Center (DIC) displays a messagethat Teen Driver is active.

To access:

1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, thentouch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver.

2. Create a Personal Identification Number(PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN.Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To changethe PIN, touch Change PIN.

The PIN is required to:. Register or unregister keys.. Change Teen Driver settings.. Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN.. Access or delete Report Card data.

Register keys to activate Teen Driver andassign restrictions to the key:

Any vehicle key can be registered, up to amaximum of eight keys. Label the key totell it apart from the other keys.

For a pushbutton start system:

1. Start the vehicle.

2. The vehicle must be in P (Park).

3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicleand then Teen Driver.

4. Enter the PIN.

5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter key you wish to register inthe transmitter pocket. The key does notneed to be the one that started thevehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 7 for transmitterpocket location.

6. From the Teen Driver menu, touchSetup Keys.. If the transmitter key has not

previously been registered, the optionto add the key displays. Touch Setupand a confirmation message displays.Teen Driver restrictions will beapplied whenever this key is used tooperate the vehicle.

. If the transmitter key has alreadybeen registered, the option toremove the key displays. If Remove istouched, the transmitter key is nolonger registered. A confirmationmessage displays, and Teen Driverrestrictions will not be applied if thistransmitter key is used to operatethe vehicle.



If a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver keyare both present at start up, the vehicle willrecognize the non-Teen Driver key to startthe vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will notbe active.

Manage Settings

Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audiovolume limit to be turned on or off. TouchSet Audio Volume Limit to choose themaximum allowable audio volume level.

Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows amaximum radio volume to be set. Use thearrows to choose the maximum allowablelevel for the audio volume.

Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits themaximum speed of the vehicle. When thespeed limiter is turned on and the vehicle isstarted with a Teen Driver key, the DICdisplays a message that the top speed islimited.

On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiteris turned ON, the vehicle’s maximumacceleration will be limited. The DIC willdisplay a message that the acceleration islimited.

Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows thespeed warning to be turned on or off. TouchSet Teen Driver Speed Warning to set thewarning speed.

Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays awarning in the DIC when exceeding aselectable speed. Choose the desired speedwarning level. The speed warning does notlimit the speed of the vehicle.

SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (ifequipped) : Allows the SiriusXM ExplicitContent Filter to be turned ON or OFF.When ON, the teen driver will not be ableto listen to SiriusXM stations that containexplicit content, and the Explicit ContentFilter selection in the Audio Settings will beunavailable for change.

When Teen Driver is Active:. If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting

out of P (Park) will be prevented if thedriver seat belt, and in some vehicles thefront passenger seat belt, is not buckled.

. The radio will mute when the driver seatbelt, and in some vehicles the frontpassenger seat belt, is not buckled. Theaudio from any device paired to thevehicle will also be muted.

. If an object, such as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or other electronicdevice, is on the front passenger seat, itcould cause the radio to mute. If thishappens, remove the object from theseat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 48.

. Some safety systems, such as ForwardCollision Alert, if equipped, cannot beturned off.

. The gap setting for the Forward CollisionAlert and Adaptive Cruise Control,if equipped, cannot be changed.

. When trying to change a safety featurethat is not configurable in Teen Driver,the DIC displays a message indicatingthat Teen Driver is active and the actionis not available.

. Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available.

. Do not tow a trailer.

Report Card

The vehicle owner must secure the driver’sconsent to record certain vehicle data whenthe vehicle is driven with a registered TeenDriver key. There is one Report Card pervehicle. Data is only recorded when aregistered Teen Driver key is used tooperate the vehicle.



The Report Card data is collected from thetime Teen Driver is activated or the lasttime the Report Card was reset. Thefollowing items may be recorded:. Distance Driven – the total distance

driven.. Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle

speed detected.. Overspeed Warnings – the number of

times the speed warning setting wasexceeded.

. Wide Open Throttle – the number oftimes the accelerator pedal was pressednearly all the way down.

. Forward Collision Alerts – the number oftimes the driver was notified whenapproaching a vehicle ahead too quicklyand at potential risk for a crash.

. Forward Automatic Braking, also calledAutomatic Emergency Braking – thenumber of times the vehicle detected thata forward collision was imminent andapplied the brakes.

. Traction Control – the number of timesthe Traction Control System activated toreduce wheel spin or loss of traction.

. Stability Control – the number of eventswhich required the use of electronicstability control.

. Antilock Braking System Active – Thenumber of Antilock Brake Systemactivations.

. Tailgating Alerts – the number of timesthe driver was alerted for following avehicle ahead too closely.

Report Card Data

Cumulative Data is saved for all trips untilthe Report Card is reset or until themaximum count is exceeded. If themaximum count is exceeded for a ReportCard line item, that item will no longer beupdated in the Report Card until it is reset.Each item will report a maximum of1,000 counts. The distance driven will reporta maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi).

To delete Report Card data, do one of thefollowing:. From the Report Card display, touch

Reset.. Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from

the Teen Driver menu. This will alsounregister any Teen Driver keys anddelete the PIN.

Forgotten PIN

See your dealer to reset the PIN.

Trademarks and LicenseAgreementsFCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 316.

"Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone,"mean that an electronic accessory has beendesigned to connect specifically to iPod oriPhone, respectively, and has been certifiedby the developer to meet Appleperformance standards. Apple is notresponsible for the operation of this deviceor its compliance with safety and regulatorystandards. Please note that the use of thisaccessory with iPod or iPhone may affectwireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPodclassic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPodtouch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,registered in the U.S. and other countries.



If you decide to continue service after yourtrial, your selected subscription plan willautomatically renew thereafter. You will becharged at then-current rates. Fees and taxesapply. Please see the SiriusXM CustomerAgreement at siriusxm.com for completeterms and how to cancel, which includescalling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All feesand programming are subject to change.

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, onetime activation fee, and other fees mayapply. Subscription fee is consumer only. Allfees and programming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available at www.siriusxm.com.SiriusXM service is only available in the48 contiguous United States and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration of servicemay occur in extreme northern latitudes.This is beyond the control of SiriusXMSatellite Radio.

Explicit Language Notice: Channels withfrequent explicit language are indicated withan “XL” preceding the channel name.Channel blocking is available for SiriusXMSatellite Radio receivers by notifyingSiriusXM:. USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com

or call 1-888-601–6296.. Canada Customers — See

www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer, hack,manipulate, or otherwise make available anytechnology or software incorporated inreceivers compatible with the SiriusXMSatellite Radio System or that support theSiriusXM website, the Online Service or anyof its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voicecompression software included in thisproduct is protected by intellectual propertyrights including patent rights, copyrights,and trade secrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM isrequired for any product thatincorporates SiriusXM Technology and/orfor use of any of the SiriusXM marks to

be manufactured, distributed,or marketed in the SiriusXMService Area.

2. For products to be distributed, marketed,and/or sold in Canada, a separateagreement is required with CanadianSatellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXMCanada).

TouchSense Technology and TouchSenseSystem 1000 Series Licensed fromImmersion Corporation. TouchSense System1000 protected under one or more of theU.S. Patents at the following addresswww.immersion.com/patent-marking.htmland other patents pending.

Bose

Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpointsurround are registered trademarks of BoseCorporation in the U.S. and other countries.



Bluetooth

The Bluetooth word mark and logos areowned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and anyuse of such marks by General Motors isunder license. Other trademarks and tradenames are those of their respective owners.

Java

Java is a registered trademark of Oracleand/or its affiliates.

Schedule I: Gracenote EULA

Music recognition technology and relateddata are provided by Gracenote. Gracenoteis the industry standard in music recognitiontechnology and related content delivery. Formore information see www.gracenote.com.

Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc.,copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote.Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 topresent Gracenote. One or more patentsowned by Gracenote may apply to thisproduct and service. See the Gracenote

website for a non-exhaustive list ofapplicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote,CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenotelogo and logotype, and the "Powered byGracenote" logo are either registeredtrademarks or trademarks of Gracenote inthe United States and/or other countries.

Gracenote Terms of Use

This application or device contains softwarefrom Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote(the "Gracenote Software") enables thisapplication to do disc or file identificationand obtain music-related information,including name, artist, track, and titleinformation ("Gracenote Data") from onlineservers or embedded databases (collectively,"Gracenote Servers") and to perform otherfunctions. You may use Gracenote Data onlyby means of the intended End-Userfunctions of this application or device.

This application or device may containcontent belonging to Gracenote’s providers.If so, all of the restrictions set forth hereinwith respect to Gracenote Data shall alsoapply to such content and such contentproviders shall be entitled to all of thebenefits and protections set forth hereinthat are available to Gracenote.

You agree that you will use Gracenote Data,the Gracenote Software, and GracenoteServers for your own personalnon-commercial use only. You agree not toassign, copy, transfer or transmit theGracenote Software or any Gracenote Datato any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USEOR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THEGRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTESERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTEDHEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license touse the Gracenote Data, the GracenoteSoftware, and Gracenote Servers willterminate if you violate these restrictions.If your license terminates, you agree tocease any and all use of the Gracenote Data,the Gracenote Software, and GracenoteServers. Gracenote reserves all rights inGracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,and the Gracenote Servers, including allownership rights. Under no circumstanceswill Gracenote become liable for anypayment to you for any information thatyou provide. You agree that Gracenote mayenforce its rights under this Agreementagainst you directly in its own name.



The Gracenote service uses a uniqueidentifier to track queries for statisticalpurposes. The purpose of a randomlyassigned numeric identifier is to allow theGracenote service to count queries withoutknowing anything about who you are. Formore information, see the web page for theGracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenoteservice.

The Gracenote Software and each item ofGracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS."Gracenote makes no representations orwarranties, express or implied, regarding theaccuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenotereserves the right to delete data from theGracenote Servers or to change datacategories for any cause that Gracenotedeems sufficient. No warranty is made thatthe Gracenote Software or Gracenote Serversare error-free or that functioning ofGracenote Software or Gracenote Serverswill be uninterrupted. Gracenote is notobligated to provide you with new enhancedor additional data types or categories thatGracenote may provide in the future and isfree to discontinue its services at any time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIESEXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOTLIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, ANDNON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOTWARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BEOBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTESOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. INNO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FORANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTALDAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS ORLOST REVENUES.

© 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

MPEG4–AVC (H.264)

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVCPATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THEPERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF ACONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD(“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVCVIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY ACONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL ANDNON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WASOBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDERLICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NOLICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIEDFOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONALINFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINEDFROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEEHTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

VC-1

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THEPERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF ACONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO INCOMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD(“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY ACONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL ANDNON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WASOBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDERLICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NOLICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIEDFOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONALINFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINEDFROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEEHTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.

MPEG4–Visual

USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNERTHAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALSTANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USEBY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONALAND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.

MP3

MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technologylicensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.



WMV/WMA

This product includes technology owned byMicrosoft Corporation and under a licensefrom Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use ordistribution of such technology outside ofthis product is prohibited without a licensefrom Microsoft Corporation and/or MicrosoftLicensing, GP as applicable.

Unicode

Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. Allrights reserved. Distributed under the Termsof Use in http://www.unicode.org/copyright.html.

Free Type Project

Portions of this software arecopyright © 2010 The FreeType Project(http://www.freetype.org). All rightsreserved.

Open Source SW

Further information concerning the OSSlicenses is shown in the infotainmentdisplay.

QNX

Portions of this software are copyright ©2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rightsreserved.

Part C – EULA

Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH& Co. KG. All Rights Reserved.

The product you have purchased ("Product")contains Software (Runtime ConfigurationNo. 505962; "Software") which is distributedby or on behalf of the Product manufacturer"Manufacturer") under license from SoftwareSystems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use theSoftware in the Product and in compliancewith the license terms below.

Subject to the terms and conditions of thisLicense, QSSC hereby grants you a limited,non-exclusive, non-transferable license to usethe Software in the Product for the purposeintended by the Manufacturer. If permittedby the Manufacturer, or by applicable law,you may make one backup copy of theSoftware as part of the Product software.QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31rights not expressly granted herein, andretain all right, title and interest in and toall copies of the Software, including allintellectual property rights therein. Unlessrequired by applicable law you may notreproduce, distribute or transfer,or de-compile, disassemble or otherwiseattempt to unbundle, reverse engineer,modify or create derivative works of, the

Software. You agree: (1) not to remove,cover or alter any proprietary notices, labelsor marks in or on the Software, and toensure that all copies bear any noticecontained on the original; and (2) not toexport the Product or the Software incontravention of applicable exportcontrol laws.

EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISEREQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC ANDITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ONAN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES ORCONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSOR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUTLIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES ORCONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT,MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR APARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OROTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THEMANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S)THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE AREOFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITSDISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC,ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOUASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOURUSE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE.



EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISEREQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS INTHE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLYNEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC,ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BELIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY,WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES,INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGESOF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OFTHIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE ORINABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDINGBUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSSOF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCTFAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALLOTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES),EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIRLICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

WMA

This product is protected by certainintellectual property rights of Microsoft. Useor distribution of such technology outside ofthis product is prohibited without a licensefrom Microsoft.

For more information on the Software,including any open source software licenseterms (and available source code) as well ascopyright attributions applicable to theRuntime Configuration indicated above,please contact the Manufacturer or contactQSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent,Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8([email protected]).

Linotype

Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp.registered in the U.S. Patent and TrademarkOffice and may be registered in certainother jurisdictions in the name of LinotypeCorp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH.

Usage in text form of each of the LicensedTrademarks is:

The trademark attribution requirements forthe Licensed Trademarks may be viewed athttp://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/trademarks.html.

END USER NOTICE

The marks of companies displayed by thisproduct to indicate business locations arethe marks of their respective owners. Theuse of such marks in this product does notimply any sponsorship, approval,or endorsement by such companies of thisproduct.


164 Climate Controls

Climate ControlsClimate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate Control System . . . . 164

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 169Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Climate Control Systems

Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons on the center stack and on the climate control display are used toadjust the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Heater

4. Climate (Climate Control Display)

5. Max Defrost

6. Rear Window Defogger

7. Recirculation

8. Heated and Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

9. Heated Steering Wheel

10. Fan Control

11. Temperature Control

12. On/Off


Climate Controls 165

Climate Control Display

1. Temperature Display

2. Fan Control

3. Recirculation

4. Auto (Automatic Operation)

5. A/C (Air Conditioning)

6. Air Delivery Mode Controls

7. Heater

8. On/Off

9. Temperature Controls

The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioningand temperatures settings can be controlledby touching CLIMATE on the infotainmentHome Page or the climate button in the

climate control display application tray.A selection can then be made on the frontclimate control page displayed.

Climate Control Status Display

The climate control status display appearsbriefly when the climate control buttons onthe center stack are adjusted. The airdelivery mode can be adjusted on theclimate control status display.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls the fanspeed, air delivery, air conditioning, electricheating, and recirculation to heat or cool thevehicle to the selected temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all five functions operateautomatically. Each function can also bemanually set and the selected setting isdisplayed or the indicator is lit. Functionsnot manually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if the AUTOindicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initial setting of22 °C (72 °F) is recommended. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjust thetemperature as needed.

Manual Operation

ON/OFF : Press to turn the climate controlsystem on and off.

The climate control system will turn onwhen any climate control button is pressedon the center stack or touched on theclimate control display. To turn the systemoff, press the button again.

Q ] R : Press the buttons to increase ordecrease the fan speed. The fan speedsetting appears on the climate controldisplay. Manually adjusting the fan speedcancels automatic fan control. Press AUTO to



return to automatic operation. Press ON/OFFto turn off the fan and the climate controlsystem.

Q/R : Press to increase or decrease thetemperature.Press and hold to rapidlyincrease or decrease the temperature.

The temperatures can also be adjusted bytouching the buttons on the climate controldisplay.

Air Delivery Mode Control : When theclimate information is displayed, touch thedesired air delivery mode on the climatecontrol display to change the direction ofthe airflow. The selected air delivery modebutton is lit. Touching any of the airdelivery buttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction of theairflow can be controlled manually. PressAUTO to return to automatic operation.

To change the current mode, select one ofthe following:

Y : Air is directed to the instrument paneloutlets.

\ : Air is divided between the instrumentpanel outlets and the floor outlets.

[ : Air is directed to the floor outlets.

- : Clears the windows of fog or moisture.Air is directed to the windshield and flooroutlets.

1 MAX : Air is directed to the windshieldand the fan runs at a higher speed. Fog orfrost is cleared from the windshield morequickly. When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previous modesetting. For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield before defrosting.

A/C : Press A/C Mode on the climate controldisplay to turn the automatic airconditioning on or off. If the fan is turnedoff or the outside temperature falls belowfreezing, the air conditioner will not run.

Press AUTO to return to automatic operationand the air conditioner runs as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation : When theAUTO indicator light is on, the air isautomatically recirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of the vehicle.

L : Press to turn on recirculation. Usingair conditioning and recirculation togetherfor long periods of time may cause the airinside the vehicle to become too dry. Toprevent this from happening, after the air inthe vehicle has cooled, turn the recirculationmode off.

Pressing this button cancels automaticrecirculation. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation; recirculation runsautomatically as needed. Manualrecirculation mode is not recommendedwhen in Defrost or Defog modes.

HEAT : Press to turn the heater on when thefan is on.

A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning onwhen the fan is on.

Auto Defog : The system will monitor highhumidity inside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climate controlsystem may adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or the heater.The fan speed may slightly increase to helpprevent fogging. When high humidity is nolonger detected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn Auto Defog offor on, see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear window defoggeron or off. An indicator light on the buttoncomes on to show that the rear windowdefogger is on.



The defogger only works when the vehicle ison. The defogger will turn off if the vehicleis turned off.

CautionDo not try to clear frost or other materialfrom the inside of the front windshieldand rear window with a razor blade oranything else that is sharp. This maydamage the rear window defogger gridand affect the radio's ability to pick upstations clearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Heated and Ventilated Seats(If Equipped)

Lift x or y to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion. Press x or y toventilate the driver or passenger seat. SeeHeated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 32.

Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this feature willautomatically activate the heated orventilated seats at the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature. The activehigh, medium, low, or off heated orventilated seat level will be indicated by themanual heated and ventilated seat buttons

on the center stack. Use the manual heatedand ventilated seat buttons on the centerstack to turn auto heated or ventilated seatsoff. If the passenger seat is unoccupied, theauto heated or ventilated seats feature willnot activate that seat. The auto heated andventilated seats feature can be programmedto always be enabled when the vehicle ison. See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats0 32 andVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Remote Start Climate Control Operation

If equipped with the remote start feature,the climate control system may run whenthe vehicle is started remotely. The systemuses the driver’s previous settings to heat orcool the inside of the vehicle. The rear defogmay come on during remote start based oncold ambient conditions. The rear defogindicator light does not come on during aremote start.

If equipped, the heated seats will turn on ifit is cold outside or the ventilated seats willturn on if it is hot outside.The heated andventilated seat indicator lights may notcome on during a remote start. See Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 32 andVehicle Personalization 0 105.

Remote Start : The climate control systemmay be started by using the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter. The climate controlsystem will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. See Remote Start0 13.

The rear window defogger turns on if it iscold outside.

Sensors

Indicator Light and Solar Sensor (ILSS)

The ILSS is on top of the instrument panel,near the windshield, where it monitors solarintensity.

The climate control system uses the sensorinformation to adjust the temperature, fanspeed, recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwise theautomatic climate control system may notwork properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near the base of theinside rearview mirror. The climate controlsystem uses the sensor information toadjust the temperature and recirculation forbest comfort.



Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensor is behindthe front grille of the vehicle. The vehicleuses the sensor information to displayoutside air temperature. The climate controlsystem uses the information to adjust theclimate system operation.

Afterblow Feature

If equipped, under certain conditions, thefan may stay on or may turn on and offseveral times after you turn off and lock thevehicle. This is normal.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in the center and onthe side of the instrument panel.

Move the slats to change the direction ofthe airflow.

Move the slats to change the direction ofthe airflow.

Additional air vents are located beneath thewindshield and the driver and passengerside door windows, and in the footwells.These are fixed and cannot be adjusted.

Operation Tips. Keep all outlets open whenever possible

for best system performance.. Clear snow off the hood to improve

visibility and help decrease moisturedrawn into the vehicle.

. Keep the path under all seats clear ofobjects to help circulate the air inside thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectorscan adversely affect the performance ofthe system.

. Do not attach any devices to the air ventslats. This restricts airflow and may causedamage to the air vents.



MaintenanceAir Intake

The air intake at the base of the windshieldunder the hood must be kept clear to allowthe flow of air into the vehicle. Clear awayany ice, snow, or leaves.

Passenger Compartment Air FilterThe filter reduces dust, pollen, and otherairborne irritants from outside air that ispulled into the vehicle. The filter should bereplaced as part of routine scheduledmaintenance. See Maintenance Schedule0 297.

See your dealer regarding replacement ofthe filter.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhood thatidentifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle.The refrigerant system should only beserviced by trained and certified technicians.The air conditioning evaporator should neverbe repaired or replaced by one from asalvage vehicle. It should only be replacedby a new evaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerants should bereclaimed with proper equipment. Ventingrefrigerants directly to the atmosphere isharmful to the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite, or otherhealth-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requires periodicmaintenance. See Maintenance Schedule0 297.


170 Driving and Operating

Driving and OperatingDriving InformationDriver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Driving Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Vehicle Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Driving for Better Energy Efficiency . . . . 171Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Impaired Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Starting and Stopping the Vehicle . . . . . 182Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . 183Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184One-Pedal Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

BrakesAntilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . 187Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera) . . . . . . 193Super Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Assistance Systems for Parking orBacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . 220

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . 222Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . 225Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

ChargingWhen to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Delayed Charging Override . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Charging Status Feedback . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Utility Interruption of Charging . . . . . . . 238Electrical Requirements for BatteryCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 239


Driving and Operating 171

Driving InformationDriver BehaviorDriving is an important responsibility. Driverbehavior, the driving environment, and thevehicle's design all affect how well a vehicleperforms.

Being aware of these factors can help inunderstanding how the vehicle handles andwhat can be done to avoid many types ofcrashes, including a rollover crash.

Most serious injuries and fatalities tounbelted occupants can be reduced orprevented by the use of seat belts. In arollover crash, an unbelted person issignificantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt. In addition,avoiding excessive speed, sudden or abruptturns, and drunken or aggressive driving canhelp make trips safer and avoid thepossibility of a crash.

Driving EnvironmentBe prepared for driving in inclementweather, at night, or during other timeswhere visibility or traction may be limited,

such as on curves, slippery roads, or hillyterrain. Unfamiliar surroundings can alsohave hidden hazards.

Vehicle DesignUtility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.This is because they have a higher groundclearance and a narrower track or shorterwheelbase than passenger cars, which makesthem more capable for off-road driving.While these design characteristics providethe driver with a better view of the road,these vehicles do have a higher center ofgravity than other types of vehicles.A utility vehicle does not handle the sameas a vehicle with a lower center of gravity,like a car, in similar situations.

Safe driver behavior and understanding ofthe environment can help avoid a rollovercrash in any type of vehicle, including utilityvehicles.

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to help maximizeenergy efficiency and range.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electric vehicledriving range will be lower due to higherenergy usage including energy spentheating the cabin.

The Range Impacts screen estimates theinfluence of the main factors impactingvehicle range. After charging is complete,this information is reset. See “RangeImpacts” under. See Energy Information0 101.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid rapid accelerations and decelerations.

Electric range is maximized at 89 km/h(55 mph) and less.

Use cruise control when appropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations and coastwhenever possible. Do not rush to trafficsignals, and do not shift to N (Neutral) tocoast.

The vehicle recovers more energy whilecoasting and braking in One-Pedal modethan in D (Drive) mode. See One-PedalDriving 0 186.

Using the steering wheel paddle duringdeceleration recovers more energy. SeeRegenerative Braking 0 189.



Terrain and Vehicle Speed

Higher speeds and grade changes use moreenergy and can significantly reduce electricrange.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioning systemsdecreases the energy available for electricdriving.

Optimal energy efficiency is achieved whenthe heat, air conditioning, and fan areturned off.

Use the heated and ventilated seat features(if equipped) instead of climate controlsystem. Heating and ventilating the seatuses less energy than heating and coolingthe interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool the interiorwhen the vehicle is plugged in to maximizethe electric range by utilizing electricityfrom the electrical outlet.

In hot weather, avoid parking in directsunlight or use sunshades inside the vehicle.

Keep the inside of the windows clean toreduce fogging, and turn off the frontdefroster and rear defogger when they arenot needed.

Avoid driving with the windows open athighway speeds.

Use the Enhanced Battery Gauge on theInstrument Cluster to view the effect ofclimate control settings on your estimatedrange. See Battery Gauge (High Voltage)0 85.

Outside Temperature

On colder days, it is best to plug in thevehicle overnight, and then remote start thevehicle.

Allow the vehicle to warm up for20 minutes before driving.

If possible, use a level 2 (240 volt) highpower charge station for best results. Thisallows the interior of the vehicle and highvoltage battery to warm to optimaltemperature.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, even when fullycharged, to keep the battery temperatureready for the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properly inflated andthe vehicle properly aligned.

The weight of excess cargo in the vehicleaffects efficiency and range. Avoid carryingmore than is needed.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used for functions otherthan propelling the vehicle will reduce EVrange.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduce efficiencydue to additional weight and drag.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many forms and cantake your focus from the task of driving.Exercise good judgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention away fromthe road. Many local governments haveenacted laws regarding driver distraction.Become familiar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyeson the road, keep your hands on thesteering wheel, and focus your attention ondriving.


Driving and Operating 173. Do not use a mobile phone in demanding

driving situations. Use a hands-freemethod to place or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes,or look up information on mobile phonesor other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passenger tohandle potential distractions.

. Become familiar with vehicle featuresbefore driving, such as programmingfavorite radio stations and adjustingclimate control and seat settings. Programall trip information into any navigationdevice prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked toretrieve items that have fallen to thefloor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend tochildren.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier orrestraint.

. Avoid stressful conversations whiledriving, whether with a passenger or on amobile phone.

{ WarningTaking your eyes off the road too long ortoo often could cause a crash resulting ininjury or death. Focus your attention ondriving.

Refer to the Infotainment section for moreinformation on using that system, includingpairing and using a mobile phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “always expect theunexpected.” The first step in drivingdefensively is to wear the seat belt.. Assume that other road users

(pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers)are going to be careless and makemistakes. Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distance betweenyou and the driver in front of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Impaired DrivingDeath and injury associated with impaireddriving is a global tragedy.

{ WarningDrinking alcohol or taking drugs and thendriving is very dangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, and judgmentcan be affected by even a small amountof alcohol or drugs. You can have aserious — or even fatal — collision if youdrive after drinking or taking drugs.

Do not drive while under the influence ofalcohol or drugs, or ride with a driverwho has been drinking or is impaired bydrugs. Find alternate transportationhome; or if you are with a group,designate a driver who will remain sober.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and accelerating areimportant factors in helping to control avehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perception time andreaction time. Deciding to push the brakepedal is perception time. Actually doing it isreaction time.



Average driver reaction time is aboutthree-quarters of a second. In that time, avehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:. Keep enough distance between you and

the vehicle in front of you.. Avoid needless heavy braking.. Keep pace with traffic.

Steering

CautionTo avoid damage to the steering system,do not drive over curbs, parking barriers,or similar objects at speeds greater than3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lane dividersand speed bumps. Damage caused bymisuse of the vehicle is not covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering system thatvaries the amount of effort required to steerthe vehicle in relation to the speed of thevehicle.

The amount of steering effort required isless at slower speeds to make the vehiclemore maneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effort increasesto provide a sport-like feel to the steering.This provides maximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric power steering.It does not have power steering fluid.Regular maintenance is not required.

If power steering assist is lost due to asystem malfunction, the vehicle can besteered, but may require increased effort.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and is heldagainst that position for an extended periodof time, power steering assist may bereduced.

If the steering assist is used for an extendedperiod of time while the vehicle is notmoving, power assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steering assistshould return when the system cools down.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable speed.. Reduce speed before entering a curve.. Maintain a reasonable steady speed

through the curve.. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve

before accelerating gently into thestraightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when steering

around a problem may be more effectivethan braking.


Driving and Operating 175. Holding both sides of the steering wheel

allows you to turn 180 degrees withoutremoving a hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS) allowssteering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can drop off theedge of a road onto the shoulder whiledriving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then,if there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle so that it straddles the edge ofthe pavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until the right fronttire contacts the pavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to go straightdown the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's three controlsystems:. Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling.. Steering or Cornering Skid — too much

speed or steering in a curve causes tiresto slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too much throttlecauses the driving wheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids by takingreasonable care suited to existing conditions,and by not overdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, follow thesesuggestions:. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal

and steer the way you want the vehicleto go. The vehicle may straighten out. Beready for a second skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust your drivingaccording to weather conditions. Stoppingdistance can be longer and vehicle controlcan be affected when traction is reducedby water, snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn to recognizewarning clues — such as enough water,ice, or packed snow on the road to makea mirrored surface — and slow downwhen you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,or braking, including reducing vehiclespeed by shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could cause the tires toslide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid onlythe braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reduce vehicletraction and affect your ability to stop andaccelerate. Always drive slower in thesetypes of driving conditions and avoid drivingthrough large puddles and deep-standing orflowing water.



{ WarningWet brakes can cause crashes. Theymight not work as well in a quick stopand could cause pulling to one side. Youcould lose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a large puddle ofwater or a car/vehicle wash, lightly applythe brake pedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water creates strongforces. Driving through flowing watercould cause the vehicle to be carriedaway. If this happens, you and othervehicle occupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and be verycautious about trying to drive throughflowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can buildup under the vehicle's tires so they actuallyride on the water. This can happen if theroad is wet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, ithas little or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is to slowdown when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wet weatherdriving tips include:. Allow extra following distance.. Pass with caution.. Keep windshield wiping equipment in

good shape.. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir

filled.. Have good tires with proper tread depth.. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or through mountainsis different than driving on flat or rollingterrain.. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good

shape.. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires,

cooling system, and electric drive unit.. Keep the vehicle in gear when going

down steep or long hills.

{ WarningCoasting downhill in N (Neutral) or withthe vehicle turned off is dangerous. Thebrakes will have to do all the work ofslowing down the vehicle and couldbecome too hot. Hot brakes may not beable to slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. You couldcrash. Always have the vehicle runningand in gear when going downhill. Thiswill allow the electric drive unit to assistin slowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep the vehicle in itsown lane. Do not swing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills. Something couldbe in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g.,falling rocks area, winding roads, longgrades, passing or no-passing zones) andtake appropriate action.



Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and the roadcreates less traction or grip, so drivecarefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C(32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall.Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:. Recommend using D (Drive) in slippery

conditions.. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly

causes the wheels to spin and makes thesurface under the tires slick.

. Turn on the Traction ControlSystem (TCS).

. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improvesvehicle stability during hard stops, butthe brakes should be applied sooner thanwhen on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distance andwatch for slippery spots. Icy patches canoccur on otherwise clear roads in shadedareas. The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy when the

surrounding roads are clear. Avoid suddensteering maneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Avoid using the Regen Demand paddle.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be a serioussituation. Stay with the vehicle unless thereis help nearby. If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See Roadside Assistance Program0 311. To get help and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.

To save energy, run the vehicle for onlyshort periods as needed to warm the vehicleand then shut the vehicle off and partiallyclose the window. Moving about to keepwarm also helps.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin the wheels tofree the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud,ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS) must beturned off by pressing the TCS/ESC button.Traction control is not completely off, butwill only engage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ WarningIf the vehicle's tires spin at high speed,they can explode, and you or otherscould be injured. The vehicle canoverheat, causing an underhoodcompartment fire or other damage. Spinthe wheels as little as possible and avoidgoing above 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out

Turn the steering wheel left and right toclear the area around the front wheels. Turnoff TCS. Shift back and forth betweenR (Reverse) and a low forward gear, spinningthe wheels as little as possible. To preventelectric drive unit wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shifting gears.Release the accelerator pedal while shifting,and press lightly on the accelerator pedalwhen the electric drive unit is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in the forwardand reverse directions causes a rockingmotion that could free the vehicle. If that



does not get the vehicle out after a fewtries, it might need to be towed out. SeeTowing the Vehicle 0 284.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know how muchweight the vehicle can carry. Thisweight is called the vehicle capacityweight and includes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options. Two labelson the vehicle may show how muchweight it may properly carry: the Tireand Loading Information label and theCertification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle any heavierthan the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either the maximumfront or rear Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). This can causesystems to break and change theway the vehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and a crash.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Overloading can also reduce stoppingperformance, damage the tires, andshorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire and LoadingInformation label is attached to thevehicle's center pillar (B-pillar). The Tireand Loading Information label showsthe number of occupant seating

positions (1), and the maximum vehiclecapacity weight (2) in kilograms andpounds.

The Tire and Loading Information labelalso shows the tire size of the originalequipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For more information ontires and inflation see Tires 0 260 andTire Pressure 0 265.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certification label.It may show the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) and the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “Certification Label” laterin this section.

“Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit–1. Locate the statement "The combined

weight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard.



2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For example,if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs.and there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle, theamount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargo andluggage load capacity calculated inStep 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how this

reduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight forExample 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg(300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant and CargoWeight = 317 kg (700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg(750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg(250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight =0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and LoadingInformation label for specificinformation about the vehicle's capacityweight and seating positions. Thecombined weight of the driver,passengers, and cargo should neverexceed the vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certification label isattached to the vehicle's center pillar(B-pillar). The label may show the grossweight capacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weightof the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, andcargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle can strikeand injure people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.. Put things in the cargo area of the

vehicle. In the cargo area, putthem as far forward as possible.Try to spread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things, likesuitcases, inside the vehicle sothat some of them are above thetops of the seats.

. Do not leave an unsecured childrestraint in the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in the vehicle.

. Do not leave a seat folded downunless needed.



Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In

CautionAvoid making hard stops for the first322 km (200 mi). During this time thenew brake linings are not yet broken in.Hard stops with new linings can meanpremature wear and earlier replacement.Follow this breaking-in guideline everytime you get new brake linings.Following break-in, vehicle speed and loadcan be gradually increased.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronic pushbuttonstart.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmittermust be in the vehicle for the system tooperate. If the vehicle will not start, placethe RKE transmitter in the transmitterpocket, inside the center console.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF : To turn thevehicle off, apply the brakes, press theP (Park) switch on the center console andpress POWERO.

Alternatively, apply the brakes and pressPOWERO. The electric drive unit will shiftto P (Park) then shut off automatically.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remainactive until the driver door is opened.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure.Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. Thismay deplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This canbe done while the vehicle is moving.After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly applythe brakes and steer the vehicle to asafe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift toP (Park), and turn the vehicle off bypressing POWERO.

4. Set the parking brake.

{ WarningTurning off the vehicle while moving maydisable the airbags. While driving, onlyshut the propulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, andmust be shut off while driving, press andhold POWERO for longer than two seconds,or press twice in five seconds.



ON/RUN : This position is for starting anddriving. With the vehicle off, and the brakepedal applied, pressing POWERO once willplace the vehicle in ON/RUN. When thevehicle ready light is on in the instrumentcluster, the vehicle is ready to be driven.This could take up to 15 seconds atextremely cold temperatures.

Service Mode

This power mode is available for service anddiagnostics, and to verify the properoperation of the service vehicle soon light asmay be required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, and thebrake pedal not applied, pressing andholding POWERO for more thanfive seconds will place the vehicle in ServiceMode. The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN, but thevehicle will not be able to be driven. Thepropulsion system will not start in ServiceMode. Press POWERO again to turn thevehicle off.

CautionPlacing the vehicle in Service Mode willuse the 12-volt battery. Do not useService Mode for an extended period,or the vehicle may not start.

Starting and Stopping the Vehicle

Starting Procedure

Shift the vehicle to P (Park) or N (Neutral).The propulsion system will not start in anyother position.

CautionDo not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electric drive unitcould be damaged. Shift to P (Park) onlywhen the vehicle is stopped.

CautionIf you add electrical parts or accessories,you could change the way the vehicleoperates. Any resulting damage wouldnot be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmittermust be in the vehicle. Press the brakepedal, then press and release POWERO.

If the RKE transmitter is not in the vehicleor something is interfering with thetransmitter, a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

If the vehicle will not start due to a low RKEtransmitter battery, the vehicle can still bedriven. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 7.

A vehicle ready light displays in the lowerright corner of the instrument cluster whenthe vehicle is ready to be driven.

The instrument cluster also displays anactive battery gauge when the vehicle isready to be driven.



Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restarted while it isstill moving, press the N (Neutral) switch andpress POWERO twice without pressing thebrake pedal. The propulsion system will notrestart in any other position.

A chime will sound if the driver door isopened while the vehicle is on. Always pressPOWERO to turn the vehicle off beforeexiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn the vehicleoff, see Power Button 0 181.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)When the ignition is turned from on to off,the following features (if equipped) willcontinue to function for up to 10 minutes,or until the driver door is opened. Thesefeatures will also work when the ignition isin RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY:. Infotainment System. Power Windows (during RAP this

functionality will be lost when any dooris opened)

. Sunroof (during RAP this functionality willbe lost when any door is opened)

. Auxiliary Power Outlet

. Audio System

. OnStar System

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down and set theparking brake. See “Electric ParkingBrake.”

2. Press the P (Park) switch on the centerconsole.


If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on ahill, the electric parking brake (EPB) mayapply automatically. The driver may not beable to release the EPB using the EPBswitch. It should automatically release whenthe vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the PropulsionSystem On

{ WarningIt is dangerous to get out of the vehicleif the P (Park) button is not pressed withthe parking brake set. The vehiclecan roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running. If you haveleft the propulsion system running, thevehicle can move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and press the P (Park)button.

If you have to leave the vehicle with thepropulsion system running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) with the parking brake setbefore leaving the vehicle. After pressing theP (Park) button, hold down the regular brakepedal. If you cannot see the P (Park)indicator in the instrument cluster, thevehicle has not shifted into P (Park).



Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with an electricdrive unit. To shift out of P (Park), thevehicle must be on, the brake pedal must beapplied, and the charge cord must beunplugged.

Parking the vehicle in extreme cold forseveral days without the charge cordconnected may cause the vehicle not tostart. The vehicle will need to be plugged into allow the high voltage battery to bewarmed sufficiently.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press POWERO to start the vehicle.

3. Verify that the vehicle is unplugged andthe vehicle ready light is on.

4. Press or pull the desired shift switch onthe center console. For N (Neutral) pressand hold the N (Neutral) switch until theN indicator illuminates red.

The P indicator will turn white and the gearindicator on the selected shift switch willturn red when the vehicle is no longer inP (Park).

If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), aDriver Information Center (DIC) messagemay be displayed. Check that the vehicle ison, the vehicle ready light is on, and thebrake pedal is applied when you areattempting to shift out of P (Park). If all ofthese are met but the vehicle will not shiftout of P (Park), see your dealer for service.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running, besure it will not move and there is adequateventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 183.

If the vehicle is left parked and running withthe RKE transmitter outside the vehicle, itwill continue to run for up to an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked and running withthe RKE transmitter inside the vehicle, it willcontinue to run for up to two hours.

The timer will reset if the vehicle is takenout of P (Park) while it is running.

Electric Drive Unit

The shift switches are on the center console.The selected gear position will illuminate redon the shift switch, while all others will bedisplayed in white. If the shift is notimmediate, as in very cold conditions, theindicator on the shift switch may flash untilit is fully engaged.

If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, thevehicle can be shifted into P (Park).

If POWERO is pressed twice while at arelatively high speed, the vehicle will turnoff and automatically shift to N (Neutral).Once the vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can beselected.



P : This position locks the drive wheels. UseP (Park) when starting the vehicle to preventthe vehicle from moving easily.

{ WarningIt is dangerous to get out of the vehicleif the P (Park) switch is not pressed withthe parking brake set. The vehiclecan roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running. If you haveleft the propulsion system running, thevehicle can move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure the vehiclewill not move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set theparking brake and press the P (Park)switch.

The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) shift switchesare designed to prevent inadvertent shiftingout of P (Park) unless the propulsion systemis on and the brake pedal is applied.

When the vehicle is stopped, pressPOWERO to turn off the vehicle. Thevehicle will shift into P (Park) automatically.

The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it ismoving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shiftinto P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), see ShiftingInto Park 0 183 andShifting out of Park 0 184.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive), or D (Drive) toR (Reverse) while the speed is too high, thevehicle may shift to N (Neutral). Reduce thevehicle speed and try the shift again.

To shift into R (Reverse):

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the centerconsole.

To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can beused to rock the vehicle back and forth toget out of snow, ice, or sand withoutdamaging the electric drive unit. See “If theVehicle is Stuck.”

N : In this position, the propulsion system isinactive. If the vehicle is moving and turnedoff, restart the propulsion system inN (Neutral) only.

CautionThe vehicle is not designed to stay inN (Neutral) for extended periods of time.It will automatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral), press theN (Neutral) switch until the N indicator isred. See Shifting out of Park 0 184 forshifting from P (Park) to N (Neutral).

To shift out of N (Neutral):



3. Shift into the desired gear.

If the brake pedal is not applied, the vehiclemay remain in N (Neutral).

Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode thatallows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral)for use in automatic car washes.

Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicletowing. If the vehicle needs to be towed,see “Towing the Vehicle.”



CautionThe vehicle is not designed to stay inN (Neutral) for extended periods of time.It will automatically shift into P (Park).

Car Wash Mode (Driver in Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with thevehicle on and the vehicle occupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.


3. Shift into N (Neutral).

4. If desired, press POWERO to turn offthe vehicle.

5. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle isnow ready for the car wash.

Car Wash Mode (Driver out of Vehicle)

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with thevehicle on and the vehicle unoccupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash.


3. Open the door.

4. Shift into N (Neutral), then release thebrake pedal.

5. The indicator should continue to show N.If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4.

6. If desired, press POWERO to turn offthe vehicle.

7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. Thevehicle is now ready for the car wash.

8. If left on, the vehicle may automaticallyshift into P (Park) upon re-entry.

D : This position is for normal driving.If more power is needed for passing, pressthe accelerator pedal down.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the centerconsole.

To shift out of D (Drive):


2. Shift to the desired gear.

CautionSpinning the tires excessively maydamage the electric drive unit. The repairwill not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If you are stuck, do not spinthe tires.

Apply the brakes when stopping or shiftingto P (Park) on a hill to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling.

One-Pedal DrivingWith One-Pedal Driving, the acceleratorpedal is used to control the deceleration ofthe vehicle to a complete stop.

Completely lifting off the accelerator pedalresults in aggressive deceleration. Partiallylifting off the accelerator pedal allows thedeceleration of the vehicle to be adjusted asdesired.

The amount of deceleration may vary underRegenerative Power Limited condition. SeePower Indicator Gauge 0 86.

Use the brake pedal if emergency braking isrequired.



To use One-Pedal Driving, press theOne-Pedal Driving button on the ElectricDrive Unit shift switch control. An indicatordisplays in the instrument cluster. Whenenabled, this feature applies in bothD (Drive) and R (Reverse). This featureremains enabled until manually disabled bythe driver. Press the accelerator pedal to thedesired speed. The deceleration provided byOne-Pedal Driving provides full regenerativebraking and helps increase energy efficiency.The brake lamps may come on when theaccelerator pedal is released or duringsubstantial deceleration from regenerativebraking.

Press the One-Pedal Driving button again toturn off One-Pedal Driving. If stopped, thevehicle stays stopped when One-PedalDriving is turned off. Press the brake pedalor accelerator pedal to return to two-pedaldriving.

While operating in One-Pedal Driving, theelectric parking brake may apply in somecircumstances. This can occur when:. Driving on slopes.. The driver’s door is open.. The vehicle remains stationary for

five minutes.

. There is a problem with the propulsionsystem.

To drive, press the accelerator pedal againand the electric parking brake willautomatically disengage.

One-Pedal Driving may shift the car intoP (Park) if the vehicle is pushed once it hasbeen stopped or if a problem with thepropulsion system develops.

BrakesAntilock Brake System (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helpsprevent a braking skid and maintain steeringwhile braking hard.

ABS performs a system check when thevehicle is first driven. A momentary motoror clicking noise may be heard while thistest is going on, and the brake pedal maymove slightly. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warninglight stays on. See Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light 0 90.

ABS does not change the time needed toget a foot on the brake pedal and does notalways decrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead, there willnot be enough time to apply the brakes ifthat vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop, evenwith ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brakepedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABSoperate is normal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking at the sametime. In many emergencies, steering canhelp even more than braking.



Electric Parking Brake

The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can alwaysbe applied, even if the vehicle is off. In caseof insufficient electrical power, the EPBcannot be applied or released. To preventdraining the battery, avoid unnecessaryrepeated cycles of the EPB.

The system has a red parking brake statuslight and an amber service parking brakewarning light. See Electric Parking BrakeLight 0 89 andService Electric Parking Brake Light 0 89.There are also parking brake-related DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages.

Before leaving the vehicle, check the redparking brake status light to ensure that theparking brake is applied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop.

2. Pull the EPB switch momentarily.

The red parking brake status light will flashand then stay on once the EPB is fullyapplied. If the red parking brake status lightflashes continuously, the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is a problem withthe EPB. A DIC message will display. Releasethe EPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keeps flashing,have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive thevehicle if the red parking brake status lightis flashing. See your dealer.

If the amber service parking brake warninglight is on, pull the EPB switch. Continue tohold the switch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amber serviceparking brake warning light is on, see yourdealer.

If the EPB is applied while the vehicle ismoving, the vehicle will decelerate as longas the switch is pulled. If the switch ispulled until the vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically apply the EPBin some situations when the vehicle is notmoving. This is normal, and is done toperiodically check the correct operation ofthe EPB system, or at the request of othersafety functions that utilize the EPB.

If the EPB fails to apply, block the rearwheels to prevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Turn the ignition on.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Press the EPB switch momentarily.

The EPB is released when the red parkingbrake status light is off.

If the amber service parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB by pressing andholding the EPB switch. Continue to hold theswitch until the red parking brake statuslight is off. If either light stays on afterrelease is attempted, see your dealer.



CautionDriving with the parking brake on canoverheat the brake system and causepremature wear or damage to brakesystem parts. Make sure that the parkingbrake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release if thevehicle is running, placed into gear, and anattempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapidacceleration when the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brake pedalapplications due to emergency brakingsituations and provides additional braking toactivate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) ifthe brake pedal is not pushed hard enoughto activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedal movementduring this time may occur. Continue toapply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ WarningDo not rely on the HSA feature. HSA doesnot replace the need to pay attentionand drive safely. You may not hear orfeel alerts or warnings provided by thissystem. Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving0 173.

When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, HillStart Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle fromrolling in an unintended direction during thetransition from brake pedal release toaccelerator pedal apply. The brakes releasewhen the accelerator pedal is applied. If theaccelerator pedal is not applied within a fewminutes, the Electric Parking Brake willapply. The brakes may also release underother conditions. Do not rely on HSA to holdthe vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle is facinguphill in a forward gear, or when facingdownhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a grade for HSAto activate.

Regenerative BrakingRegenerative braking takes some of theenergy from the moving vehicle and turns itback into electrical energy. This energy isthen stored back into the high voltagebattery system, contributing to increasedenergy efficiency.

The brake system uses regenerative braking,conventional hydraulic braking, or acombination of both as appropriate.

The brake controller applies the hydraulicbrakes using a pump. The pump may beheard during some braking, such as rapidapplies. This is normal.

Regen on Demand



Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing and holding thesteering wheel paddle. It works in D (Drive).Regen on Demand can add additionalregenerative braking when One-Pedal Drivemode is enabled. The accelerator pedal canbe used to manage deceleration while usingRegen on Demand. See “One-Pedal Driving”under Electric Drive Unit 0 184.

If the vehicle is brought to a complete stopwhile the Regen on Demand paddle is held,the vehicle will not creep forward when thepaddle is released. The accelerator pedalmust be pressed to move the vehicleforward.

If the vehicle is on a steep grade, the brakepedal must be used to hold the vehicle.

Regenerative power may be limited whenthe battery is near full charge or cold.

Cruise control will turn off and the brakelamps may come on when this feature isactivated.

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System(TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic StabilityControl (ESC), an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintaining control,especially on slippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any of thedrive wheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens, TCSapplies the brakes to the spinning wheelsand reduces propulsion system power tolimit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehiclesenses a difference between the intendedpath and the direction the vehicle is actuallytraveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the vehiclewheel brakes to assist the driver in keepingthe vehicle on the intended path.

If cruise control is being used and TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit wheel spin,cruise control will disengage. Cruise controlmay be turned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come on automatically whenthe vehicle is started and begins to move.The systems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or while performingdiagnostic checks. This is normal and doesnot mean there is a problem with thevehicle.

It is recommended to leave both systems onfor normal driving conditions, but it may benecessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See“Turning the Systems Off and On” later inthis section.

The indicator light for both systems is in theinstrument cluster. This light will:. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated.


Driving and Operating 191. Turn on and stay on when either system

is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC), and d comes onand stays on to indicate that the system isinactive and is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle is safe todrive, but driving should be adjustedaccordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the vehicle off and wait 15 seconds.

3. Start the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stayson, the vehicle may need more time todiagnose the problem. If the conditionpersists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

CautionDo not repeatedly brake or accelerateheavily when TCS is off. The vehicledriveline could be damaged.

To turn off only TCS, press and release g.The traction off light i displays in theinstrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press and release g.The traction off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g ispressed, the system will not turn off untilthe wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC,press and hold g until the traction off light

i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrument cluster.StabiliTrak can only be disabled below56 km/h (35 mph).

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again,press and release g. The traction off light

i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect the vehicleperformance. See Accessories andModifications 0 241.

Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehicle maintain aspeed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or morewithout keeping your foot on theaccelerator. Cruise control does not work atspeeds below 40 km/h (25 mph).



{ WarningCruise control can be dangerous whereyou cannot drive safely at a steadyspeed. Do not use cruise control onwinding roads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous onslippery roads. On such roads, fastchanges in tire traction can causeexcessive wheel slip, and you could losecontrol. Do not use cruise control onslippery roads.

With the Traction Control System (TCS) orStabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),the system may begin to limit wheel spinwhile you are using cruise control. If thishappens, the cruise control willautomatically disengage. See TractionControl/Electronic Stability Control 0 190.If a collision alert occurs when cruise controlis activated, cruise control is disengaged. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 220.When road conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can be turnedback on.

If the brakes or the Regen on Demandpaddle are applied, cruise controldisengages.

Cruise control will disengage if either TCS orStabiliTrak/ESC is turned off.

5 : Press to turn the cruise control systemon and off. A white indicator comes on inthe instrument cluster when cruise isturned on.

* : Press to disengage cruise controlwithout erasing the set speed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed in memory,press briefly to resume that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increase vehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set the speed andactivate cruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decrease vehiclespeed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or +REScould get bumped and go into cruise whennot desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is notbeing used.

To set a speed:

1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release −SET. The desired setspeed briefly appears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove foot from the accelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green after cruisecontrol has been set to the desired speed.See Instrument Cluster 0 83.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied or * ispressed, the cruise control is disengagedwithout erasing the set speed from memory.



Once the vehicle speed reaches about40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press+RES. The vehicle returns to the previous setspeed.

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:. Press and hold +RES until the vehicle

accelerates to the desired speed, thenrelease it.

. To increase the speed in small increments,briefly press +RES. For each press, thevehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can be displayedin either English or metric units. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 83. The incrementvalue used depends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control

If the cruise control system is alreadyactivated:. Press and hold −SET until the desired

lower speed is reached, then release it.. To slow down in small increments, briefly

press −SET. For each press, the vehiclegoes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.


Passing Another Vehicle While Using CruiseControl

Use the accelerator pedal to increase thevehicle speed. When you take your foot offthe pedal, the vehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. While pressing theaccelerator pedal or shortly following therelease to override cruise control, brieflypressing −SET will result in cruise control setto the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control works on hillsdepends upon the vehicle speed, load, andthe steepness of the hills. When going upsteep hills, you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain the vehiclespeed. When going downhill, you mighthave to brake to keep your speed down.If the brake pedal is applied, cruise controlwill disengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruise control:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press *.

. Shift the electric drive unit to N (Neutral).

. Press 5 to turn the cruise control systemoff completely.

. Activate Regen on Demand. See “Regenon Demand” under Regenerative Braking0 189.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erased frommemory if 5 is pressed or if the vehicle isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise Control (Camera)If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)allows the cruise control set speed andfollowing gap to be selected. Read thisentire section before using this system. Thefollowing gap is the following time betweenyour vehicle and a vehicle detected directlyahead in your path, moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected in yourpath, ACC works like regular cruise control.ACC uses a windshield mounted frontcamera sensor.

If equipped with Super Cruise, ACC uses aradar sensor(s) as well to detect othervehicles. See Radio Frequency Statement0 316.



If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC canapply acceleration or limited, moderatebraking to maintain the selected followinggap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed whenthe Traction Control System (TCS) orStabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system activates, ACC may automaticallydisengage. See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 190. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACCcan be turned back on. Disabling the TCS orStabiliTrak/ ESC system will disengage andprevent engagement of ACC.

ACC can reduce the need for you tofrequently brake and accelerate, especiallywhen used on expressways, freeways, andinterstate highways. When used on otherroads, you may need to take over thecontrol of braking or acceleration moreoften.

{ WarningACC has limited braking ability and maynot have time to slow the vehicle downenough to avoid a collision with anothervehicle you are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow or stop

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ahead, or enter your lane. Also see“Alerting the Driver” later in this section.Complete attention is always requiredwhile driving and you should be ready totake action and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 173

{ WarningACC will not detect or brake for children,pedestrians, animals, or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads or whenthe sensor(s) is blocked by snow, ice,or dirt. The system may not detect avehicle ahead. Keep the windshieldand headlamps clean.

. When visibility is poor due to rain,snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust;when other foreign objects obscurethe camera’s view; or when thevehicle in front or oncoming trafficcauses additional environmental

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

obstructions, such as road spray. ACCperformance is limited under theseconditions.

. On slippery roads where fast changesin tire traction can cause excessivewheel slip.

. With extremely heavy cargo loaded inthe cargo area or rear seat.

. When towing a trailer.

5 : Press to turn the system on or off. Theindicator turns white on the instrumentcluster when ACC is turned on.



RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previousset speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACCis already activated. To increase speed byabout 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. Toincrease speed to the next 10 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, hold RES+.

SET− : Press briefly to set the speed andactivate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed ifACC is already activated. To decrease speedby about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly.To decrease speed to the next 10 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,hold SET–.

* : Press to disengage ACC without erasingthe selected set speed.

[ : Press to select a following gap settingfor ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.


Switching Between ACC and RegularCruise Control

To switch between ACC and regular cruisecontrol, press and hold * *. A DriverInformation Display (DIC) message displays.See Vehicle Messages 0 104.

ACC Indicator Regular Cruise ControlIndicator

When ACC is engaged, a green\indicator will be lit on the instrument clusterand the following gap will be displayed.When the regular cruise control is engaged,a greenJ indicator will be lit on theinstrument cluster; the following gap willnot display.

When the vehicle is turned on, the cruisecontrol mode will be set to the last modeused before the vehicle was turned off.

{ WarningAlways check the cruise control indicatoron the instrument cluster to determinewhich mode cruise control is in beforeusing the feature. If ACC is not active, thevehicle will not automatically brake forother vehicles, which could cause a crash

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

if the brakes are not applied manually.You and others could be seriously injuredor killed.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If 5 is on when not in use, it could getpressed and go into ACC when not desired.Keep 5 off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for ACC. This isthe vehicle speed when no vehicle isdetected in its path.

While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not setat a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph),although it can be resumed. The minimumallowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph).

To set ACC while moving:

1. Press 5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET–.

4. Remove your foot from the accelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediately applythe brakes if a vehicle ahead is detectedcloser than the selected following gap.



ACC can also be set while the vehicle isstopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal isapplied.

The ACC indicator displays on theinstrument cluster. When ACC is turned on,the indicator will be lit white. When ACC isengaged, the indicator will turn green.

Be mindful of speed limits, surroundingtraffic speeds, and weather conditions whenselecting the set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speed and thenthe brakes are applied, ACC is disengagedwithout erasing the set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press RES+ brieflywhile moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph).The vehicle returns to the previous setspeed. If the vehicle is stopped with thebrake pedal applied, press RES+ and release

the brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicleuntil RES+ or the accelerator pedal ispressed.

A green ACC indicator and the set speeddisplay on the instrument cluster. Thevehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if avehicle ahead was present and moved. See“Approaching and Following a Vehicle” laterin this section.

Once ACC has resumed, if there is no vehicleahead, if the vehicle ahead is beyond theselected following gap, or if the vehicle hasexited a sharp curve, then the vehicle speedwill increase to the set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a SetSpeed

If ACC is already activated, do one of thefollowing:. Use the accelerator to get to the higher

speed. Press SET–. Release SET– and theaccelerator pedal. The vehicle will nowcruise at the higher speed.

When the accelerator pedal is pressed,ACC will not brake because it isoverridden. The ACC indicator will turnblue on the instrument cluster.

. Press and hold RES+ until the desired setspeed is displayed, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed in smallerincrements, press RES+ briefly. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed in largerincrements, hold RES+. While holding RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the next10 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues toincrease by 10 km/h (5 mph) at a time.

The set speed can also be increased whilethe vehicle is stopped.. If stopped with the brake applied, press

RES+ until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

. If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop andthere is another vehicle directly ahead,pressing RES+ will increase the set speed.

. Pressing RES+ when there is no longer avehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead ispulling away and the brake is not appliedwill cause the ACC to resume.

When it is determined that there is novehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyondthe selected following gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.



Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a SetSpeed

If ACC is already activated, do one of thefollowing:. Use the brake to get to the desired lower

speed. Release the brake and press SET–.The vehicle will now cruise at the lowerspeed.

. Press and hold SET– until the desiredlower speed is reached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed in smallerincrements, press SET– briefly. For eachpress, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h(1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed in largerincrements, hold SET–. While holdingSET–, the vehicle speed decreases to thenext 10 km/h (5 mph) step, then continuesto decrease by 10 km/h (10 mph) ata time.

The set speed can also be decreased whilethe vehicle is stopped.. If stopped with the brake applied, press

or hold SET– until the desired set speed isdisplayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle is detectedahead within the selected following gap,ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed andattempt to maintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel to adjustthe following gap. Each press cycles the gapbutton through three settings: Far, Medium,or Near.

When pressed, the current gap settingdisplays briefly on the instrument cluster.The gap setting will be maintained until it ischanged.

Since each gap setting corresponds to afollowing time (Far, Medium, or Near), thefollowing distance will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed, thefurther back your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting thefollowing gap. The range of selectable gapsmay not be appropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap setting automaticallychanges the alert timing sensitivity (Far,Medium, or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 220.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver action may berequired when ACC cannot apply sufficientbraking because of approaching a vehicletoo rapidly.

When this condition occurs, the collisionalert symbol will flash on the windshieldand eight beeps will sound from the front.See “Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 105.

See Defensive Driving 0 173.



Approaching and Following a Vehicle

The vehicle ahead indicator is in theinstrument cluster. It only displays when avehicle is detected in your vehicle’s pathmoving in the same direction. If this symbolis not displaying, ACC will not respond to orbrake for vehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicle downand adjusts vehicle speed to follow adetected vehicle ahead at the selectedfollowing gap. The vehicle speed increases ordecreases to follow a detected vehicle infront of your vehicle when that vehicle istraveling slower than your vehicle set speed.It may apply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brake lamps willcome on. The automatic braking may feel orsound different than if the brakes wereapplied manually. This is normal.

Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC

If the set speed is high enough, and the leftturn signal is used to pass a vehicle aheadin the selected following gap, ACC mayassist by gradually accelerating the vehicleprior to the lane change.

{ WarningWhen using ACC to pass a vehicle orperform a lane change, the followingdistance to the vehicle being passed maybe reduced. ACC may not apply sufficientacceleration or braking when passing avehicle or performing a lane change.Always be ready to manually accelerateor brake to complete the pass or lanechange.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects

{ WarningACC may not detect and react to stoppedor slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. Forexample, the system may not brake for avehicle it has never detected moving. Thiscan occur in stop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle maynot stop and could cause a crash. Usecaution when using ACC. Your completeattention is always required while drivingand you should be ready to take actionand apply the brakes.

Irregular Objects Affecting ACC

ACC may have difficulty detecting thefollowing objects:. Vehicles with cargo extending from the

back end. Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as

vehicle transport, vehicles with a side carfitted, or horse carriages

. Objects that are close to the front of yourvehicle

. Vehicles in front of your vehicle that havea rear aspect that is low, small,or irregular

. An empty truck or trailer that has nocargo in the cargo bed

. Vehicles that are low to the road surface

. Vehicles on which extremely heavy cargois loaded in the cargo area or rear seat



ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage and thedriver will need to manually apply thebrakes to slow the vehicle if:. The front camera is blocked or visibility is

reduced.. The front radar is blocked (if equipped

with Super Cruise). The Traction Control System (TCS) or

StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated orbeen disabled.

. There is a fault in the system.

. The radar falsely reports blockage whendriving in a desert or remote area withno other vehicles or roadside objects.

. A DIC message displays to indicate thatACC is temporarily unavailable.

The ACC indicator will turn white when ACCis no longer active.

In some cases, when ACC is temporarilyunavailable, regular cruise control may beused. See “Switching Between ACC andRegular Cruise Control” in this section.Always consider driving conditions beforeusing either cruise control system.

Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gap behind adetected vehicle and slow your vehicle to astop behind that vehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead has drivenaway and ACC has not resumed, the vehicleahead indicator will flash as a reminder tocheck traffic ahead before proceeding. Inaddition, three beeps will sound. See ”AlertType” and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

When the vehicle ahead drives away, pressRES+ or the accelerator pedal to resumeACC. If stopped for more than two minutesor if the driver door is opened and thedriver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACCautomatically applies the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPBstatus light will turn on. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 188.

A DIC warning message may displayindicating to shift to P (Park) before exitingthe vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 0 104.

{ WarningIf ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACCis disengaged, turned off, or canceled, thevehicle will no longer be held at a stop.The vehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop, always beprepared to manually apply the brakes.

{ WarningLeaving the vehicle without placing it inP (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leavethe vehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place the vehicle inP (Park) and turn off the ignition beforeleaving the vehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal while ACC isactive, the ACC indicator turns blue on theinstrument cluster indicating ACC brakingwill not occur. ACC will resume operationwhen the accelerator pedal is not beingpressed.



{ WarningThe ACC will not automatically apply thebrakes if your foot is resting on theaccelerator pedal. You could crash into avehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ WarningOn curves, ACC may not detect a vehicleahead in your lane. You could be startledif the vehicle accelerates up to the setspeed, especially when following a vehicleexiting or entering exit ramps. You couldlose control of the vehicle or crash. Donot use ACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready to use thebrakes if necessary.

{ WarningOn curves, ACC may respond to a vehiclein another lane, or may not have time toreact to a vehicle in your lane. You couldcrash into a vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extra

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

attention in curves and be ready to usethe brakes if necessary. Select anappropriate speed while driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharpcurve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if thecurve is too sharp.

When following a vehicle and entering acurve, ACC may not detect the vehicle aheadand accelerate to the set speed. When thishappens, the vehicle ahead indicator will notappear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in yourlane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/or braking that is considered unnecessary.It could respond to vehicles in differentlanes or stationary objects when entering orexiting a curve. This is normal operation.The vehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes



ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until itis completely in the lane. The brakes mayneed to be manually applied.

Objects Not Directly in Front of YourVehicle

The detection of objects in front of thevehicle may not be possible if:. The vehicle or object ahead is not within

your lane.. The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered,

or is shifted to one side of the lane.

Driving in Narrow Lanes

Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadsideobjects may be incorrectly detected whenlocated along the roadway.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and WhenTowing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steep hillsor when towing a trailer. ACC will not detecta vehicle in the lane while driving on steephills. If the brakes are applied, ACCdisengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are four ways to disengage ACC:. Step lightly on the brake pedal.. Press *.

. Press 5.

. Press the Regen On Demand paddle.

Erasing Speed Memory

The ACC set speed is erased from memory if5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.

Weather Conditions Affecting ACC

If the interior temperature is extremelyhigh, the instrument cluster may indicatethat ACC is temporarily unavailable. This canbe caused by extreme hot weatherconditions with direct sunlight on the frontcamera. ACC will return to normal operationonce the cabin temperature is lower.

Conditions that are associated with lowvisibility, such as fog, rain, snow, or roadspray, may limit ACC performance. Water

droplets from rain or snow that remain onthe windshield may also limit ACC’s abilityto detect objects.

System operation may be limited undersnow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

{ WarningCamera visibility may be limited and theACC system may not work properly if thewindshield is not clear. Do not use ACC ifmoisture is present on the inside of thewindshield or the windshield washer isused in cold weather. Turn on the frontdefroster and make sure the windshield isclear before using ACC. Before driving,check that the windshield wipers are ingood condition and replace them if worn.

Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC (Notequipped with Super Cruise)

The ACC front camera can be affected bypoor lighting conditions, and ACC may havelimited performance when:. There are changes in brightness, such as

entering and exiting tunnels, bridges, andoverpasses.


202 Driving and Operating. Low sun angles cause the camera to not

detect objects, or it is more difficult todetect objects in the same traffic lane.

. Lighting is poor in the evening or earlymorning

. There are multiple changes in brightnessor shadows along the vehicle roadway.

. In a tunnel without the headlamps on,or in a tunnel when there is a vehicle infront that does not have its taillamps on.

. Subjected to strong light from opposinglane traffic in the front of the vehicle,such as high-beam headlamps fromoncoming traffic.

Accessory Installations and VehicleModifications

Do not install or place any object aroundthe front camera windshield area that wouldobstruct the front camera view.

Do not install objects on top of the vehiclethat overhang and obstruct the frontcamera, such as a canoe, kayak, or otheritems that can be transported on a roof racksystem.

Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or foglamps, as this may limit the camera’s abilityto detect an object.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on the windshield behindthe rearview mirror can become blocked bysnow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This areaneeds to be cleaned for ACC to operateproperly.

On vehicle(s) with Super Cruise, the radarsensors on the front of the vehicle can alsobecome blocked by snow ice, dirt, mud,or debris. These areas need to be cleanedfor ACC to operate properly.

The vehicle headlamps may need to becleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice. Objectsthat are not illuminated correctly may bedifficult to detect.

If ACC will not operate, regular cruise controlmay be available. See “Switching BetweenACC and Regular Cruise Control” in thissection. Always consider driving conditionsbefore using either cruise control system.

For cleaning instructions, see “Washing theVehicle” under Exterior Care 0 288.

Super CruiseIf equipped, Super Cruise can steer tomaintain lane position under certainconditions on compatible highways that areseparated from opposing traffic.

{ WarningSuper Cruise can only assist to maintainlane position, or steer to change lanes,when driving on compatible roads. Youmust supervise the driving task andmonitor the road conditions. You mayneed to respond to traffic events bysteering, braking, or accelerating. SeeDefensive Driving.

Super Cruise is:

. Not a self-driving system

. Not a crash avoidance or warningsystem

. Not a substitute for proper supervisionof the driving task.

Super Cruise uses the following to detectthe current lane position and lane markingsahead on compatible highways under certainconditions:. Cameras. Global Positioning System (GPS) sensing. A high-precision map. GPS-enhancement data downloaded

through OnStar



Super Cruise works with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), which controls accelerationand braking while Super Cruise is enabledand operating. Review and understand boththis section and the ACC section beforeusing Super Cruise. See Adaptive CruiseControl (Camera) 0 193.

An active OnStar or connected service planthat includes Emergency Services is requiredto use Super Cruise.

{ WarningSuper Cruise does not perform all aspectsof driving, nor does it do everything adriver can do. Super Cruise only steers tomaintain vehicle position in the currentlane or, under some circumstances, tochange lanes. Super Cruise can only beused with Adaptive Cruise Control.

Super Cruise does:

. Not prevent crashes or warn ofpossible crashes.

. Not steer to avoid stopped orslow-moving vehicles, cross-traffic,construction barriers or cones,motorcycles, children, pedestrians,animals, or other objects on the road.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued). Not steer in response to vehicles or

objects next to your vehicle, includingvehicles attempting to enter your lane.

. Not respond to traffic lights, stopsigns, or other traffic control devices.

. Not respond to crossing traffic.

. Not make turns.

. Not steer to merge onto or to exithighways.

. Not steer to avoid, or steer throughconstruction zones.

. Not function on surface streets.

. Not respond to crossing or oncomingtraffic.

. Not function in city driving conditions.

{ WarningSome state and local laws may requirehands to be kept on the steering wheelat all times. Only remove your handsfrom the steering wheel if Super Cruise isengaged, it is safe to do so, and it ispermitted by state and local laws.

{ WarningFailure to supervise the driving task andto respond appropriately, even whileSuper Cruise is operating, can cause acrash. Super Cruise may not respond asyou would to all driving situations andmay not maintain lane position under allconditions.

It is extremely important to payattention to the operation of the vehicle,even while using Super Cruise. Do notuse a hand-held device while driving,even with Super Cruise engaged. Toprevent serious injury or death:

. Always remain properly seated in thedriver seat with your seat beltfastened.

. Never remove your hands from thesteering wheel when Super Cruise isnot operating.

. Always make sure traffic conditionsare safe before using Super Cruise.

. Always keep the entire vehicle and thesensors clean. Sensors are on thefront, sides, and rear of the vehicle.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued). Always observe posted speed limits.

Only use Super Cruise at or below theposted speed limit.

Super Cruise should not be used incomplex or uncertain driving conditions,including:

. Not in construction zones.

. Not when approaching or exiting tollplazas.

. Not when approaching an intersectionthat is controlled with a traffic light,stop sign, or other traffic controldevice.

. Not when lane markings are notpresent or cannot be detected. Forexample, there is too much glare,weather conditions are poor, or lanesare poorly marked.

. Not on slippery or icy roads.

. Not in adverse weather conditions,including rain, sleet, fog, ice, or snow.

. Not on winding or hilly roads.

. Not for city driving.(Continued)

Warning (Continued). Not during heavy or emergency

braking.

. Not on surface streets.

. Not on a road shoulder, service drive,or under an elevated freeway.

. Not when towing a trailer.

. Not in a highway exit lane.

When Super Cruise is Available

Super Cruise Indicator

Super Cruise is designed to operateonly when:. ACC is on. See Adaptive Cruise Control

(Camera) 0 193.. Automatic Emergency Braking is on. See

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)0 222.

. Teen Driver is not active.

. The GPS detects the vehicle is on acompatible highway.

. Both the camera and the radar sensorsare functioning and not covered,obstructed, or damaged.

. The Driver Attention System (DAS) detectsthe driver's head and eyes are directedtoward the road.

. The lane markings are clearly visible andable to be detected by the system.

Poor Conditions



Poor Conditions

Using Super Cruise

{ WarningTo prevent serious injury or death:

. Always check that Super Cruise isavailable^ before pressing].

. Only remove your hands from thesteering wheel if the steering wheellight bar,^, and\ are green.Super Cruise may not begin steeringimmediately, even when Super Cruiseis available and] has been pressed.

To engage:

1. PressJ to turn on ACC. Make sure thewhite\ indicator displays in theinstrument cluster. See Adaptive CruiseControl (Camera) 0 193.

2. Center the vehicle in the lane.

3. When Super Cruise is available, the white^ will display in the instrumentcluster.

4. Press] to engage both Super Cruiseand ACC.

ACC will set the speed at the currentvehicle speed. If ACC has a previously setspeed, it may resume at that speed.

5. When engaged, the steering wheel lightbar,^, and\ will display green.

When Super Cruise is engaged, when trafficand other conditions and laws permit, andwhen it is safe to do so, your hands can betaken off the steering wheel.

Always pay attention to the road and theoperation of the vehicle. Always monitorand be attentive of surrounding traffic,including vehicles that may cross the road infront of your vehicle.

Super Cruise steering can be overridden withmanual steering at any time. When SuperCruise is engaged, always be prepared totake immediate action — including steering,accelerating, and braking quickly,if necessary.



Steering Manually and Changing Lanes

The vehicle can always be manually steered,even with Super Cruise engaged; forexample, when changing lanes.

When the steering wheel is movedmanually, the steering wheel light barpulses blue and^ on the instrumentcluster turns blue to indicate Super Cruise isnot steering the vehicle.

When ready to allow Super Cruise toresume steering again, position the vehiclein the center of the lane, hold the steeringwheel until the steering wheel light barturns green, and then release the steeringwheel when it is safe to do so.

Super Cruise does not respond to vehicles inother lanes near your vehicle.

{ WarningTo help prevent crashes before making alane change:

. Always check mirrors.

. Glance over your shoulder.

. Use the turn signals.

Take Over Alert

{ WarningSuper Cruise will not maintain thevehicle’s speed while the steering wheellight bar is flashing red. If the steeringwheel light bar flashes red, immediatelyresume manual steering to preventserious injury or death. If you do notresume manual steering, the vehicle willbegin to slow in the same lane andeventually come to a complete stop onthe road.

Any time the steering wheel light barflashes red, resume manual steeringimmediately. The instrument cluster light^, will also turn red and a message willdisplay in the Driver Information Center(DIC). In addition, beeps will sound. See“Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 105. After you beginsteering manually, then Super Cruise willdisengage.

The red flashing steering wheel light barcould occur under any of the followingconditions:. Lane markings are poor, or visibility is

limited.. The Driver Attention System (DAS) does

not detect that the driver's head and eyesare directed toward the road.

. ACC is canceled.

. The vehicle is on a tight curve, or thelanes are too wide, or the vehicle goesinto a curve too fast.

. The compatible road ends.

. The vehicle is approaching an intersectioncontrolled by a traffic light, stop sign,or other traffic control device.

. A Super Cruise system fault occurs.



Attention to the Road

{ WarningSuper Cruise is a driver assistance systemand cannot accurately detect or predictall situations. Super Cruise is not a crashavoidance system. To prevent seriousinjury or death, you must supervise thedriving task and monitor the roadconditions. You may need to respond totraffic events by steering, braking,or accelerating. See Defensive Driving0 173. Super Cruise also cannot determinewhether you are awake, asleep, impaired,or properly focused on safe driving. Thevehicle could crash into other vehicles,drive out of the lane, or drive off theroad. Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, even while usingSuper Cruise. Be prepared to take oversteering or apply the brakes at any time.

{ WarningTo prevent serious injury or death, bealert and pay special attention whenpassing highway exits, entrances, andcrossings with Super Cruise, and be readyto take control of the vehicle whennecessary. Changes in lane markingsaround exits and entrances canmomentarily cause Super Cruise to notdetect the correct lane. If this occurs,Super Cruise may attempt steering inputsto bring the vehicle back into the correctlane and, in rare circumstances, couldover-correct and cause the vehicle tomomentarily cross into a lane next toyour vehicle unless you manually steer tomaintain your lane position.

The Driver Attention System (DAS) on thesteering column continually monitors driverhead and eye position to estimate driverattention to the road. The camera does notrecord or share pictures, audio, or video.

Sunglasses, hats, or other types of clothingthat change the shape of the head mayinterfere with camera performance. Toimprove camera performance, raise or lowerthe steering wheel, or change the seatposition.

Pay close attention to the road ahead toavoid these three increasing alerts:



First Alert

. If the steering wheel light bar flashes green, the system has detected that your head and eyes may notbe directed toward the road.

. The flashing will stop when the system detects that your head and eyes appear to be directed towardthe road.

Second Alert

. If the steering wheel light bar flashes green for too long, Super Cruise will alert the driver to takecontrol of steering immediately by flashing the light bar red and beeps will sound. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 105.

. Take over steering, then Super Cruise will disengage.

. To re-engage Super Cruise, press]. See "Using Super Cruise" previously in this section.

Third Alert

. If the steering wheel light bar flashes red for too long, a voice command will tell you to take control ofthe vehicle.

. Take control of the steering immediately; ACC and Super Cruise will disengage.

. A DIC message will indicate that Super Cruise is locked out. Super Cruise cannot be re-engaged until thenext ignition cycle.

. Continued failure to take over steering will cause the vehicle to brake to a stop and OnStar will becalled. The brake lamps and hazard warning flashers will come on.

. Take control of the vehicle and continue driving.



Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects;Cross-Traffic

{ WarningSuper Cruise is not a crash avoidancesystem and will not steer or brake toavoid a crash. Super Cruise does not steerto prevent a crash with stopped orslow-moving vehicles. You must supervisethe driving task and may need to steerand brake to prevent a crash, especiallyin stop-and-go traffic or when a vehiclesuddenly enters your lane. Always payattention when using Super Cruise.Failure to do so could result in a crashinvolving serious injury or death.

Curves in the Road

{ WarningThe vehicle could drift out of your lane oftravel. To prevent crashes, always beready to manually steer.

Super Cruise may not detect your lane oncurves in the road. Super Cruise may notdetect the markings that show your lane.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

You may not have time to react to avehicle in the lane next to your vehiclewhile on curves in the road.

Super Cruise may operate differently insharp curves. It may drift out of your laneof travel if the curve is too sharp.

When entering a curve, Super Cruise maynot detect the lane markings and may notadjust the steering enough to stay in yourlane of travel. When this happens, you willneed to steer the vehicle.

Super Cruise may detect other lanemarkings that are not in your lane and mayor may not steer appropriately to maintainyour lane.

Super Cruise may occasionally provide analert and/or steering that is consideredunnecessary. It could respond to lanemarkings in different lanes, signs, guardrails,and other stationary objects when enteringor exiting a curve. This is normal operation.The vehicle does not need service.



Other Vehicles Entering Your Lane

Super Cruise may not detect a vehicle thatenters your lane, or may not brake fastenough to avoid a crash. You must manuallybrake and steer the vehicle.

Intersections; Vehicles Crossing the RoadAhead

Super Cruise will not brake the vehicle whenapproaching an intersection that iscontrolled by a traffic light or stop sign.Super Cruise will not detect vehicles crossingthe road ahead, including at intersections,and will not automatically steer or brake toprevent a collision. You must manuallybrake and steer the vehicle.

Towing a Trailer

Do not use Super Cruise when towing atrailer. For towing capability, see GeneralTowing Information 0 238.

Super Cruise on Hills

Do not use Super Cruise while driving onsteep hills.

Super Cruise Indicator Light Summary

The steering wheel light bar and instrumentcluster light provide the following importantinformation about Super Cruise operation:



Steering Wheel Light Bar Instrument Cluster Light Super Cruise Description

Off Off Super Cruise is off. There is no automatic steering. Operate the vehiclemanually.

Off White Super Cruise is available and can be engaged.

Solid Green Solid Green Super Cruise is steering. Pay attention to the road and vehicleoperation.

Pulsing Blue Solid Blue Super Cruise is not steering. Operate the vehicle manually. See“Steering Manually and Changing Lanes” previously in this section.

Flashing Green Solid GreenSuper Cruise has detected you are not paying sufficiently closeattention to the road. Pay attention to the road. See “Attention to theRoad” previously in this section.

Flashing Red Solid Red Take over steering immediately. Super Cruise will disengage. See “TakeOver Alert” previously in this section.

Disengaging Super Cruise

There are two ways to disengage SuperCruise:

. Press] while your hands are on thesteering wheel. The Super Cruise steeringwill disengage.

. Press the brake pedal while your handsare on the steering wheel. Both SuperCruise steering and Adaptive CruiseControl will disengage.

Super Cruise Messages

If^ does not appear,] can be pressedto display a DIC message as to why thesystem is unavailable.

Immediately after a disengagement,pressing the] within 10 seconds willdisplay a DIC message with the reason forSuper Cruise disengagement.



Super Cruise Message Summary

Unavailable Turn on Adaptive Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control must be on before Super Cruise can beenabled.

. Set speed is not required before enabling Super Cruise.

. Adaptive Cruise Control is not required to be engaged beforeenabling Super Cruise.

Unavailable Set Forward Collision Setting to Alert and Brake Super Cruise is disabled unless Alert and Brake is selected.

1. Select the Settings menu, then Vehicle, then Collision/DetectionSystems, and then Forward Collision System.

2. Set Forward Collision to Alert and Brake.

Unavailable No Road Information . There is no map information available for that portion of acontrolled access road. Recent road reconstruction may turn offSuper Cruise for that section of road until new map informationis available.

. The vehicle is not on the correct type of road. A controlledaccess freeway or compatible divided highway is required forSuper Cruise.

. There are lanes entering or exiting on both the left and rightside of the road.

. The vehicle is approaching a interchange or intersection. Themessage will appear for 10 seconds or less.



Super Cruise Message Summary (cont'd)

Unavailable Sensors Can’t Find Lane Lines . Rain or snow is inhibiting the system’s ability to see lane lines.. Direct sunlight is on the front camera at dawn or dusk.. There are missing or poor lane line markings on the road.. There is sun glare on the road surface.. There is heavy rain, puddles, or road spray.

Unavailable Sensor Can’t See Face Clearly . Sun is shining into the Driver Attention System (DAS) camera.. Dawn or dusk sun glare is on the driver’s face.. Cups, food, hands, or other objects are obscuring the DAS view

of the driver’s face.

. The steering column is pointed too high or low for the DAS tosee the driver. Adjust the steering column or the seat if themessage occurs frequently.

Unavailable Looking Away From Road for Too Long The DAS system detects that the driver is not looking at the road.

Unavailable Center Vehicle In Lane The Super Cruise system has determined that the vehicle is notcentered in the lane lines. Once the vehicle has been centered in thelane lines, the white ^ will display in the instrument clusterindicating that Super Cruise is available.

Unavailable Driving Too Fast The vehicle is traveling faster than 137 km/h (85 mph).The maximum Super Cruise speed in curves will vary based on howsharp the curve is. The vehicle will automatically decrease speed ifneeded.

Unavailable Driving in Exit Lane The Super Cruise system has detected that the vehicle is in anexit lane.



Super Cruise Message Summary (cont'd)

Unavailable Press OnStar Button . The owner’s required Connected Services subscription may haveended.

. There may be poor GPS reception (e.g., in isolated areas).

. The GPS reception may be blocked by objects such as tallbuildings or large structures.

. Press the Blue OnStar button in your vehicle to speak with aOnStar representative, who can help determine the issue andwhat actions to take..

Unavailable You Have Taken Vehicle Control . The brake pedal is being pressed.. The Adaptive Cruise Control has been canceled or turned off.

Unavailable Sensor Blocked Clear snow, ice, dirt, or other contaminants from the front and rearareas of the vehicle.

Unavailable Sharp Curve Some curves are too sharp to be navigated by the Super Cruisesystem. Super Cruise will be available after the curve is traveled.

Super Cruise Unavailable Super Cruise is unavailable for reasons not described in othermessages.

Super Cruise Locked Out See Owner’s Manual The driver did not take control of the vehicle when prompted by theSuper Cruise system. The Super Cruise system will be disabled untilthe ignition is turned off and back on.



Map Updates

Super Cruise map information must beperiodically updated at least once everyseven months to determine whether SuperCruise is available on certain roads. Turn onthe vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi hotspot to receiveautomatic updates via OnStar, or see yourdealer. See the following region-basedwebsites for Super Cruise map open sourcecompliance documentation, including thelicense information:

Disabling the vehicle's Wi-Fi or LocationServices will disable automatic map updates.Super Cruise will stop functioning afterseven months or less, depending on thetime of the last map update.

North America: http://www.oss.gm.com/GMNA/7E2/supercruise

China: http://www.oss.gm.com/china/7E2/supercruise

Data Download

Super Cruise uses the Wi-Fi hotspot in thevehicle to download map updates and GPSenhancement data to the vehicle. If a mobiledevice with its own Wi-Fi hotspot is broughtinto the vehicle and its Service Set Identifier(SSID) and password are the same as the

OnStar Wi-Fi hotspot, then the vehicle mayconnect to the mobile device’s Wi-Fi hotspotto download the data. See Connections.

To prevent usage of a mobile device dataplan, do one of the following:. Do not use the same SSID and password

for the OnStar Wi-Fi hotspot and a mobiledevice.

. Disable the personal mobile device Wi-Fihotspot when inside the vehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar andhas an active service plan, additional datamay be collected through the OnStarsystem. This includes information about: thevehicle’s operation; a crash involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle and itsfeatures; and, in certain situations, thelocation and approximate GPS speed of thevehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms andConditions and Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

Location Services

This setting enables or disables sharing ofvehicle location outside the vehicle forcertain purposes. Even if the LocationServices setting is disabled, vehicle location

information will continue to be shared foremergency services and Super Cruise,if equipped.

System Care

The camera on the steering column has alens cover that may become dirty over timeand affect camera performance. Clean thelens cover with a soft cloth sprayed withglass cleaner.

Wipe the lens gently, then dry it. Never useabrasive cloths/cleaners or corrosivechemicals of any kind on the lens cover.

Super Cruise uses the front radar, frontcamera, and 360 degree cameras for itsoperation. Clean surfaces are required forSuper Cruise operation. See Adaptive CruiseControl (Camera) 0 193, “Surround VisionCamera” under Assistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 217, and Lane KeepAssist (LKA) 0 227 for care information.

CautionThe Super Cruise system is a highlysophisticated system and should only beserviced by technicians with the propertraining, tools, and safety instructions,

(Continued)



Caution (Continued)which your dealer has. Without propertraining and tools the vehicle maybecome damaged.

Driver Assistance SystemsThis vehicle may have features that worktogether to help avoid crashes or reducecrash damage while driving, backing, andparking. Read this entire section beforeusing these systems.

{ WarningDo not rely on the Driver AssistanceSystems. These systems do not replacethe need for paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or see alerts orwarnings provided by these systems.Failure to use proper care when drivingmay result in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving 0 173.

Under many conditions, these systemswill not:

. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued). Detect vehicles or objects outside the

area monitored by the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you with enoughtime to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility or badweather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensor is notcleaned or is covered by ice, snow,mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensor iscovered up, such as with a sticker,magnet, or metal plate.

. Work if the area surrounding thedetection sensor is damaged or notproperly repaired.

Complete attention is always requiredwhile driving, and you should be ready totake action and apply the brakes and/orsteer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance features alert thedriver of obstacles by beeping. To changethe volume of the warning chime, see“Comfort and Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keep theseareas of the vehicle clean to ensure the bestdriver assistance feature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messages maydisplay when the systems are unavailable orblocked.



. Front and rear bumpers and the areabelow the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the front grille ornear the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in front of therearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottom of theoutside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above the licenseplate

Radio Frequency

This vehicle may be equipped with driverassistance systems that operate using radiofrequency. See Radio Frequency Statement0 316.

Assistance Systems for Parking orBackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC),Rear Park Assist (RPA), Surround Vision, andRear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Always checkaround the vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse),the RVC displays an image of the areabehind the vehicle in the infotainmentdisplay. The previous screen displays whenthe vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) aftera short delay. To return to the previousscreen sooner, press { on the center stack,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speedof approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

TurnD to adjust the display brightnesswhile viewing the infotainment display.

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera2. Corners of the Rear Bumper



Displayed images may be farther or closerthan they appear. The area displayed islimited and objects that are close to eithercorner of the bumper or under the bumperdo not display.

A warning triangle may display to showthat RPA has detected an object. Thistriangle changes from amber to red andincreases in size the closer the object.

If d or a service message appears on theinfotainment display, there may be acamera malfunction. See your dealer.

{ WarningThe camera(s) do not display children,pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,animals, or any other object outside ofthe cameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different from actualdistances. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only these camera(s).Always check behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure to useproper care may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage.

Surround Vision SystemIf equipped, Surround Vision displays animage of the area surrounding the vehicle,along with the front or rear camera viewson the infotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near the frontemblem, the side cameras are on thebottom of the outside mirrors, and the rearcamera is above the license plate.

The Surround Vision system can be accessedby selecting CAMERA in the infotainmentdisplay or when the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse). To return to the previous screensooner, when not in R (Reverse) press Homeor Back on the infotainment system, shiftinto P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed ofapproximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while inD (Drive).

{ WarningThe Surround Vision Cameras have blindspots and will not display all objects nearthe corners of the vehicle. Folding sidemirrors that are out of position will notdisplay surround view correctly. Alwayscheck around the vehicle when parking orbacking.

1. Views Displayed by the SurroundVision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



1. Views Displayed by the SurroundVision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

{ WarningThe camera(s) do not display children,pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic,animals, or any other object outside ofthe cameras’ field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle. Showndistances may be different from actualdistances. Do not drive or park thevehicle using only these camera(s).Always check behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure to useproper care may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage.

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttons along thebottom of the infotainment display.

Front/Rear Standard View : Displays animage of the area in front or behind thevehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View onthe infotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the button multipletimes will toggle between front and rearcamera views.

If equipped, the front view camera alsodisplays when the Park Assist systemdetects an object within 30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a frontor rear overhead view of the vehicle.Touching the button will toggle between thetwo views.

Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays aview that shows objects next to the front orrear sides of the vehicle. Touch SideForward/Rearward View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view is active.Touching the button multiple times willtoggle between forward and rearward views.Park Assist and RCTA overlays are notavailable when Side Forward/Rearward viewis active.

Guidance Lines : Displays availableguidelines. a grayed-out button indicatesthat guidelines are not available. Whenenabled, the guidelines will display whenthe vehicle is shifted in R (Reverse).

Top Down View : Displays an image of thearea surrounding the vehicle, along with therear camera view in the infotainmentdisplay. The rear camera view will bereplaced by the front camera view aftershifting from R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or when the vehicle is moving forwardslower than approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).



Park AssistIf equipped with Rear Park Assist (RPA), asthe vehicle moves at speeds of less than8 km/h (5 mph) in R (Reverse), the sensorson the rear bumper may detect objects upto 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within azone of 25 cm (10 in) high off the groundand below bumper level. These detectiondistances may be shorter during warmer orhumid weather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors clean of mud,dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensorsafter a car wash in freezing temperatures.

{ WarningThe Park Assist system does not detectchildren, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals,or objects located below the bumper orthat are too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available at speedsgreater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To preventinjury, death, or vehicle damage, evenwith Park Assist, always check the areaaround the vehicle and check all mirrorsbefore moving forward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have a ParkAssist display with bars that show “distanceto object” and object location informationfor RPA. As the object gets closer, more barslight up and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red. When an object isfirst detected in the rear, one beep will beheard from the rear. When an object is veryclose, <0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, fivebeeps will sound from the rear dependingon object location.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)SystemIf equipped, when the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), RCTA uses a red warningtriangle with a left or right pointing arrow

on the infotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right. Thissystem detects objects coming from up to20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side ofthe vehicle. When an object is detected,three beeps sound from the left or right,depending on the direction of the detectedvehicle.

Assistance Systems for DrivingIf equipped, when driving the vehicle in aforward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA),Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane KeepAssist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA),Lane Change Alert (LCA), AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)SystemThe FCA system may help to avoid orreduce the harm caused by front-endcrashes. When approaching a vehicle aheadtoo quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alerton the windshield and rapidly beeps. FCAalso lights an amber visual alert if followinganother vehicle much too closely. FCA



detects vehicles within a distance ofapproximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates atspeeds above 8 km/h (5 mph).

{ WarningFCA is a warning system and does notapply the brakes. When approaching aslower-moving or stopped vehicle aheadtoo rapidly, or when following a vehicletoo closely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to help avoida crash. It also may not provide anywarning at all. FCA does not warn ofpedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels, or otherobjects. Be ready to take action andapply the brakes.

FCA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 105.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCAsystem detects a vehicle ahead. When avehicle is detected, the vehicle aheadindicator will display green. Vehicles maynot be detected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if avehicle ahead is partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects. FCA will notdetect another vehicle ahead until it iscompletely in the driving lane.

{ WarningFCA does not provide a warning to helpavoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle.FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead ifthe FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield is damaged.It may also not detect a vehicle onwinding or hilly roads, or in conditionsthat can limit visibility such as fog, rain,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or in propercondition. Keep the windshield,headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and ingood repair.

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approaches anotherdetected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCAdisplay will flash on the windshield. Also,eight rapid high-pitched beeps will soundfrom the front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system may prepare fordriver braking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedal as thedriving situation dictates. Cruise control maybe disengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.



Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator will displayamber when you are following a detectedvehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on the steeringwheel. Press[ to set the FCA timing tofar, medium, near, or off. The first buttonpress shows the current control setting onthe DIC. Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosen setting willremain until it is changed and will affect thetiming of both the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the farther awaythe alert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alert timingmay not be appropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), change the FCA timingsetting automatically changes the followinggap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a moving vehicleyou are following is indicated in followingtime in seconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

The minimum following time is 0.5 secondsaway. If there is no vehicle detected ahead,or the vehicle ahead is out of sensor range,dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alerts toturning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes,objects that are not vehicles, or shadows.These alerts are normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem to operateproperly, this may correct the issue:. Clean the outside of the windshield in

front of the rearview mirror.. Clean the entire front of the vehicle.. Clean the headlamps.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)The AEB system may help avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-end crashes. AEBalso includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA).When the system detects a vehicle ahead inyour path that is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about to crashinto, it can provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. This canhelp avoid or lessen the severity of crasheswhen driving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately or hard. Thisautomatic emergency braking can only occurif a vehicle is detected. This is shown by theFCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. SeeForward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 220.

The system works when driving in a forwardgear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h(50 mph). It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ WarningAEB is an emergency crash preparationfeature and is not designed to avoidcrashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of itsoperating speed range and only respondsto detected vehicles.

AEB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding orhilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicleswith a trailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle when weather limitsvisibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects.

Complete attention is always requiredwhile driving, and you should be ready totake action and apply the brakes and/orsteer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to a completestop to try to avoid a potential crash. If thishappens, AEB may engage the ElectricParking Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ WarningAEB may automatically brake the vehiclesuddenly in situations where it isunexpected and undesired. It couldrespond to a turning vehicle ahead,guardrails, signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override AEB, firmly press theaccelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brake pedal isapplied quickly by providing a boost tobraking based on the speed of approach anddistance to a vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedalmovement during this time is normal andthe brake pedal should continue to beapplied as needed. IBA will automaticallydisengage only when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ WarningIBA may increase vehicle braking insituations when it may not be necessary.You could block the flow of traffic. If thisoccurs, take your foot off the brake pedaland then apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 105.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:. The front of the vehicle or windshield is

not clean.. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with

object detection.. There is a problem with the StabiliTrak

system.

The AEB system does not need service.

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)SystemThe FPB system may help avoid or reducethe harm caused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving in aforward gear. FPB displays an amberindicator, ~, when a pedestrian is detectedahead. When approaching a detectedpedestrian too quickly, FPB provides a redflashing alert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FPB can provide a boost to braking orautomatically brake the vehicle. This systemincludes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), andthe Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)



System may also respond to pedestrians.See Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)0 222.

The FPB system can detect and alert topedestrians in a forward gear at speedsbetween 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h(50 mph). During daytime driving, thesystem detects pedestrians up to a distanceof approximately 40 m (131 ft). Duringnighttime driving, system performance isvery limited.

{ WarningFPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle, unless itdetects a pedestrian. FPB may not detectpedestrians, including children:

. When the pedestrian is not directlyahead, fully visible, or standingupright, or when part of a group.

. Due to poor visibility, includingnighttime conditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt,snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps or windshield are notcleaned or in proper condition.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Be ready to take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 173. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FPB sensorclean and in good repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert andBrake through vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 105.

Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead

FPB alerts and automatic braking will notoccur unless the FPB system detects apedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian isdetected in front of the vehicle, thepedestrian ahead indicator will displayamber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches a pedestrianahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert displaywill flash on the windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound from thefront. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs, thebrake system may prepare for driver brakingto occur more rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue to applythe brake pedal as needed. Cruise controlmay be disengaged when the FrontPedestrian Alert occurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crash into apedestrian directly ahead, and the brakeshave not been applied, FPB mayautomatically brake moderately or brakehard. This can help to avoid some very lowspeed pedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB can automaticallybrake to detected pedestrians between8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).



Automatic braking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such as higherspeeds.

If this happens, Automatic Braking mayengage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) tohold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB.A firm press of the accelerator pedal willalso release Automatic Braking and the EPB.

{ WarningFPB may alert or automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situations where it isunexpected and undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar in shapeor size to pedestrians, including shadows.This is normal operation and the vehicledoes not need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly press theaccelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See “Front PedestrianDetection” in “Collision/Detection Systems”under Vehicle Personalization 0 105.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operate properly,cleaning the outside of the windshield infront of the rearview mirror may correct theissue.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assists drivers withavoiding crashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (or spot)areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear,the left or right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected in thatblind zone. If the turn signal is activated anda vehicle is also detected on the same side,the display will flash as an extra warningnot to change lanes. Since this system ispart of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system,read the entire LCA section before using thisfeature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assists drivers withavoiding lane change crashes that occur withmoving vehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas from behind. The

LCA warning display will light up in thecorresponding outside mirror and will flashif the turn signal is on.

{ WarningLCA does not alert the driver to vehiclesoutside of the system detection zones,pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It maynot provide alerts when changing lanesunder all driving conditions. Failure to useproper care when changing lanes mayresult in injury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change, alwayscheck mirrors, glance over your shoulder,and use the turn signals.

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone



The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over from bothsides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). Theheight of the zone is approximately between0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warningarea starts at approximately the middle ofthe vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Driversare also warned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behindthe vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrorswhen the system detects a moving vehiclein the next lane over that is in the sideblind zone or rapidly approaching that zonefrom behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates itmay be unsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check the LCAdisplay, check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, both outsidemirror LCA displays will briefly come on toindicate the system is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the left or rightside mirror display will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in the next lane over inthat blind zone or rapidly approaching thatzone. If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detected vehicle, thisdisplay will flash as an extra warning not tochange lanes.

LCA can be disabled through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/DetectionSystems” under Vehicle Personalization0 105. If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The LCA system requires some driving forthe system to calibrate to maximumperformance. This calibration may occurmore quickly if the vehicle is driven on astraight highway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on whenpassing a vehicle quickly or for a stoppedvehicle. LCA may alert to objects attached tothe vehicle, such as a bicycle, or object

extending out to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interfere with thedetection of vehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driver tovehicles in the next lane over, especially inwet conditions or when driving on sharpcurves. The system does not need to beserviced. The system may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and othernon-moving objects. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCA sensorsin the left or right corners of the rearbumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow,ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. Forcleaning instructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 288. If theDIC still displays the system unavailablemessage after cleaning both sides of thevehicle toward the rear corners of thevehicle, see your dealer.

If the LCA displays do not light up whenmoving vehicles are in the side blind zone orrapidly approaching this zone and thesystem is clean, the system may needservice. Take the vehicle to your dealer.



Lane Keep Assist (LKA)LKA may help avoid crashes due tounintentional lane departures. This systemuses a camera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h(112 mph). It may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicle approachesa detected lane marking. It may also providea Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert if thevehicle crosses a detected lane marking. LKAcan be overriden by turning the steeringwheel. This system is not intended to keepthe vehicle centered in the lane. LKA will notassist and alert if the turn signal is active inthe direction of lane departure, or if itdetects that you are accelerating, braking oractively steering.

{ WarningThe LKA system does not continuouslysteer the vehicle. It may not keep thevehicle in the lane or give a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The LKA and LDW systems may not:

. Provide an alert or enough steeringassist to avoid a lane departure orcrash.

. Detect lane markings under poorweather or visibility conditions. Thiscan occur if the windshield orheadlamps are blocked by dirt, snow,or ice; if they are not in propercondition; or if the sun shines directlyinto the camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markings on oneside of the road, it will only assist orprovide an LDW alert when approachingthe lane on the side where it hasdetected a lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer the vehicle.Always keep your attention on the roadand maintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicle damage,injury, or death could occur. Always keepthe windshield, headlamps, and camera

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)sensors clean and in good repair. Do notuse LKA in bad weather conditions or onroads with unclear lane markings, such asconstruction zones.

{ WarningUsing LKA while towing a trailer or onslippery roads could cause loss of controlof the vehicle and a crash. Turn thesystem off.

How the System Works

LKA uses a camera sensor installed on thewindshield ahead of the rearview mirror todetect lane markings. It may provide briefsteering assist if it detects an unintendedlane departure. It may further provide anaudible alert or the driver seat may pulseindicating that a lane marking has beencrossed.



To turn LKA on and off, pressA on thecenter console. If equipped, the indicatorlight on the button comes on when LKA ison and turns off when LKA is disabled.

When on,A is white, if equipped,indicating that the system is not ready toassist.A is green if LKA is ready toassist. LKA may assist by gently turning thesteering wheel if the vehicle approaches adetected lane marking.A is amber whenassisting. It may also provide a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert by flashingA amber if the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking. Additionally, theremay be three beeps, or the driver seat maypulse three times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departure direction.

Take Steering

The LKA system does not continuously steerthe vehicle. If LKA does not detect activedriver steering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKAmay become temporarily unavailable afterrepeated take steering alerts.

When the System Does Not Seem toWork Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:. Close vehicles ahead.. Sudden lighting changes, such as when

driving through tunnels.. Banked roads.. Roads with poor lane markings, such as

two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings are clearlyvisible, cleaning the windshield may help.

A camera blocked message may display ifthe camera is blocked. Some driverassistance systems may have reducedperformance or not work at all. An LKA orLDW unavailable message may display if thesystems are temporarily unavailable. Thismessage could be due to a blocked camera.The LKA system does not need service. Cleanthe outside of the windshield behind therearview mirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occurdue to tar marks, shadows, cracks in theroad, temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other road imperfections. This

is normal system operation; the vehicle doesnot need service. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

ChargingWhen to ChargeWhen the high voltage battery is gettinglow, charging messages may display.

The CHARGE VEHICLE SOON messageindicates that the driving range is low andthe vehicle needs to be charged soon. As thecharge level drops, the PROPULSION POWERIS REDUCED message is displayed and theaccelerator pedal response is reduced. Inaddition, the remaining range value willchange to LOW indicating the vehicle shouldbe charged immediately.

When the energy is fully depleted, the OUTOF ENERGY, CHARGE VEHICLE NOW messagedisplays and the vehicle slows to a stop.Brake and steering assist will still operate.Once the vehicle has stopped, turn thevehicle off. See Propulsion Power Messages0 105.



Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the process forcharging the high voltage battery. Do notallow the vehicle to remain in temperatureextremes for long periods without beingdriven or plugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F) andabove 32 °C (90 °F) to maximize high voltagebattery life.

Charge times will vary based on batterycondition, charge level, and outsidetemperature. See Programmable Charging0 94 for charge mode selection.

The vehicle can be charged using DCcharging equipment typically found atservice stations and other public locations.

The following table shows the amount ofrange added and time to full charge basedon how the vehicle is being charged:

Level 1 (120 Volt) Level 2 (240 Volt) DC FastCharging8 Amps 12 Amps 32 Amps* 48 Amps

Range Added About 4.5 km(2.8 mi) perhour ofcharge

About 6.4 km(4 mi) perhour ofcharge

About 40 km(25 mi) perhour ofcharge

About 60 km(37 mi) perhour ofcharge

Up to 153 km(95 mi) inabout

30 minutes**

Time to FullCharge

About79 hours

About55 hours

About10 hours

About7 hours

—

*Dual Level Charge Cord maximum.

**DC Charger must be capable of 150 ampsand assumes the charge starts from adepleted battery.

These time estimates are applicable tonominal temperature ranges. In extreme hotor cold conditions, this time may belengthened.

The charging system may run fans andpumps that result in sounds from thevehicle while it is turned off. Additionally,clicking sounds may be caused by theelectrical devices used while charging.

The vehicle does not require indoor chargingarea ventilation before, during, or aftercharging.

The vehicle cannot be driven while thecharge cord is plugged into the vehicle.

CautionTo avoid damage to the vehicle, makesure the charging cord plug is in goodcondition, is not worn or damaged, and isconnected securely to the vehicle'scharging port. If vehicle charging isintermittent, disconnect the cord andinspect for damage. An excessively wornor damaged AC or DC charging cord plugmay result in an intermittent connectionand potential damage to the vehicle'scharging port.



Charging Override

A CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTIONOCCURRED message may display to indicatethat a charging override or interruption hasoccurred due to one or more of thefollowing events:. Override of the charge settings by the

owner.. Unintended interruption of AC power at

the vehicle's charge port.. Interruption of charging by the utility

company.

There are several screens that will displaydepending on the current charging status.See Programmable Charging 0 94.

A loss of AC power alert may sound for ashort time if AC power is lost for overone minute. This sound alert can be turnedoff. See Vehicle Personalization 0 105.

AC Charging

AC Charge Cord Vehicle Plug

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle is parked.

2. Push the rearward edge of the chargeport door and release to open the door.

In cold weather conditions, ice may formaround the charge port door. Remove icefrom the area before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

Without Super Cruise, With Super CruiseSimilar

3. Open the liftgate, lift the load floorcover, and remove the charge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into the electricaloutlet and verify the charge cord status.For level 1 charging, select theappropriate charge levels. See ElectricalRequirements for Battery Charging 0 238.See Charge Cord 0 236. See “Level 1–120V Cord Limit” under ProgrammableCharging 0 94.

5. Plug in the AC vehicle plug of the chargecord into the charge port on the vehicle.Make sure the AC vehicle plug is fully



connected to the AC charge port. If it isnot properly seated, the charge may notoccur.

6. Verify that the Charging Status Indicatorilluminates on top of the instrumentpanel and an audible chirp occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback 0 232.

7. To arm the charge cord theft alert, lockthe vehicle twice with the RKEtransmitter. To arm this feature, seeCharging Options 0 102.

End Charge

1. If armed, unlock the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter to disarm the charge cordtheft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of the chargecord from the vehicle. Unlock the vehicleplug of the charge cord from the vehicleby pressing the button on the top of thecharge cord plug.

3. Close the charge port door by pressingfirmly until it latches.

4. Unplug the charge cord from theelectrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into the storagecompartment.

DC Charging

DC Charging Station Hardware

Check the charge station DC vehicle plug forcompatibility with the DC charge port onthis vehicle. When recharging at a DC chargestation, the charging cable connected to thevehicle must be less than 10 m (33 ft) inlength; this length restriction ensuresregulatory compliance of less than 30 m(100 ft).

Follow the steps listed on the chargingstation to perform a DC vehicle charge.

If for any reason DC charging does notbegin or is interrupted, check the DC chargestation display for messages. Unplug torestart the DC charge process.

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle is parked.

2. Push the rearward edge of the chargeport door and release to open the door.

In cold weather conditions, ice may formaround the charge port door. The chargeport door may not open on the firstattempt. Remove ice from the area andrepeat attempting to open the chargeport door.

3. Unlatch the DC charging dust cover andlower it fully.

4. Plug in the DC vehicle plug into the DCcharge port on the vehicle. Make surethat the DC vehicle plug is fullyconnected to the DC charge port. If it isnot properly seated then the charge maynot occur. Proper plug connection can bechecked by information on the DIC.

5. Follow the steps listed on the chargingstation to start charging.

6. Once charging, the DC vehicle plug willbe locked to the DC charge port andcannot be disconnected while charging isactive.



7. Verify that the Charging Status Indicatorilluminates on top of the instrumentpanel and an audible chirp occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback 0 232.

CautionDo not attempt to disconnect the DCvehicle plug while charging is active. Thisaction may damage the vehicle orcharging station hardware.

Stop Charge

Controls on the charging station can be usedto stop the charge process at any time.

To stop the charge when inside the vehicle,use the Stop button on the Charging screen,or press the button on top of the DC vehiclecord handle.

Stop Charge — Automatic

When the vehicle no longer needs to usepower from the charging station, it will stopcharging and the DC vehicle plug will beunlocked from the DC charge port.

Energy can still be consumed from thecharging station when the vehicle’s displaysand indicators show that the battery is fullycharged. This is to ensure the battery is inoptimal temperature operating range tomaximize vehicle range. See ProgrammableCharging 0 94.

End Charge

1. Wait until the charging process has beenfully stopped, the vehicle plug isunlocked, and the Charging StatusIndicator is solid green or off.

If the vehicle plug does not unlock fromthe vehicle charge port after a charge,contact Roadside Assistance forassistance. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 311.

2. Unplug the DC vehicle plug from the DCcharge port on the vehicle and close thedust cover.

3. Close the charge port door by pressingfirmly until it latches.

4. The Electric Parking Brake should bemanually disengaged before driving thevehicle.

5. To start another DC charge, remove theDC vehicle plug and reconnect.

Delayed Charging OverrideTo temporarily override a delayed chargeevent, unplug the charge cord from thecharge port and then plug it back in withinfive seconds. A single audible chirp willsound and charging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override, unplug thecharge cord, wait for 10 seconds, and thenplug the charge cord back in. A doubleaudible chirp will sound and charging will bedelayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 94 foradvanced charge scheduling options.

Charging Status Feedback



The vehicle has a Charging Status Indicator(CSI) at the center of the instrument panelnear the windshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and vehicle power is off, the CSIindicates the following:. Short Flashing Green – Vehicle is plugged

in. Battery is not fully charged. Flash rateincreases from one to four flashes asbattery charges.

‐ One Flash: 0–25% Charge

‐ Two Flashes: 26–50% Charge

‐ Three Flashes: 51–75% Charge

‐ Four Flashes: 76–100% Charge. Long Flashing Green – Vehicle is plugged

in. Battery is not fully charged. Batterycharging is delayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is plugged in.Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is plugged in. It isnormal for the CSI to turn yellow for afew seconds after plugging in acompatible charge cord. The CSI may staysolid yellow longer depending on thevehicle and if there is a total utilityinterruption. See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 238. This may also indicatethat the charging system has detected afault and will not charge the battery. See“Charge Cord Status Indicators” underCharge Cord 0 236.

If the vehicle is plugged in and vehiclepower is on, the CSI will flash or will besolid green, depending on the charge level.

If the vehicle is plugged in and the CSI isoff, a total utility interruption or a chargingfault has been detected. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 238 or “ChargeCord Status Indicators” under Charge Cord0 236.

A message displays if the vehicle is not ableto charge.

Following is the vehicle feedback when thecharge cord is plugged in.



Charging Status Indicator Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green (flashrate increases from one tofour as the battery charges)

One audible chirp Vehicle is charging.

Long Flashing Green Two audible chirps Charging is delayed by Programmable Charging or bya total utility interruption, if equipped. Charging willbegin later. See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 238.

Short Flashing Green (one tofour flashes depending oncharge level)

Two audible chirps Vehicle is charging but will be delayed byProgrammable Charging at least once before thecharge is complete.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (upon plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle is preparing tocharge.

Yellow (for extended timeperiod after plug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle is not charging.This may be due to a total utility interruption, andcharging will begin later. This may also occur if thevehicle has detected a high voltage charging systemfault. See Utility Interruption of Charging 0 238 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 89.

Short Flashing Green (fromone to four flashesdepending on charge level)or Long Flashing Green

Four audible chirps Insufficient time to fully charge by departure timedue to the selected rate preference.To increase the battery state of charge at thedeparture time, perform a delayed charging override.See Delayed Charging Override 0 232.



Charging Status Indicator Sound Action/Reason

None (upon plug-in) None Check charge cord connection.

None (after Green or YellowCSI observed)

None Check charge cord connection. If connection is good,this may be due to a power failure or a total utilityinterruption, and charging will begin later. This mayalso occur if the vehicle has detected a high voltagecharging system fault. See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 238 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 89.

None Repeated audible chirpsTo disable this feature, see “Charge Power Loss Alert”under Vehicle Personalization 0 105.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKE transmitter, thenpress again to stop the panic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity was interrupted before charging wascomplete. Repeated chirps will stop if power isrestored within 90 seconds.

None Three audible chirps Charge port door is open.



Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

This symbol indicates risk of electrical shockif misused.


A portable charge cord used to charge thevehicle high voltage battery is stored underthe load floor in the rear cargo area.

1. 120 Volt Wall Plug (240 volt PlugSimilar)

2. Charge Cord Status Indicator3. Vehicle Plug Latch4. Release Button

Important Information about Portable ElectricVehicle Charging. Charging an electric vehicle can stress a

building’s electrical system more than atypical household appliance.

. Before plugging into any electrical outlet,have a qualified electrician inspect andverify the electrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, and protectiondevices) for heavy-duty service at a12 amp continuous load for 120 voltcharge and 32 amp for 240 volt charge.

. Electrical outlets may wear out withnormal usage or may be damaged overtime, making them unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plug whilecharging and discontinue use if theelectrical outlet/plug is hot, then have theelectrical outlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into an electricaloutlet that is weatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charge cord to reduce strainon the electrical outlet/plug.

. Do not place the charge cord in a positionwhere it is expected to be submerged inwater.

{ DangerImproper use of portable electric vehiclecharge cords may cause a fire, electricalshock, or burns, and may result indamage to property, serious injury,or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips, splitters,grounding adaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electrical outlet that isworn or damaged, or will not hold theplug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electrical outlet that isnot properly grounded.

. Do not use an electrical outlet that ison a circuit with other electrical loads.



{ WarningWhen using electric products, basicprecautions should always be followed,including the following:

. Read all the safety warnings andinstructions before using this product.Failure to follow the warnings and theinstructions may result in electricshock, fire, and/or serious injury.

. Never leave children unattended nearthe vehicle while the vehicle ischarging and never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

. If the plug provided does not fit theelectrical outlet, do not modify theplug. Arrange for a qualified electricianto inspect the electrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into the electricvehicle connector.

{ Warning. To reduce the risk of fire, installations

shall comply with the requirements ofNational Electric Code, ANSI/NFPA 70(USA), Canadian Electrical Code CSA

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

22.1 and IEC 60364 – Electricalinstallations in buildings, depending onthe region in which the unit is beinginstalled. The installer shall complywith any additional local requirementsmandated by the country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product if the flexiblepower cord or the electric vehicle cableis frayed, has broken insulation,or shows any other signs of damage.

. For Canada only: Not for use incommercial garages.

. Do not use this product if theenclosure or the vehicle plug isbroken, cracked, open, or shows anyother indication of damage.

. The plug must be plugged into anappropriate electrical outlet that isproperly installed in accordance withall local codes and ordinances. Do notmodify the plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does not fit theelectrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground is missing, the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

charge cord indicators will indicate anelectrical system fault and the vehiclemay not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

Refer to the instructions that come with thedual level charge cord. Do not lose theseinstruction.

Grounding Instructions

The charge circuit must be grounded. If thischarge circuit should malfunction or breakdown, grounding provides a path of leastresistance for electric current to reduce therisk of electric shock. This product isequipped with a cord that has an equipmentgrounding conductor and a grounding plug.The plug must be plugged into anappropriate outlet that is properly installedand grounded in accordance with all localcodes and ordinances.



{ WarningImproper connection of the charge cordground may cause electrical shock. Checkwith a qualified electrician if there isdoubt as to whether the charge circuit isproperly grounded. Do not modify theplug provided with the product. If it willnot fit the electrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by a qualifiedelectrician.

FCC Information


Utility Interruption of ChargingThis vehicle will respond to requests throughthe utility company to limit or completelyblock electrical power grid usage. Thisfeature is inactive during DC charging.A utility interruption of charging willlengthen the vehicle charge time.

When electrical grid power is completelyblocked, the vehicle will delay charging untilthe utility interruption has expired. Thevehicle should be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begin charging.

Changing the charge mode to Immediate orperforming a delayed charging override willnot disable a utility interruption. Unpluggingand plugging the car back in will also notdisable a utility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in the infotainmentdisplay while starting the vehicle followingany utility interruption. See “ChargingInterrupted or Overridden Pop-Up” underProgrammable Charging 0 94.

A message will display on the instrumentcluster indicating that a utility interruptionhas occurred.

Electrical Requirements forBattery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of being charged withmost standard vehicle charging equipmentthat complies with one or more of thefollowing:. SAE J1772. SAE J2847-2. IEC 61851-1. IEC 61851-22. IEC 61851-23. IEC 61851-24. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

The charge cord requires a minimum circuitcapacity as follows:. 120 volt system — 15 amps. 240 volt system — 60 amps

CautionDo not use portable or stationary backupgenerating equipment to charge thevehicle. This may cause damage to thevehicle's charging system. Only chargethe vehicle from utility supplied power.

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing Information

{ WarningNever tow a trailer with your vehicle.It was not designed or intended to tow atrailer.



Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical Equipment

{ WarningThe Data Link Connector (DLC) is used forvehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. See Service VehicleSoon Light 0 89. A device connected tothe DLC — such as an aftermarket fleetor driver-behavior tracking device — mayinterfere with vehicle systems. This couldaffect vehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

CautionSome electrical equipment can damagethe vehicle or cause components to notwork and would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always check with yourdealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is notoperating.

When adding electrical equipment, it shouldonly be connected using the accessorypower outlets. The maximum power thatcan be supplied by one accessory poweroutlet or spread across all three is 200 wattsor 15 amps. Exceeding 200 watts or 15 ampsmay cause erratic vehicle operation.

The vehicle has an airbag system. Beforeattempting to add anything electrical to thevehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 52 andAdding Equipment to the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 52.


240 Vehicle Care

Vehicle CareGeneral InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 241

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . 241Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Underhood Compartment Overview . . . 244Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . . . 253Electrical System Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Underhood Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . 263Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . 266Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . 267Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . 271Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . 273Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 273Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 275Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . 276

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Jump StartingJump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . 282

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295


Vehicle Care 241

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visit yourdealer. You will receive genuine GM partsand GM-trained and supported servicepeople.

Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:

California Perchlorate MaterialsRequirementsCertain types of automotive applications,such as airbag initiators, seat beltpretensioners, and lithium batteriescontained in electronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material –

special handling may apply. Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories and ModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories or makingmodifications to the vehicle can affectvehicle performance and safety, includingsuch things as airbags, braking, stability,ride and handling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, and electronicsystems like antilock brakes, traction control,and stability control. These accessories ormodifications could even cause malfunctionor damage not covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Damage to suspension components causedby modifying vehicle height outside offactory settings will not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle components resultingfrom modifications or the installation or useof non-GM certified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, is notcovered under the terms of the vehiclewarranty and may affect remainingwarranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed to complementand function with other systems on thevehicle. See your dealer to accessorize thevehicle using genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 52.

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own Service Work

{ WarningNever try to do your own service on highvoltage battery components. You can beinjured and the vehicle can be damaged ifyou try to do your own service work.Service and repair of these high voltagebattery components should only beperformed by a trained dealer technicianwith the proper knowledge and tools.

Exposure to high voltage can cause shock,burns, and even death. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle can only beserviced by technicians with specialtraining.

(Continued)


242 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

High voltage components are identifiedby labels. Do not remove, open, takeapart, or modify these components. Highvoltage cable or wiring has orangecovering. Do not probe, tamper with, cut,or modify high voltage cable or wiring.

{ WarningIt can be dangerous to work on yourvehicle if you do not have the properknowledge, service manual, tools,or parts. Always follow owner’s manualprocedures and consult the servicemanual for your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own service work, usethe proper service manual. It tells you muchmore about how to service the vehicle thanthis manual can. To order the proper servicemanual, see Publication OrderingInformation 0 315.

This vehicle has an airbag system. Beforeattempting to do your own service work,see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle0 52.

Keep a record with all parts receipts and listthe mileage and the date of any servicework performed. See Maintenance Records0 304.

Hood

{ WarningComponents under the hood can get hotduring vehicle operation. To help avoidthe risk of burning unprotected skin,never touch these components until theyhave cooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hood beforeopening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever with thei symbol. It is on the lower left sideof the instrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locatethe secondary release lever under thefront center of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release lever to the rightto release.


Vehicle Care 243

3. Lift the hood and release the hood proprod from its retainer, in the front of theengine compartment. Securely insert therod end into the slot marked with anarrow, on the underside of the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, be sure all fillercaps are on properly, and all tools areremoved.

2. Lift the hood and remove the hood proprod from the underside of the hood.Return the prop rod to its retainer. Theprop rod must click into place whenreturning it to the retainer to preventhood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in) above thevehicle and release it. Check to makesure the hood is latched completely.Repeat this process with additional forceif necessary.

{ WarningDo not drive the vehicle if the hood isnot latched completely. The hood couldopen fully, block your vision, and cause acrash. You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completely beforedriving.


244 Vehicle Care

Underhood Compartment Overview


Vehicle Care 245

1. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. SeeWasher Fluid 0 246.

2. Cabin Heating Coolant Reservoir. SeeCooling System 0 245.

3. High Voltage Battery Coolant Reservoir.See Cooling System 0 245.

4. HPDM (High Power Distribution Module).

5. APM (Accessory Power Module), OBCM(On-Board Charging Module).

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid0 247.

7. SPIM, APM, and Charger Module CoolantReservoir. See Cooling System 0 245.

8. Battery. See Battery - North America0 248.

9. Underhood Compartment Fuse Block.Underhood Compartment Fuse Block0 255.

Cooling SystemIt is not necessary to regularly check coolantunless a leak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A coolant loss could indicatea problem. Have it inspected and repairedby your dealer.

The following explains the cooling systemsand how to check coolant levels.. High Voltage Battery. Single Power Inverter Module (SPIM),

Accessory Power Module (APM), andCharger Module

. Cabin Heating

High Voltage Battery

During vehicle operation and also duringcharging, the high voltage battery cells inthe vehicle are kept within a normaloperating temperature range. If thetemperature rises above this temperature,the battery cooling system turns on the airconditioning compressor and cools thecoolant until the correct temperature isreached. If the temperature falls below thistemperature, a high voltage heater, locatedoutside the battery on a cradle, heats thecoolant until the correct temperature isreached.

Single Power Inverter Module (SPIM),Accessory Power Module (APM), andCharger Module

The SPIM, APM, and charger module arecooled using a separate coolant loop. Thesemodules are kept below a maximum

temperature. If the temperature rises abovethis temperature, the electric cooling fan willturn on to cool the coolant.

Cabin Heating

Cabin heating is maintained by coolantheated by the Coolant Heater ControlModule (CHCM), separate from the powerelectronics and battery coolant loops. Thismodule heats the coolant based ontemperature inputs from the cabin climatecontrol systems.

Hybrid Cooling System Pressure Caps

The hybrid cooling system reservoirs havetamper resistant pressure caps. The coolantshould only be serviced by a qualifiedtechnician.

Checking Coolant

The coolant needs to be replaced at theappropriate interval. See MaintenanceSchedule 0 297.

The coolant reservoirs are in the underhoodcompartment. See Underhood CompartmentOverview 0 244.


246 Vehicle Care

1. Cabin Heating Coolant Reservoir2. High Voltage Battery Coolant Reservoir3. SPIM, APM, and Charger Module

Coolant Reservoir

1. Park on a level surface and turn thevehicle off.

2. After the system has completely cooled,check that the coolant level is at the coldfill mark on the reservoirs.

3. If the coolant level is not visible or needsto be adjusted within the reservoirs,contact your dealer.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid is needed, besure to read the manufacturer's instructionsbefore use. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fall belowfreezing, use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washer symbol on it.Add washer fluid until the tank is full. SeeUnderhood Compartment Overview 0 244 forreservoir location.

Caution. Do not use washer fluid that contains

any type of water repellent coating.This can cause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued). Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze)

in the windshield washer. It candamage the windshield washer systemand paint.

. Do not mix water with ready-to-usewasher fluid. Water can cause thesolution to freeze and damage thewasher fluid tank and other parts ofthe washer system.

. When using concentrated washer fluid,follow the manufacturer instructionsfor adding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank onlythree-quarters full when it is very cold.This allows for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which could damagethe tank if it is completely full.

BrakesDisc brake linings have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitched warningsound when the brake linings are worn andnew linings are needed. The sound can comeand go or can be heard all the time whenthe vehicle is moving, except when applyingthe brake pedal firmly.


Vehicle Care 247

{ WarningThe brake wear warning sound meansthat soon the brakes will not work well.That could lead to a crash. When thebrake wear warning sound is heard, havethe vehicle serviced.

CautionContinuing to drive with worn-out brakelinings could result in costly brakerepairs.

Some driving conditions or climates cancause a brake squeal when the brakes arefirst applied, clearing up following severalapplications. This does not mean somethingis wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessaryto help prevent brake pulsation. When tiresare rotated, inspect brake linings for wearand evenly tighten wheel nuts in the propersequence to torque specifications. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 306.

Brake pads should be replaced as completeaxle sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal does notreturn to normal height, or if there is arapid increase in pedal travel. This could bea sign that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system parts withnew, approved replacement parts. If this isnot done, the brakes may not workproperly. The braking performance canchange in many ways if the wrong brakeparts are installed or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir is filledwith GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid asindicated on the reservoir cap. SeeUnderhood Compartment Overview 0 244 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a levelsurface, the brake fluid level should bebetween the minimum and maximum markson the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why the brakefluid level in the reservoir may go down:. Normal brake lining wear. When new

linings are installed, the fluid level goesback up.

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system.Have the brake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir capand the area around the cap beforeremoving it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluiddoes not correct a leak. If fluid is addedwhen the linings are worn, there will be toomuch fluid when new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, as necessary,only when work is done on the brakehydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a low level,the brake warning light comes on. See BrakeSystem Warning Light 0 89.


248 Vehicle Care

Brake fluid absorbs water over time whichdegrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid.Replace brake fluid at the specified intervalsto prevent increased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 297.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluidfrom a clean, sealed container. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 302.

{ WarningThe wrong or contaminated brake fluidcould result in damage to the brakesystem. This could result in the loss ofbraking leading to a possible injury.Always use the proper GM approvedbrake fluid.

CautionIf brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle'spainted surfaces, the paint finish can bedamaged. Immediately wash off anypainted surface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not remove the capand do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltage battery anda standard 12-volt battery.

{ WarningDamage to the high voltage battery orhigh voltage system can create a risk ofelectric shock, overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood, fire,or other event, the vehicle should beinspected as soon as possible. Until thevehicle has been inspected, store itoutside at least 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that can burn.Ventilate the vehicle by opening awindow or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance as soon aspossible to determine whether aninspection is needed. See CustomerAssistance Offices 0 309.

If the vehicle is in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the high voltagesystem. When this occurs, the high voltagebattery is disconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLE SOONmessage in the Driver Information Center(DIC) will be displayed. Before the vehiclecan be operated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” under CollisionDamage Repair 0 313 for additionalinformation. If an airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See after an Airbag Inflates?0 47.

Only a trained service technician with theproper knowledge and tools should inspect,test, or replace the high voltage battery.See your dealer if either the 12-volt orhigh voltage battery needs service.The dealer has information on how torecycle the high voltage battery. Thereis also information available athttp://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, even when fullycharged, to keep the high voltage batterytemperature ready for the next drive. This isimportant when outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.


Vehicle Care 249

Propulsion power may be reduced inextremely cold temperatures, or if the highvoltage battery is too cold. BATTERY TOOCOLD, PLUG IN TO WARM will display.

A vehicle cover, which can reduce sunloading on the vehicle and improve highvoltage battery life, is available from yourdealer.

Refer to the replacement number shown onthe original battery label when a new 12-voltbattery is needed. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-volt battery.Installation of a standard 12-volt battery willresult in reduced 12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt battery charger on the12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have anAGM battery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting on thecharger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts.

{ WarningWARNING: Battery posts, terminals andrelated accessories can expose you tochemicals including lead and leadcompounds, which are known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Wash hands after handling. For moreinformation go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

See the warning on the back cover.

Vehicle Storage

{ WarningBatteries have acid that can burn you andgas that can explode. You can be badlyhurt if you are not careful. See JumpStarting - North America 0 282 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to a Month. Plug in the charge cord.

Planned Storage for more than a Month. Do not plug in the charge cord.. Remove the black negative (−) cable from

the 12-volt battery and attach a tricklecharger to the battery terminals or keepthe 12-volt battery cables connected andtrickle charge from the underhood remote

positive (+) and negative (−) terminals.See Jump Starting - North America 0 282for the location of these terminals.

CautionThe vehicle is equipped with an AGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, which can bedamaged by using the incorrect type oftrickle charger. An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected. Follow thetrickle charger manufacturer instructions.

After the battery cable is reconnected, it ispossible that the vehicle may not operate.If this happens, the high voltage batterymay need to be charged.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

Windshield wiper blades should be replacedperiodically. See the Maintenance Schedule0 297.

Replacement blades come in different typesand are removed in different ways. Forproper type and length, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 303.


250 Vehicle Care

CautionAllowing the wiper arm to touch thewindshield when no wiper blade isinstalled could damage the windshield.Any damage that occurs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Do notallow the wiper arm to touch thewindshield.

To replace the windshield wiper blade:

1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly awayfrom the windshield.

2. Press the button in the middle of thewiper arm connector, and pull the wiperblade away from the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper bladereplacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper arm have acover for protection. The cover must beremoved before the wiper blade can bereplaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under the cover andpush upward to unsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward the wiper bladetip to unhook it from the bladeassembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement, ensurethat the cover hook slides into the slotin the blade assembly.

5. Snap the cover down to secure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from thewindshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) to disengagethe hook and push the wiper arm (1) outof the blade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assembly securelyon the wiper arm until the release leverclicks into place.

4. Replace the wiper cover.

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to be replaced andthe vehicle is equipped with a front camerasensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacement windshieldmust be installed according to GM


Vehicle Care 251

specifications for proper alignment. If it isnot, these systems may not work properly,they may display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer for properwindshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) toprovide assistance in lifting and holdingopen the hood/trunk/liftgate system in fullopen position.

{ WarningIf the gas struts that hold open the hood,trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or otherscould be seriously injured. Take thevehicle to your dealer for serviceimmediately. Visually inspect the gasstruts for signs of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check to make surethe hood/trunk/liftgate is held open withenough force. If struts are failing to holdthe hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate.Have the vehicle serviced.

CautionDo not apply tape or hang any objectsfrom gas struts. Also do not push downor pull on gas struts. This may causedamage to the vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 297.

Hood

Trunk

Liftgate


252 Vehicle Care

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset and shouldneed no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, theheadlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary,see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacement bulbs,or any bulb changing procedure not listed inthis section, contact your dealer.

CautionDo not replace incandescent bulbs withaftermarket LED replacement bulbs. Thiscan cause damage to the vehicle electricalsystem.

Halogen Bulbs

{ WarningHalogen bulbs have pressurized gas insideand can burst if you drop or scratch thebulb. You or others could be injured. Besure to read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.

For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Back-Up Lamps

To access the bulbs, reach up behind therear bumper. To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwiseand pull the bulb straight out of thesocket.

2. Press the new bulb into the socket.3. Turn the bulb socket clockwise to

reinstall.


Vehicle Care 253

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and Wiring

{ WarningExposure to high voltage can cause shock,burns, and even death. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle can only beserviced by technicians with specialtraining.

High voltage components are identifiedby labels. Do not remove, open, takeapart, or modify these components. Highvoltage cable or wiring has orangecovering or labels. Do not probe, tamperwith, cut, or modify high voltage cable orwiring.

Electrical System OverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuit breakers toprotect against an electrical systemoverload.

When the current electrical load is tooheavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes,protecting the circuit until the current loadreturns to normal or the problem is fixed.This greatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused by electricalproblems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protect powerdevices in the vehicle.

If there is a problem on the road and a fuseneeds to be replaced, the same amperagefuse can be borrowed. Choose some featureof the vehicle that is not needed to use andreplace it as soon as possible.

To check a fuse, look at the band inside thefuse. If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a badfuse with a fuse of the identical size andrating.


254 Vehicle Care

Replacing a Blown Fuse1. Power off the vehicle.

2. Locate the fuse puller in the underhoodcompartment fuse block.

3. Use the fuse puller to remove the fusefrom the top or side, as shown above.

4. If the fuse must be replacedimmediately, borrow a replacement fusewith the same amperage from the fuseblock. Choose a vehicle feature that isnot needed to safely operate the vehicle.Repeat Steps 2-3.

5. Insert the replacement fuse into theempty slot of the blown fuse.

At the next opportunity, see your dealer toreplace the blown fuse.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause the lampsto go on and off, or in some cases toremain off. Have the headlamp wiringchecked right away if the lamps go on andoff or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due to heavysnow or ice, the windshield wipers will stopuntil the motor cools and the wiper controlis turned off. After removal of the blockage,the wiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protected fromelectrical overload, overload due to heavysnow or ice, may cause wiper damage.Always clear ice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using the windshieldwipers.

If the overload is caused by an electricalproblem and not snow or ice, be sure to getit fixed.


Vehicle Care 255

Fuses and Circuit BreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuit breakers.This greatly reduces the chance of damagecaused by electrical problems.

{ DangerFuses and circuit breakers are markedwith their ampere rating. Do not exceedthe specified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuit breakers. Useof an oversized fuse or circuit breaker canresult in a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured or killed.

{ WarningInstallation or use of fuses that do notmeet GM’s original fuse specifications isdangerous. The fuses could fail, and resultin a fire. You or others could be injuredor killed, and the vehicle could bedamaged.

See Accessories and Modifications 0 241 andGeneral Information 0 241.

To check or replace a blown fuse, seeElectrical System Overload 0 253.

Underhood Compartment FuseBlock

To open the fuse block cover, press the clipsat the side and back and pull the cover up.

CautionSpilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle may damageit. Always keep the covers on anyelectrical component.


256 Vehicle Care

A fuse puller is in the underhoodcompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all ofthe fuses, relays, and features shown.

Micro Fuses Usage

F01 External Object CalculationModule

Micro Fuses Usage

F02 Vehicle Integration ControlModule

F03 Air ConditioningCompressor Module

F04 Transmission Range ControlModule

F05 Power Seat Lumbar

F06 Power Line CommunicationModule

F07 E-booster



F10 Pedestrian Friendly AlertFunction

F11 Shifter Interface Board

F12 Shifter Interface Board

F13 Engine Control Module

F14 Single Power Inverter

F15 Voltage, Current,Temperature Module


Vehicle Care 257

Micro Fuses Usage

F16 Power Window Switch/Exterior Rearview Mirror

F17 Interior Rearview Mirror

F18 On-board Charging Module

F19 Auxiliary Heater PumpMotor

F20 Exterior Rearview Mirror

F21 Rain Sensor

F22 Automatic OccupantSensing

F23 Ventilated Seat

F24 Electric SteeringColumn Lock

F25 HVAC Electric Heater

F26 Engine Control Module

F27 Drive Unit Controller

F28 Rear Window Defogger

F29 E-booster(ECU SRC)

F30 Rechargeable EnergyStorage System

F31 –

Micro Fuses Usage

F32 Power ElectronicsCoolant Pump

F33 Powertrain Relay

F34 Air ConditioningCompressor Module

F35Rechargeable EnergyStorage SystemCoolant Pump

F36 –

F37 Headlamp Leveling

F38 Auxiliary oil Pump

F39 Aeroshutter

F40 Transmission Range ControlModule

F41 Rear Wiper

F42 –

F43 –

F44 Liftgate

F45 Horn/Dual Horn

F46 –

F47 Long Range Radar Sensor

Micro Fuses Usage

F48 –

F49 Rechargeable EnergyStorage System 1

F50 Washer

M-case Fuses Usage

SB01 Rear Heated Seat

SB03 In-panel Bussed ElectricalCenter Inline

SB06 Power Window Front

SB09 Power Seat Driver

SB11 In-panel Bussed ElectricalCenter Power Feed

SB12 Front Wiper

SB14 Seat Module Front

SB15 Power Window Rear

SB16 –

J-case Fuses Usage

SB02 Transmission Range ControlModule 1

SB04 E-booster (Motor SRC)


258 Vehicle Care

J-case Fuses Usage

SB05 Electric Cooling Fan

SB07 Electronic Brake ControlModule

SB08 –

SB10 Electronic Brake ControlModule Power 2

SB13 Linear Power Module

Relays Usage

RLY01 Rear Window Defogger

RLY02 Second Run/Crank

RLY03 Run/Crank

RLY04 Powertrain

RLY05 Liftgate

RLY06 –

RLY07 Rear Pedestrian FriendlyAlert Function

RLY08 Auxiliary Heater Pump

RLY09 –

RLY10 Rear Wiper

RLY11 Wiper Speed

Relays Usage

RLY12 Wiper Control

RLY13 Rear Washer

RLY14 Horn

RLY15 Front Washer

RLY16 –

Instrument Panel Fuse BlockThe instrument panel fuse block is on theleft side of the instrument panel. To accessthe fuses, open the fuse panel door bypulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the top tab first,then push the door back into its originallocation.


Vehicle Care 259

The vehicle may not be equipped with all ofthe fuses, relays, and features shown.

Fuses Usage

F01 Video Processing Module

F02 Indicator Light Solar Sensor

F03 Side Blind Zone Alert

F04 Passive Entry, Passive Start

F05 Central Gateway Module

F06 Body Control Module 4




F10 Sunroof

F11 Amplifier


F13 Data Link Connector

F14 Parking Assist

F15 Headlamp LH

F16 Single Power InverterModule 1



Fuses Usage

F19 External Object CalculationModule 2A

F20 Advanced Driver Assist MapModule

F21 Driver Monitoring System

F22 –

F23 USB

F24 Wireless Charging Module

F25 Reflected LED Alert Display

F26 Heated Steering Wheel

F27 Central Gateway Module 2

F28 Instrument Cluster 2

F29 POLICE_SSV

F30 –

F31 Telemetics Control Platform(OnStar)

F32 –

F33 Heating, Ventilation, andAir Conditioning Module

F34 HVAC Display/IntegratedCenter Stack Display

Fuses Usage

F35 Instrument Cluster 1

F36 Center Stack Module

F37 –

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

F41 –

F42 –


F44 Sensing and DiagnosticModule

F45 Front Camera Module

F46 Vehicle Integration ControlModule

F47 Single Power InverterModule 2

F48 Headlamp RH

F49 Auxiliary Jack

F50 Steering Wheel Controls

F51 –

F52 –


260 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F53 Auxiliary Power Outlet

F54 –

F55 Logistic

F56 POLICE_SSV

Relays Usage

F57 POLICE_SSV

F58 Logistics Relay

F59 –

F60 Accessory/RetainedAccessory Power Relay

Wheels and TiresTiresEvery new GM vehicle has high-qualitytires made by a leading tiremanufacturer. See the warranty manualfor information regarding the tirewarranty and where to get service. Foradditional information refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning. Poorly maintained and improperly

used tires are dangerous.. Overloading the tires can cause

overheating as a result of toomuch flexing. There could be ablowout and a serious crash. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

. Underinflated tires pose the samedanger as overloaded tires. Theresulting crash could cause seriousinjury. Check all tires frequently tomaintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressure should bechecked when the tires are cold.

. Overinflated tires are more likelyto be cut, punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — such as whenhitting a pothole. Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires can cause acrash. If the tread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued). Replace any tires that have been

damaged by impacts withpotholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tires can causea crash. Only your dealer or anauthorized tire service centershould repair, replace, dismount,and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires in excess of56 km/h (35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow, mud, ice,etc. Excessive spinning may causethe tires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come with all-season tires.These tires are designed to provide goodoverall performance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Original equipmenttires designed to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can be identifiedby the last two characters of this TPC code,which will be “MS.”


Vehicle Care 261

Consider installing winter tires on thevehicle if frequent driving on snow orice-covered roads is expected. All-season tiresprovide adequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but they may notoffer the same level of traction orperformance as winter tires on snow orice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 261.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originally equippedwith winter tires. Winter tires are designedfor increased traction on snow andice-covered roads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequent driving on iceor snow covered roads is expected. See yourdealer for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection. Also,see Buying New Tires 0 272.

With winter tires, there may be decreaseddry road traction, increased road noise, andshorter tread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:. Use tires of the same brand and tread

type on all four wheel positions.

. Use only radial ply tires of the same size,load range, and speed rating as theoriginal equipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speed rating asthe original equipment tires may not beavailable for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed ratedtires. If winter tires with a lower speedrating are chosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Self-Sealing TiresThis vehicle may have self-sealing tires.These tires have a material inside that canseal punctures from common road hazards,such as nails and screws, in the tread area.The tire may lose air pressure if the sidewallis damaged or the tread puncture is toolarge. If the Tire Pressure Monitor Systemindicates the tire pressure is low, inspect thetire for damage and inflate it to therecommended pressure. If the tire is unableto maintain the recommended pressure,contact the nearest authorized GM servicingfacility immediately for inspection and repairor replacement. To locate the nearest GMservicing facility, call GM CustomerAssistance.

CautionDo not drive on a deflated self-sealingtire as this could damage the tire. Makesure the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure or have itimmediately repaired or replaced.

When tire replacement is needed replacewith a self-sealing tire, because the vehicledoes not come with a spare tire or tirechanging equipment.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. The exampleshows a typical passenger tire sidewall.


262 Vehicle Care

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters and numbersused to define a particular tire's width,height, aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the “TireSize” illustration later in this section.

(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification) : Original equipment tiresdesigned to GM's specific tireperformance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto thesidewall. GM's TPC specifications meetor exceed all federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : The Department ofTransportation (DOT) code indicates thatthe tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation MotorVehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The lastfour digits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first two digitsrepresent the week and the last twodigits, the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2020 would have a4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 isthe first full week (Sunday throughSaturday) of each year.

(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) :The letters and numbers following theDOT code are the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN). The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code, tire size,and date the tire was manufactured.The TIN is molded onto both sides ofthe tire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cordand number of plies in the sidewall andunder the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) : Tire manufacturers arerequired to grade tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperature resistance.For more information see Uniform TireQuality Grading 0 273.

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation LoadLimit : Maximum load that can becarried and the maximum pressureneeded to support that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typical passengervehicle tire size.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire


Vehicle Care 263

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : TheUnited States version of a metric tiresizing system. The letter "P" as the firstcharacter in the tire size means apassenger vehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tire and RimAssociation.

(2) Tire Width : The 3-digit numberindicates the tire section width inmillimeters from sidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number thatindicates the tire height-to-widthmeasurements. For example, if the tiresize aspect ratio is 75, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, it wouldmean that the tire's sidewall is75 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A letter code isused to indicate the type of plyconstruction in the tire. The letter "R"means radial ply construction; the letter"D" means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of thewheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the load index andspeed rating of the tire. The load indexrepresents the load carrying capacity atire is certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed a tire iscertified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and DefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount of air insidethe tire pressing outward on eachsquare inch of the tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi(pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : The combinedweight of optional accessories. Someexamples of optional accessories are,electric drive unit, power windows,power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship of atire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords that holdthe tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in whichthe plies are laid at alternate anglesless than 90 degrees to the centerlineof the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of airpressure in a tire, measured in kPa(kilopascal) or psi (pounds per squareinch) before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure 0 265.

Curb Weight : The weight of a motorvehicle with standard and optionalequipment including the maximumcapacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, butwithout passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code molded into thesidewall of a tire signifying that the tireis in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation (DOT)Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. TheDOT code includes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric


264 Vehicle Care

designator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand, and date of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Ratingfor the front axle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Ratingfor the rear axle. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Intended Outboard Sidewall : The sideof an asymmetrical tire, that mustalways face outward when mounted ona vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for airpressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire usedon light duty trucks and somemultipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index : An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that correspondsto the load carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure : Themaximum air pressure to which a coldtire can be inflated. The maximum airpressure is molded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The load ratingfor a tire at the maximum permissibleinflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : Thesum of curb weight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, and productionoptions weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : The numberof occupants a vehicle is designed toseat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Occupant Distribution : Designatedseating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : The side ofan asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The side of thetire that contains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bears manufacturer,brand, and/or model name molding

that is higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewall ofthe tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire usedon passenger cars and some light dutytrucks and multipurpose vehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure :Vehicle manufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shown on thetire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 265 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tire betweenthe tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumeric codeassigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.


Vehicle Care 265

Traction : The friction between the tireand the road surface. The amount ofgrip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire that comesinto contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands,sometimes called wear bars, that showacross the tread of a tire when only1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires 0 271.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality GradingStandards) : A tire information systemthat provides consumers with ratingsfor a tire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings are determined bytire manufacturers using governmenttesting procedures. The ratings aremolded into the sidewall of the tire.See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 273.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : The numberof designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs) plus therated cargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire :Load on an individual tire due to curbweight, accessory weight, occupantweight, and cargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A label permanentlyattached to a vehicle showing thevehicle's capacity weight and theoriginal equipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure. See“Tire and Loading Information Label”under Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount of airpressure to operate effectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good. Underinflatedtires, or tires that do not haveenough air, can result in:. Tire overloading and overheating

which could lead to a blowout.. Premature or irregular wear.. Poor handling.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued). Reduced battery-electric range.

Overinflated tires, or tires that havetoo much air, can result in:. Unusual wear.. Poor handling.. Rough ride.. Needless damage from road

hazards.

The Tire and Loading Information labelon the vehicle indicates the originalequipment tires and the correct coldtire inflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is the minimumair pressure needed to support thevehicle's maximum load carryingcapacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178.

How the vehicle is loaded affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort.Never load the vehicle with moreweight than it was designed to carry.


266 Vehicle Care

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tires once amonth or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-type gaugeto check the tire pressure. Proper tireinflation cannot be determined bylooking at the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tires arecold, meaning the vehicle has not beendriven for at least three hours or nomore than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firmlyonto the valve to get the pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no further adjustmentis necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low, add airuntil the recommended pressure isreached. If the inflation pressure inhigh, press on the metal stem in the

center of the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure with the tiregauge.

Put the valve caps back on the valvestems to keep out dirt and moisture.Use only valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could bedamaged and would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Tire Pressure Monitor SystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)uses radio and sensor technology to checktire pressure levels. The TPMS sensorsmonitor the air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufactureron the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel, you should determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates alow tire pressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressuretelltale illuminates, you should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure. Drivingon a significantly under-inflated tire causesthe tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance, andit is the driver's responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the telltalewill flash for approximately one minute andthen remain continuously illuminated. This


Vehicle Care 267

sequence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure asintended. TPMS malfunctions may occur fora variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alternate tiresor wheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacementor alternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 267.


Tire Pressure Monitor OperationThis vehicle may have a Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS). The TPMS isdesigned to warn the driver when a low tirepressure condition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tire andwheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor

the air pressure in the tires and transmitsthe tire pressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition isdetected, the TPMS illuminates the low tirepressure warning light located on theinstrument cluster. If the warning lightcomes on, stop as soon as possible andinflate the tires to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

A message to check the pressure in aspecific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The low tirepressure warning light and the DIC warningmessage come on at each ignition cycleusing POWERO until the tires are inflatedto the correct inflation pressure. Using theDIC, tire pressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and details about theDIC operation and displays see DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 103.

The low tire pressure warning light maycome on in cool weather when the vehicle isfirst started, and then turn off as the vehicleis driven. This could be an early indicatorthat the air pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label,attached to your vehicle, shows the size ofthe original equipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires when theyare cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 178, foran example of the Tire and LoadingInformation label and its location. Also seeTire Pressure 0 265.

The TPMS can warn about a low tirepressure condition but it does not replacenormal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection0 270, Tire Rotation 0 270 andTires 0 260.

CautionTire sealant materials are not all thesame. A non-approved tire sealant coulddamage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensordamage caused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by the vehicle

(Continued)


268 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)warranty. Always use only the GMapproved tire sealant available throughyour dealer or included in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits use aGM-approved liquid tire sealant. Usingnon-approved tire sealants could damage theTPMS sensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 276 for informationregarding the inflator kit materials andinstructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light and Message

The TPMS will not function properly if oneor more of the TPMS sensors are missing orinoperable. When the system detects amalfunction, the low tire warning lightflashes for about one minute and then stayson for the remainder of the ignition cycleusing POWERO. A DIC warning messagealso displays. The malfunction light and DICwarning message come on at each ignitioncycle using POWERO until the problem iscorrected. Some of the conditions that cancause these to come on are:. One of the road tires has been replaced

with the spare tire. The spare tire doesnot have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction

light and DIC message should go off afterthe road tire is replaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess” later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matching process wasnot done or not completed successfullyafter rotating the tires. The malfunctionlight and the DIC message should go offafter successfully completing the sensormatching process. See "TPMS SensorMatching Process" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors are missing ordamaged. The malfunction light and theDIC message should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See your dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels do not matchthe original equipment tires or wheels.Tires and wheels other than thoserecommended could prevent the TPMSfrom functioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 272.

. Operating electronic devices or being nearfacilities using radio wave frequenciessimilar to the TPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning properly itcannot detect or signal a low tire condition.See your dealer for service if the TPMSmalfunction light and DIC message come onand stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual and audiblealerts outside the vehicle to help wheninflating an underinflated tire to therecommended cold tire pressure.

When the low tire pressure warning lightcomes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated.The turn signal lamp will flash.

When the recommended pressure isreached, the horn sounds once and theturn signal lamp will stop flashing andbriefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for all underinflated tiresthat have illuminated the low tire pressurewarning light.


Vehicle Care 269

{ WarningOverinflating a tire could cause the tireto rupture and you or others could beinjured. Do not exceed the maximumpressure listed on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 261 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

If the tire is overinflated by more than35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multipletimes and the turn signal lamp will continueto flash for several seconds after fillingstops. To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is still flashing,briefly press the center of the valve stem.When the recommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flash within15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire,the tire fill alert has not been activated or isnot working.

If the hazard warning flashers are on, thetire fill alert visual feedback will not workproperly.

The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alertproperly under the following conditions:. There is interference from an external

device or transmitter.. The air pressure from the inflation device

is not sufficient to inflate the tire.. There is a malfunction in the TPMS.. There is a malfunction in the horn or turn

signal lamps.. The identification code of the TPMS

sensor is not registered to the system.. The battery of the TPMS sensor is low.

If the tire fill alert does not operate due toTPMS interference, move the vehicle about1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again.If the tire fill alert feature is not working,use a tire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identification codeneeds to be matched to a new tire/wheelposition after rotating the vehicle’s tires orreplacing one or more of the TPMS sensors.The TPMS sensor matching process shouldalso be performed after replacing a sparetire with a road tire containing the TPMSsensor. The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the next ignition

cycle using POWERO. The sensors arematched to the tire/wheel positions, using aTPMS relearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger side fronttire, passenger side rear tire, and driver siderear. See your dealer for service or topurchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn toolcan also be purchased. See Tire PressureMonitor Sensor Activation Tool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the firsttire/wheel position, and five minutes overallto match all four tire/wheel positions. If ittakes longer, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:


2. Press POWERO to start the vehicle. SeePower Button 0 181.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressure info pageoption is turned on. The info pages onthe DIC can be turned on and offthrough the Options menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 103.

4. Use the DIC controls on the right side ofthe steering wheel to scroll to the TirePressure screen under the DIC info page.


270 Vehicle Care

5. Press and hold the thumbwheel in thecenter of the DIC controls.

A message requesting acceptance of theprocess may display.

The horn sounds twice to signal thereceiver is in relearn mode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE message displays onthe DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver side front tire.

7. Place the relearn tool against the tiresidewall, near the valve stem. Then pressthe button to activate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that the sensoridentification code has been matched tothis tire and wheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire,and repeat the procedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire,and repeat the procedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, andrepeat the procedure in Step 7. The hornsounds two times to indicate the sensoridentification code has been matched tothe driver side rear tire, and the TPMSsensor matching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVEmessage on the DIC display screengoes off.


12. Set all four tires to the recommended airpressure level as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires, includingthe spare tire, if the vehicle has one, beinspected for signs of wear or damageat least once a month.

Replace the tire if:. The indicators at three or more

places around the tire can be seen.. There is cord or fabric showing

through the tire's rubber.. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut,

or snagged deep enough to showcord or fabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut, or otherdamage that cannot be repaired wellbecause of the size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every 12 000 km(7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule0 297.

Tires are rotated to achieve a moreuniform wear for all tires. The firstrotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotatethe tires as soon as possible, check forproper tire inflation pressure, and checkfor damaged tires or wheels. If theunusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheel alignment.See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 271andWheel Replacement 0 275.


Vehicle Care 271

Use this rotation pattern when rotatingthe tires.

Adjust the front and rear tires to therecommended inflation pressure on theTire and Loading Information label afterthe tires have been rotated. See TirePressure 0 265 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System.See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation0 267.

Check that all wheel nuts are properlytightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque”under Capacities and Specifications0 306.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, cancause wheel nuts to become looseover time. The wheel could come offand cause a crash. When changing awheel, remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attaches tothe vehicle. In an emergency, a clothor paper towel can be used; however,use a scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter of thewheel hub opening with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change or tirerotation to prevent corrosion or rustbuildup.

{ Warning

Do not apply grease to the wheelmounting surface, wheel conicalseats, or the wheel nuts or bolts.Grease applied to these areas couldcause a wheel to become loose orcome off, resulting in a crash.

When It Is Time for New TiresFactors, such as maintenance, temperatures,driving speeds, vehicle loading, and roadconditions affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way to tellwhen it is time for new tires. Treadwearindicators appear when the tires have only1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining.See Tire Inspection 0 270 andTire Rotation 0 270 for additionalinformation.

The rubber in tires ages over time. This alsoapplies to the spare tire, if the vehicle hasone, even if it is never used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loading conditions,and inflation pressure maintenance affect


272 Vehicle Care

how fast aging takes place. GM recommendsthat tires, including the spare if equipped,be replaced after six years, regardless oftread wear. To identify the age of a tire, usethe tire manufacture date, which is the lastfour digits of the DOT Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN) molded into one side of thetire sidewall. The last four digits of the TINindicate the tire manufactured date. Thefirst two digits represent the week and thelast two digits, the year. For example, thethird week of the year 2020 would have a4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is thefirst full week (Sunday through Saturday) ofeach year.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normally mounted ona parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will bestored for at least a month in a cool, dry,clean area away from direct sunlight to slowaging. This area should be free of grease,gasoline, or other substances that candeteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period can causeflat spots on the tires that may result invibrations while driving. When storing avehicle for at least a month, remove thetires or raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matched specifictires for the vehicle. The originalequipment tires installed were designedto meet General Motors TirePerformance Criteria Specification (TPCSpec) system rating. When replacementtires are needed, GM stronglyrecommends buying tires with the sameTPC Spec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Spec systemconsiders over a dozen criticalspecifications that impact the overallperformance of the vehicle, includingbrake system performance, ride andhandling, traction control, and tirepressure monitoring performance. GM'sTPC Spec number is molded onto thetire's sidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season tread design,the TPC Spec number will be followedby MS for mud and snow. See TireSidewall Labeling 0 261 for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worn tires incomplete sets of four. Uniform treaddepth on all tires will help to maintainthe performance of the vehicle. Brakingand handling performance may beadversely affected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time. If properrotation and maintenance have beendone, all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. However, if it isnecessary to replace only one axle setof worn tires, place the new tires onthe rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 270.

{ Warning

Tires could explode during improperservice. Attempting to mount ordismount a tire could cause injury ordeath. Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center should mount ordismount the tires.


Vehicle Care 273

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes (otherthan those originally installed on thevehicle), brands, tread patterns,or types may cause loss of vehiclecontrol, resulting in a crash or othervehicle damage. Use the correct size,brand, and type of tire on all wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on the vehiclemay cause the wheel rim flanges todevelop cracks after many miles ofdriving. A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheels onthe vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speed ratingas the original equipment tires may notbe available for H, V, W, Y and ZRspeed rated tires. Never exceed thewinter tires’ maximum speed capabilitywhen using winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

If the vehicle tires must be replacedwith a tire that does not have a TPCSpec number, make sure they are thesame size, load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as the originaltires.

The Tire and Loading Information labelindicates the original equipment tireson the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

Different Size Tires and WheelsIf wheels or tires are installed that are adifferent size than the original equipmentwheels and tires, vehicle performance,including its braking, ride and handlingcharacteristics, stability, and resistance torollover may be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilock brakes,rollover airbags, traction control, electronicstability control, or All-Wheel Drive, theperformance of these systems can also beaffected.

{ WarningIf different sized wheels are used, theremay not be an acceptable level ofperformance and safety if tires notrecommended for those wheels areselected. This increases the chance of acrash and serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systems developedfor the vehicle, and have them properlyinstalled by a GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 272 andAccessories and Modifications 0 241.

Uniform Tire Quality GradingThe following information relates to thesystem developed by the United StatesNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA), which gradestires by treadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. This appliesonly to vehicles sold in the UnitedStates. The grades are molded on thesidewalls of most passenger car tires.The Uniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not apply to deeptread, winter tires, compact spare tires,


274 Vehicle Care

tires with nominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to somelimited-production tires.

While the tires available on GeneralMotors passenger cars and light trucksmay vary with respect to these grades,they must also conform to federalsafety requirements and additionalGeneral Motors Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sectionwidth. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform toFederal Safety Requirements In AdditionTo These Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of thetire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified governmenttest course. For example, a tire graded150 would wear one and one-half (1½)

times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends upon theactual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Thosegrades represent the tire's ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on specifiedgovernment test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance. Warning:The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire's resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory testwheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performanceon the laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law. Warning:The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat buildupand possible tire failure.


Vehicle Care 275

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were aligned andbalanced at the factory to provide thelongest tire life and best overallperformance. Adjustments to wheelalignment and tire balancing are notnecessary on a regular basis. Consider analignment check if there is unusual tire wearor the vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull to theleft or right, depending on the crown of theroad and/or other road surface variationssuch as troughs or ruts, is normal. If thevehicle is vibrating when driving on asmooth road, the tires and wheels mayneed to be rebalanced. See your dealer forproper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent, cracked,or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nutskeep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts,and wheel nuts should be replaced. If thewheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminumwheels can be repaired. See your dealer ifany of these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind of wheel thatis needed.

Each new wheel should have the sameload-carrying capacity, diameter, width,offset, and be mounted the same way asthe one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts,or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS)sensors with new GM original equipmentparts.

{ WarningUsing the wrong replacement wheels,wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can bedangerous. It could affect the braking andhandling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causing a crash.Always use the correct wheel, wheelbolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

CautionThe wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brake cooling,speedometer or odometer calibration,headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tire chainclearance to the body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ WarningReplacing a wheel with a used one isdangerous. How it has been used or howfar it has been driven may be unknown.It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use a new GMoriginal equipment wheel.

Tire Chains

{ WarningDo not use tire chains. There is notenough clearance. Tire chains used on avehicle without the proper amount ofclearance can cause damage to thebrakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts.The area damaged by the tire chainscould cause loss of control and a crash.

Use another type of traction device onlyif its manufacturer recommends it for thevehicle's tire size combination and roadconditions. Follow that manufacturer'sinstructions. To avoid vehicle damage,drive slow and readjust or remove the

(Continued)


276 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

traction device if it contacts the vehicle.Do not spin the wheels. If tractiondevices are used, install them on thefront tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThe vehicle has no spare tire, no tirechanging equipment, and no place to storea tire.

If the vehicle has self-sealing tires, seeSelf-Sealing Tires 0 261. Tread puncturestypically will not cause tires to lose air.However, if the vehicle does get a flat tire,there is no spare tire, tire changingequipment, or place to store a tire. ContactRoadside Assistance for help.

It is unusual for a tire to blow out whiledriving, especially if the tires are maintainedproperly. See Tires 0 260. If air goes out ofa tire, it is much more likely to leak outslowly. But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expect andwhat to do.

If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates adrag that pulls the vehicle toward that side.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andgrip the steering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and then gentlybrake to a stop, well off the road,if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, actsmuch like a skid and may require the samecorrection as used in a skid. Stop pressingthe accelerator pedal and steer to straightenthe vehicle. It may be very bumpy andnoisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

{ WarningDriving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has been drivenon while severely underinflated or flatmay cause a blowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat. Have your dealer oran authorized tire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon as possible.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire andwheel damage by driving slowly to a levelplace, well off the road, if possible. Turn onthe hazard warning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 113.

This vehicle may come with a tire sealantand compressor kit. To use the tire sealantand compressor kit, see Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 276.

Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit

{ WarningOverinflating a tire could cause the tireto rupture and you or others could beinjured. Be sure to read and follow thetire sealant and compressor kitinstructions and inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do not exceedthe recommended pressure.


Vehicle Care 277

{ WarningStoring the tire sealant and compressorkit or other equipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle could causeinjury. In a sudden stop or collision, looseequipment could strike someone. Storethe tire sealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be a sparetire or tire changing equipment, and onsome vehicles there may not be a place tostore a tire.

The tire sealant and compressor can be usedto temporarily seal punctures up to 6 mm(0.25 in) in the tread area of the tire. It canalso be used to inflate an underinflated tire.

If the tire has been separated from thewheel, has damaged sidewalls, or has alarge puncture, the tire is too severelydamaged for the tire sealant andcompressor kit to be effective. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 311.

Read and follow all of the tire sealant andcompressor kit instructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered to the tiresealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expiration date on thetire sealant canister. The tire sealantcanister (4) should be replaced before itsexpiration date. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your local dealer.

There is only enough sealant to seal onetire. After usage, the tire sealant canistermust be replaced.


278 Vehicle Care

Using the Tire Sealant and CompressorKit to Temporarily Seal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant and compressorkit during cold temperatures, warm the kitin a heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tire faster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire andwheel damage by driving slowly to a levelplace. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 113.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 276 for otherimportant safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects that havepenetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) andcompressor from its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant and CompressorKit 0 282.

2. Remove the air only hose (10) and thepower plug (9) from the bottom of thecompressor.

3. Place the compressor on the ground nearthe flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) to thesealant canister inlet valve (1) by turningit clockwise until tight.

5. Slide the base of the tire sealantcanister (3) into the slot on the top ofthe compressor (6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground so thehose will reach it.

6. Remove the valve stem cap from the flattire by turning it counterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) to the tirevalve stem by turning it clockwise untiltight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in the vehicle.Unplug all items from other accessorypower outlets. See Power Outlets 0 80.


Vehicle Care 279

If the vehicle has an accessory poweroutlet, do not use the cigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter,use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plug cord in thedoor or window.

9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must berunning while using the air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn thetire sealant and compressor kit on.

The compressor will inject sealant and airinto the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) will initially showa high pressure while the compressorpushes the sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completely dispersed intothe tire, the pressure will quickly dropand start to rise again as the tire inflateswith air only.

11. Inflate the tire to the recommendedinflation pressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommended inflationpressure can be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 265.

The pressure gauge (8) may read higherthan the actual tire pressure while thecompressor is on. Turn the compressor

off to get an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turned on/offuntil the correct pressure is reached.

CautionIf the recommended pressure cannot bereached after approximately 25 minutes,the vehicle should not be driven farther.The tire is too severely damaged and thetire sealant and compressor kit cannotinflate the tire. Remove the power plugfrom the accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose from the tirevalve. See Roadside Assistance Program0 311.

12. Press the on/off button (5) to turn thetire sealant and compressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and will continueto leak air until the vehicle is driven andthe sealant is distributed in the tire.Therefore, Steps 13–21 must be doneimmediately after Step 12.

Be careful while handling the tire sealantand compressor kit as it could be warmafter usage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) from theaccessory power outlet in the vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove it from thetire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealant canister (4) fromthe slot on top of the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove it from thetire sealant canister inlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) clockwiseonto the sealant canister inlet valve (1)to prevent sealant leakage.

19. Return the air only hose (10) and powerplug (9) back to their original storagelocation.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflate to therecommended inflation pressure, removethe maximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it in a highlyvisible location.


280 Vehicle Care

Do not exceed the speed on this labeluntil the damaged tire is repaired orreplaced.

21. Return the equipment to its originalstorage location in the vehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle 8 km(5 mi) to distribute the sealant inthe tire.

23. Stop at a safe location and check the tirepressure. Refer to Steps 1–10 under“Using the Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallen more than68 kPa (10 psi) below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop driving thevehicle. The tire is too severely damagedand the tire sealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside Assistance Program 0 311.

If the tire pressure has not droppedmore than 68 kPa (10 psi) from therecommended inflation pressure, inflatethe tire to the recommended inflationpressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from the wheel,tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tire sealantcanister (4) at a local dealer or inaccordance with local state codes andpractices.

26. Replace it with a new canister availablefrom your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tire using thetire sealant and compressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealer within161 km (100 mi) of driving to have thetire repaired or replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire andwheel damage by driving slowly to a levelplace. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 113.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 276 for otherimportant safety warnings.


Vehicle Care 281

1. Remove the compressor from its storagelocation. See Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 282.

2. Remove the air only hose (10) and thepower plug (9) from the bottom of thecompressor.

3. Place the compressor on the ground nearthe flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stem ispositioned close to the ground so thehose will reach it.

4. Remove the valve stem cap from the flattire by turning it counterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) to the tirevalve stem by turning it clockwise untiltight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in the vehicle.Unplug all items from other accessorypower outlets. See Power Outlets 0 80.

If the vehicle has an accessory poweroutlet, do not use the cigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has a cigarette lighter,use the cigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plug cord in thedoor or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle must berunning while using the air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) to turn thetire sealant and compressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate the tire withair only.

9. Inflate the tire to the recommendedinflation pressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommended inflationpressure can be found on the Tire andLoading Information label. See TirePressure 0 265.

The pressure gauge (8) may read higherthan the actual tire pressure while thecompressor is on. Turn the compressoroff to get an accurate pressure reading.The compressor may be turned on/offuntil the correct pressure is reached.

CautionIf the recommended pressure cannot bereached after approximately 25 minutes,the vehicle should not be driven farther.The tire is too severely damaged and thetire sealant and compressor kit cannotinflate the tire. Remove the power plugfrom the accessory power outlet and

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)unscrew the inflating hose from the tirevalve. See Roadside Assistance Program0 311.

10. Press the on/off button (5) to turn thetire sealant and compressor kit off.

Be careful while handling the compressoras it could be warm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) from theaccessory power outlet in the vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove it from thetire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valve stem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10) and powerplug (9) back to their original storagelocation.

15. Return the equipment to its originalstorage location in the vehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kit hasaccessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of its housingthat can be used to inflate air mattresses,balls, etc.


282 Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 18.

2. Lift up the load floor.

3. Remove the tire sealant canister and thecompressor.

To store the tire sealant canister and thecompressor, reverse the steps.

Jump StartingJump Starting - North AmericaFor more information about the vehiclebattery, see Battery - North America 0 248.

If the 12-volt battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and some jumper cablesto start your vehicle. Be sure to use thefollowing steps to do it safely.

{ WarningThe high voltage battery cannot be jumpstarted either with another vehicle orbattery charger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle could result.

{ WarningWARNING: Battery posts, terminals andrelated accessories can expose you tochemicals including lead and leadcompounds, which are known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling. For moreinformation go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

See the warning on the back cover.

{ WarningBatteries can hurt you. They can bedangerous because:

. They contain acid that can burn you.

. They contain gas that can explode orignite.

. They contain enough electricity toburn you.

If you do not follow these steps exactly,some or all of these things can hurt you.

CautionIgnoring these steps could result in costlydamage to the vehicle that would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Tryingto start the vehicle by pushing or pullingit will not work, and it could damage thevehicle.


Vehicle Care 283

Discharged Battery Positive (+) Terminal

The discharged battery positive (+) terminalis on the driver side of the vehicle, under abracket and a trim cover.

Remove the bracket and open the trim coverto expose the terminal.

Discharged Battery Negative (–) GroundingPoint

The discharged battery negative (–)grounding point is a stud on a bracketlocated near the Accessory PowerModule (APM).

The good battery positive (+) terminal andthe good battery negative (–) terminal areon the battery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a12-volt battery with a negative groundsystem.

CautionIf the other vehicle does not have a12-volt system with a negative ground,both vehicles can be damaged. Only usea vehicle that has a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles so that theyare not touching.

3. Set the parking brake and shift intoP (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 183.

CautionIf any accessories are left on or pluggedin during the jump starting procedure,they could be damaged. The repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turn off orunplug all accessories on either vehiclewhen jump starting.

4. Turn the vehicle off. Turn off all lightsand accessories in both vehicles, exceptthe hazard warning flashers if needed.


284 Vehicle Care

{ WarningAn electric fan can start up even whenthe propulsion system is not operatingand can injure you. Keep hands, clothingand tools away from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ WarningUsing a match near a battery can causebattery gas to explode. People have beenhurt doing this, and some have beenblinded. Use a flashlight if you needmore light.

Battery fluid contains acid that can burnyou. Do not get it on you. If youaccidentally get it in your eyes or onyour skin, flush the place with water andget medical help immediately.

{ WarningFans or other moving propulsion systemparts can injure you badly. Keep yourhands away from moving parts once thepropulsion system is operating.

5. Connect one end of the red positive (+)cable to the discharged batterypositive (+) terminal.

6. Connect the other end of the redpositive (+) cable to the good batterypositive (+) terminal.

7. Connect one end of the black negative(–) cable to the good battery negative(–) terminal.

8. Connect the other end of the blacknegative (–) cable to the dischargedbattery negative (–) grounding point.

9. Start the vehicle with the good battery.

10. Try to start the vehicle with thedischarged battery. If it will not startafter a few tries, it probably needsservice.

CautionIf the jumper cables are connected orremoved in the wrong order, electricalshorting may occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Always connectand remove the jumper cables in thecorrect order, making sure that the cablesdo not touch each other or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

Towing the Vehicle

CautionIncorrectly transporting a disabled vehiclemay cause damage to the vehicle. Useproper tire straps and do not strap orhook to any frame, underbody,or suspension component not specifiedbelow. Do not move vehicles with driveaxle tires on the ground. Damage is notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

CautionThe vehicle may be equipped with anElectric Parking Brake and/or an ElectronicTransmission Range Select (ETRS) shifter.In the event of a loss of 12 v batterypower, the electric parking brake cannotbe released, and the vehicle cannot beshifted to N (Neutral). Tire skates ordollies must be used under thenon-rolling tires to prevent damage while

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 285

Caution (Continued)loading/unloading the vehicle. Draggingthe vehicle will cause damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

CautionThe vehicle may be equipped with a toweye. Improper use of the tow eye maycause damage to the vehicle and is notcovered by the vehicle warranty.If equipped, use the tow eye to load thevehicle onto a flatbed tow truck from aflat road surface, or to move the vehiclea very short distance at a walking pace.The tow eye is not designed for off-roadrecovery. The vehicle must be inN (Neutral) with the Electric ParkingBrake released when using the tow eye.

Contact a professional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be transported. GMrecommends a flatbed tow truck totransport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps tohelp reduce approach angles, if necessary.

If equipped, a tow eye may be located nearthe spare tire or emergency jack. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle from thesnow, mud, sand, or ditch. Tow eye threadsmay have right or left-hand threads. UseCaution when installing or removing thetow eye.

The vehicle must be in Neutral and theElectric Parking Brake must be releasedwhen loading the vehicle onto a flatbed towtruck. If the vehicle is equipped withcar-wash mode and has 12 v power available,the following procedure can be used toplace the vehicle in Neutral.

1. Refer to “car wash mode” under ElectricDrive Unit 0 184.

If the 12 v battery is dead, the vehicle willnot go into Vehicle Ready Mode. Try tojump start the vehicle with a known good12 v battery and retry car wash mode fromabove. Refer to Jump Starting - NorthAmerica 0 282. If unsuccessful, the vehiclewill not move. Tire skates or dollies must beused under the non-rolling tires to preventvehicle damage.

Front Tow Eye Attachment Point

Carefully open the cover in the fascia byusing the small notch that conceals the toweye socket.


286 Vehicle Care

Install the tow eye into the socket and turnit until it is fully tightened. When the toweye is removed, reinstall the cover with thenotch in the original position.

Rear Tow Eye Attachment Point

Carefully open the cover in the fascia byusing the small notch that conceals the toweye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket and turnit until it is fully tightened. When the toweye is removed, reinstall the cover with thenotch in the original position.

Recreational Vehicle TowingRecreational vehicle towing means towingthe vehicle behind another vehicle, such asbehind a motor home. The two mostcommon types of recreational vehicletowing are known as dinghy towing anddolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on the ground.Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with twowheels on the ground and two wheels upon a device known as a dolly.


Vehicle Care 287

Here are some important things to considerbefore recreational vehicle towing:. Before towing the vehicle, become

familiar with the local laws that apply torecreational vehicle towing. These lawsmay vary by region.

. What is the towing capacity of thetowing vehicle? Be sure to read the towvehicle manufacturer's recommendations.

. How far will the vehicle be towed? Somevehicles have restrictions on how far andhow long they can tow.

. Does the vehicle have the proper towingequipment? See your dealer or traileringprofessional for additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just aspreparing the vehicle for a long trip,make sure the vehicle is prepared to betowed.

CautionUse of a shield mounted in front of thevehicle grille could restrict airflow andcause damage to the electric drive unit.The repairs would not be covered by the

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)vehicle warranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to the towingvehicle.

Dinghy Towing

CautionIf the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, the drivetraincomponents could be damaged. Therepairs would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground.

The vehicle was not designed to be towedwith all four wheels on the ground. If thevehicle must be towed, a dolly should beused. See “Dolly Towing” following.

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rear wheelson the ground and the front wheels on adolly.

To tow the vehicle from the front with therear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on the dolly.

2. Shift the vehicle into P (Park). SeeShifting Into Park 0 183.


288 Vehicle Care


4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing the vehicle anddolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


8. Open the hood.

9. Wait two minutes.

10. Disconnect the negative (-) terminalconnector from the 12-volt battery.

11. Close and latch the hood.

Towing the Vehicle from the Rear

CautionTowing the vehicle from the rear coulddamage it. Also, repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty. Neverhave the vehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance CareExterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use ade-icing agent only when absolutelynecessary, and have the locks greased afterusing.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash itoften and out of direct sunlight.

CautionDo not use petroleum-based, acidic,or abrasive cleaning agents as they candamage the vehicle's paint, metal,or plastic parts. If damage occurs, itwould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaning products can

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)be obtained from your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding correctproduct usage, necessary safetyprecautions, and appropriate disposal ofany vehicle care product.

CautionAvoid using high-pressure washes closerthan 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of thevehicle. Use of power washers exceeding8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result indamage or removal of paint and decals.

If using an automatic car wash, follow thecar wash instructions. The windshield wiperand rear window wiper, if equipped, mustbe off. Remove any accessories that may bedamaged or interfere with the car washequipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washing andafter, to remove all cleaning agentscompletely. If they are allowed to dry onthe surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois oran all-cotton towel to avoid surfacescratches and water spotting.


Vehicle Care 289

Cleaning Underhood Components

CautionDo not power wash any componentunder the hood that has thisesymbol.

This could cause damage that would notbe covered by the vehicle warranty.

Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harmunderhood components. The usages of thesechemicals should be avoided.

Recommend water only.

A pressure washer may be used, but caremust be utilized. The following criteria mustbe followed:. Water pressure must be kept below

14 000 KPa (2,000 PSI).. Water temperature must be below 80 °C

(180 °F).. Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle

spray pattern or wider must be used.. Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft)

away from all surfaces.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/wax materials is not recommended.If painted surfaces are damaged, see yourdealer to have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such as calciumchloride and other salts, ice melting agents,road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings,chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if they remainon painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle assoon as possible. If necessary, usenon-abrasive cleaners that are marked safefor painted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mild polishingshould be done to remove residue from thepaint finish. See your dealer for approvedcleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoatedplastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulatedwood, or flat paint as damage can occur.

CautionMachine compounding or aggressivepolishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paintfinish may damage it. Use only

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)non-abrasive waxes and polishes that aremade for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finishon the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new, keepthe vehicle garaged or covered wheneverpossible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings

CautionFailure to clean and protect the brightmetal moldings can result in a hazywhite finish or pitting. This damagewould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

The bright metal moldings on the vehicleare aluminum or stainless steel. To preventdamage always follow these cleaninginstructions:. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch

before applying any cleaning solution.. Use a cleaning solution approved for

aluminum or stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic or containalkaline substances and can damage themoldings.


290 Vehicle Care. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner

according to the manufacturer’sinstructions.

. Do not use chrome cleaners.

. Do not use cleaners that are not intendedfor automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicleafter washing to protect and extend themolding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses,Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, a softcloth, and a car washing soap to cleanexterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals andstripes. Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, and somehave a UV protective coating. Do not cleanor wipe them while they are dry.

Do not use any of the following on lampcovers:. Abrasive or caustic agents.. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents

in higher concentrations than suggestedby the manufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harshcleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps or coverswhile the lamps are illuminated, due toexcessive heat generated.

CautionFailure to clean lamps properly can causedamage to the lamp cover that wouldnot be covered by the vehicle warranty.

CautionUsing wax on low gloss black finishstripes can increase the gloss level andcreate a non-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap and water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes, betweenthe hood and windshield, when washing thevehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshield withglass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth orpaper towel soaked with windshield washerfluid or a mild detergent. Wash the

windshield thoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildupof vehicle wash/wax treatments may causewiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn ordamaged. Damage can be caused byextreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat,sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak. Lubricateweatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dryclimates may require more frequentapplication. Black marks from rubbermaterial on painted surfaces can be removedby rubbing with a clean cloth.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to cleanthe tires.

CautionUsing petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on the vehicle may damage thepaint finish and/or tires. When applying a

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 291

Caution (Continued)tire dressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all painted surfaces onthe vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap andwater to clean the wheels. After rinsingthoroughly with clean water, dry with asoft, clean towel. A wax may then beapplied.

CautionChrome wheels and chrome wheel trimmay be damaged if the vehicle is notwashed after driving on roads that havebeen sprayed with magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are used on roadsfor conditions such as dust and ice.Always wash the chrome with soap andwater after exposure.

CautionTo avoid surface damage on wheels andwheel trim, do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners,

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)or brushes. Use only GM approvedcleaners. Do not drive the vehicle throughan automatic car wash that uses siliconcarbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes.Damage could occur and the repairswould not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hoses forproper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wearand rotors for surface condition. Inspectdrum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks.Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, and ChassisComponents

Visually inspect steering, suspension, andchassis components for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear at leastonce a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity joint bootsand axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges,liftgate hinges, steel charge port door, andpower assist step hinges, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applying siliconegrease on weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, seal better, andnot stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall, useplain water to flush any corrosive materialsfrom the underbody. Take care tothoroughly clean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheetmetal repair or replacement, make sure thebody repair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired or replaced torestore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement parts willprovide the corrosion protection whilemaintaining the vehicle warranty.


292 Vehicle Care

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips and scratcheswith touch-up materials available from yourdealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas offinish damage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attackpainted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy,ring-shaped discolorations, and small,irregular dark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care” previously in thissection.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularlyclean the vehicle's interior. Before usingcleaners, read and follow all safetyinstructions on the label. While cleaning theinterior, open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation. Newspapers or darkgarments can transfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

CautionImmediately remove cleaners, handlotions, sunscreen, and insect repellentfrom all interior surfaces or permanentdamage may result.

CautionUse cleaners specifically designed for thesurfaces being cleaned to preventpermanent damage to the vehicle. Applyall cleaners directly to a cleaning cloth.Do not spray cleaners on any switches orcontrols.

When using liquid soap cleaners, follow thedirections on the specific cleaner or soapsolution for dilution instructions.

CautionTo prevent damage:

. Never use a razor or any other sharpobject to remove soil from any interiorsurface

. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.(Continued)

Caution (Continued). Never rub any surface aggressively or

with too much pressure.

. Do not get any exposed electricalcomponents wet.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps with degreasers. Donot use solutions that contain strongor caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate the upholsterywhen cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

. Do not use disinfecting wipes that arescented or contain bleach. Do not usewipes or cleaners that show a colortransfer to the wipe or change theappearance of the interior surfacewhen used.

. Do not use scented or gel-type handsanitizers. If hand sanitizer comes incontact with interior surfaces of thevehicle, blot immediately and cleanwith a soft cloth dampened with amild soap and water solution.


Vehicle Care 293

Interior Glass

To clean, use a microfiber cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe droplets leftbehind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary,use a commercial glass cleaner aftercleaning with plain water.

CautionTo prevent scratching, never use abrasivecleaners on automotive glass. Abrasivecleaners or aggressive cleaning maydamage the rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with water duringthe first three to six months of ownershipwill reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, sothat the speaker will not be damaged. Cleanspots with water and mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge

or soft, lint-free cloth dampened withwater.

. When heavily soiled, use warm soapywater.

Vinyl/Rubber

If equipped with vinyl floor and rubber floormats, use a soft cloth and/or brushdampened with water to remove dust andloose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, usea mild soap and water solution.

{ WarningDo not use cleaners that contain silicone,wax-based products, or cleaners thatincrease gloss on vinyl/rubber floor andmats. These cleaners can permanentlychange the appearance and feel of thevinyl/rubber and can make the floorslippery. Your foot could slip whileoperating the vehicle, and you could losecontrol, resulting in a crash. You orothers could be injured.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface using a softbrush attachment. If a rotating vacuumbrush attachment is being used, only use iton the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil as possible:. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel.

Continue blotting until no more soil canbe removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much aspossible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast clothwith water. Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent lint transfer tothe fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture by gentlywringing until water does not drip fromthe cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil andgently rub toward the center. Fold thecleaning cloth to a clean area frequentlyto prevent forcing the soil into thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled areauntil there is no longer any colortransfer from the soil to the cleaningcloth.

5. If the soil is not completely removed,use a mild soap solution followed onlyby plain water.

If the soil is not completely removed, it maybe necessary to use a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hiddenarea for colorfastness before using a


294 Vehicle Care

commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter.If ring formation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel to blotexcess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and VehicleInformation and Radio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfacesor vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristlebrush to remove dirt that can scratch thesurface. Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use window cleanersor solvents. Periodically hand wash themicrofiber cloth separately, using mild soap.Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry before next use.

CautionDo not attach a device with a suction cupto the display. This may cause damageand would not be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, OtherPlastic Surfaces, Low Gloss PaintSurfaces, and Natural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust fromknobs and crevices on the instrumentcluster. Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to remove dust andloose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning,use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with amild soap and water solution.

CautionSoaking or saturating leather, especiallyperforated leather, as well as otherinterior surfaces, may cause permanentdamage. Wipe excess moisture fromthese surfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never use heat,steam, or spot removers. Do not useliquids that contain alcohol or solvents onleather seats. Do not use cleaners thatcontain silicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing these solvents canpermanently change the appearance andfeel of leather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increase gloss,especially on the instrument panel. Reflectedglare can decrease visibility through thewindshield under certain conditions.

CautionUse of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plastics andpainted surfaces. If an air freshenercomes in contact with any plastic orpainted surface in the vehicle, blotimmediately and clean with a soft clothdampened with a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air fresheners wouldnot be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and Convenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm water andmild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach.Rinse with cold water, and then drycompletely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.


Vehicle Care 295

{ WarningDo not bleach or dye seat belt webbing.It may severely weaken the webbing. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only with mildsoap and lukewarm water. Allow thewebbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ WarningIf a floor mat is the wrong size or is notproperly installed, it can interfere withthe pedals. Interference with the pedalscan cause unintended acceleration and/orincreased stopping distance which cancause a crash and injury. Make sure thefloor mat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines for proper floormat use.. The original equipment floor mats are

designed for your vehicle. If the floormats need to be replaced, it isrecommended that GM-certified floormats are purchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and may interferewith the pedals. Always check that thefloor mats do not interfere with thepedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle isnot equipped with a floor mat retainer onthe driver side floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correct sideup. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top of thedriver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on thedriver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on top ofanother.

Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor mat tounlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retaineropenings over the carpet retainers and snapinto position.

Make sure the floor mat is properly securedin place.

Verify the floor mat does not interfere withthe pedals.

Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-WeatherMats and Floor Liners)

See “Vinyl/Rubber” under Interior Care0 292 for important cleaning information.


296 Service and Maintenance

Service and MaintenanceGeneral InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Owner Checks and ServicesOwner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Additional Maintenance and CareAdditional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 300

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, andPartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 303

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

General InformationYour vehicle is an important investment.This section describes the requiredmaintenance for the vehicle. Follow thisschedule to help protect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It may also help tomaintain the value of the vehicle if it issold. It is the responsibility of the owner tohave all required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicians who canperform required maintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They have up-to-datetools and equipment for fast and accuratediagnostics. Many dealers have extendedevening and Saturday hours, courtesytransportation, and online scheduling toassist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importance ofproviding competitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trained technicians,the dealer is the place for routinemaintenance such as tire rotations andadditional maintenance items like tires,brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.

CautionDamage caused by improper maintenancecan lead to costly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids, andlubricants are important to keep thevehicle in good working condition.

Do not have chemical flushes that are notapproved by GM performed on thevehicle. The use of flushes, solvents,cleaners, or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damage thevehicle, requiring expensive repairs thatare not covered by the vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 297

The Tire Rotation and Required Services arethe responsibility of the vehicle owner. It isrecommended to have your dealer performthese services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keepthe vehicle in good working condition.

The Additional Required Services are forvehicles that:. Carry passengers and cargo within

recommended limits on the Tire andLoading Information label. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

. Are driven on reasonable road surfaceswithin legal driving limits.

Refer to the information in the MaintenanceSchedule Additional Required Services chart.

{ WarningPerforming maintenance work can bedangerous and can cause serious injury.Perform maintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools, andequipment are available. If they are not,see your dealer to have a trainedtechnician do the work. See Doing YourOwn Service Work 0 241.

Maintenance ScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Once a Month. Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire

Pressure 0 265.. Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire

Inspection 0 270.. Check the windshield washer fluid level.

See Washer Fluid 0 246.

Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace EverySeven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years. This servicerequires replacement of the desiccant tohelp the longevity and efficient operation ofthe air conditioning system. This service canbe complex. See your dealer.

Tire Rotation and Required ServicesEvery 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended for thevehicle, and perform the following services.See Tire Rotation 0 270.. Check coolant level. See Cooling System0 245.

. Check windshield washer fluid level. SeeWasher Fluid 0 246.

. Check tire inflation pressures. See TirePressure 0 265.

. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection0 270.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care0 288.

. Visually inspect steering, suspension, andchassis components for damage, includingcracks or tears in the rubber boots, looseor missing parts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care 0 288.


298 Service and Maintenance. Inspect power steering for proper

attachment, connections, binding, leaks,cracks, chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts and driveshafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks,and/or damage including: tube dents orcracks, constant velocity joint or universaljoint looseness, cracked or missing boots,loose or missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness, loose ormissing fasteners, and axle seal leaks.

. Check restraint system components. SeeSafety System Check 0 42.

. Lubricate body components. See ExteriorCare 0 288.

. Check accelerator pedal for damage, higheffort, or binding. Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signs ofwear, cracks, or other damage. Check thehold open ability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service the gas strut.See Gas Strut(s) 0 251.

. Check tire sealant expiration date,if equipped. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 276.



Maintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services

12000km

/7,500mi

24000km

/15,000mi

36000km

/22,50

0mi

48000km

/30,0

00mi

60000km

/37,50

0mi

72000km

/45,000mi

84000km

/52,50

0mi

96000km

/60,0

00mi

108000km

/67,50

0mi

120000km

/75,000mi

132000km

/82,50

0mi

144000km

/90,0

00mi

156000km

/97,50

0mi

168000km

/105,000mi

180000km

/112

,500mi

192000km

/120

,000mi

204000km

/127

,500mi

216000km

/135

,000mi

228000km

/142

,500mi

240000km

/150

,000mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Drain and fill vehicle coolant circuits. (2) @

Replace brake fluid. (3)

Replace front and rear wiper blades. (4) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (5) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (6)

Footnotes — Maintenance ScheduleAdditional Required Services

(1) Or every two years, whichever comesfirst. More frequent passenger compartmentair filter replacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic, poor airquality, high dust levels, or environmentalallergens. Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed if there isreduced airflow, window fogging, or odors.Your GM dealer can help determine when toreplace the filter.

(2) Or every five years, whichever comesfirst. See Cooling System 0 245.

(3) Replace brake fluid every five years. SeeBrake Fluid 0 247.

(4) Or every 12 months, whichever comesfirst. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 249.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first.See Gas Strut(s) 0 251.

(6) Replace air conditioning desiccant everyseven years.

Owner Checks and Services. At least twice a year, have underbody

flushing service performed. See"Underbody Maintenance" in Exterior Care0 288.



Additional Maintenanceand CareYour vehicle is an important investment andcaring for it properly may help to avoidfuture costly repairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additional maintenanceservices may be required. It is recommendedthat your dealer perform these services —their trained dealer technicians know yourvehicle best. Your dealer can also perform athorough assessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when your vehiclemay need attention. The following list isintended to explain the services andconditions to look for that may indicateservices are required.

Battery

The battery supplies power to operate anyadditional electrical accessories.. To avoid break-down or failure, maintain

a battery with full power.. Trained dealer technicians have the

diagnostic equipment to test the batteryand ensure that the connections andcables are corrosion-free.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial tosafe driving.. Signs of brake wear may include chirping,

grinding, or squealing noises, or difficultystopping.

. Trained dealer technicians have access totools and equipment to inspect the brakesand recommend quality parts engineeredfor the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluidsprotect the vehicle’s systems andcomponents. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 302 for GM approved fluids.. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir

filled.. Instrument cluster lights may come on to

indicate that fluids may be low and needto be filled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should beregularly inspected to ensure that there areno cracks or leaks. With a multi-pointinspection, your dealer can inspect the hosesand advise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps, taillamps, andbrake lamps are important to see and beseen on the road.. Signs that the headlamps need attention

include dimming, failure to light, cracking,or damage. The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensure that theylight when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection, your dealercan check the lamps and note anyconcerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in control for asmoother ride.. Signs of wear may include steering wheel

vibration, bounce/sway while braking,longer stopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-point inspection,trained dealer technicians can visuallyinspect the shocks and struts for signs ofleaking, blown seals, or damage, and canadvise when service is needed.



Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated,and balanced. Maintaining the tires can savemoney and reduce the risk of tire failure.. Signs that the tires need to be replaced

include three or more visible treadwearindicators; cord or fabric showing throughthe rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread orsidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians can inspect andrecommend the right tires. Your dealercan also provide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smooth vehicleoperation at all speeds. Your dealer sellsand services name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking like new,vehicle care products are available from yourdealer. For information on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior and exterior,see Interior Care 0 292 andExterior Care 0 288.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring thatthe tires deliver optimal wear andperformance.. Signs that the alignment may need to be

adjusted include pulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the required equipmentto ensure proper wheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the bestviewing, keep the windshield clean andclear.. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks,

and chips.. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the

windshield and recommend properreplacement if needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept ingood condition to provide a clear view.. Signs of wear include streaking, skipping

across the windshield, and worn or splitrubber.

. Trained dealer technicians can check thewiper blades and replace them whenneeded.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids and LubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Electric Drive Unit See your dealer.

Hydraulic Brake System GM approved DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid.

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Liftgate Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer.

Vehicle Coolant Circuits Use only ACDelco Premix (50/50 mixture of de-ionized water and DEX-COOL Coolant). Seeyour dealer.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Wiper Blades

IDriver Side – 68 cm (26.8 in)

42724844 —

IPassenger Side – 68 cm (26.8 in)

42772946 —

IRear – 30 cm (11.8 in)

42772947 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performedin the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed


Technical Data 305

Technical DataVehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 305Service Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Vehicle DataCapacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 306

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the front corner ofthe instrument panel, on the driver side ofthe vehicle. It can be seen through thewindshield from outside. The VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) also appears onthe Vehicle Certification label and certificatesof title and registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is theengine code. This code identifies thevehicle's engine, specifications, andreplacement parts. See “EngineSpecifications” under Capacities andSpecifications 0 306 for the vehicle'sengine code.

Service Parts IdentificationThere may be a large barcode on thecertification label on the center pillar thatyou can scan for the following information:. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Model designation. Paint information. Production options

If there is not a large barcode on this label,then you will find this same information ona label inside of the trunk.


306 Technical Data

Vehicle DataCapacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 302 for more information.

Application Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning RefrigerantFor the air conditioning system refrigerant charge type andamount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your

dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems*

IHigh Voltage Battery7.0 L 7.4 qt

IPower Electronics3.8 L 4.0 qt

IHeater2.0 L 2.1 qt


Technical Data 307

Application Capacities

Metric English

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid levelafter filling.

*Cooling systems capacity values are based on the individual cooling system and its components.


308 Customer Information

Customer InformationCustomer InformationCustomer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . 308Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . 309Customer Assistance for Text Telephone(TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . 311Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . 312Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . 312Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . 315Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to the UnitedStates Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Reporting Safety Defects to GeneralMotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Vehicle Data Recording and PrivacyVehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . 317Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction ProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill are importantto your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally,any concerns with the sales transaction orthe operation of the vehicle will be resolvedby your dealer's sales or servicedepartments. Sometimes, however, despitethe best intentions of all concerned,misunderstandings can occur. If your concernhas not been resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with amember of dealership management.Normally, concerns can be quickly resolvedat that level. If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service, or partsmanager, contact the owner of yourdealership or the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting a member ofdealership management, it appears yourconcern cannot be resolved by yourdealership without further help, in the U.S.,call the Chevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, callGeneral Motors of Canada Customer CareCentre at 1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-freenumber in order to give your inquiryprompt attention. Have the followinginformation available to give the CustomerAssistance representative:. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is

available from the vehicle registration ortitle, or the plate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visible through thewindshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet, remember thatyour concern will likely be resolved at adealer's facility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both GeneralMotors and your dealer are committed tomaking sure you are completely satisfiedwith your new vehicle. However, if youcontinue to remain unsatisfied afterfollowing the procedure outlined inSteps One and Two, you can file with theBetter Business Bureau (BBB) AUTO LINEProgram to enforce your rights.

The BBB AUTO LINE Program is anout-of-court program administered by BBBNational Programs, Inc. to settle automotive


Customer Information 309

disputes regarding vehicle repairs or theinterpretation of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Although you may be required toresort to this informal dispute resolutionprogram prior to filing a court action, use ofthe program is free of charge and your casewill generally be heard within 40 days.If you do not agree with the decision givenin your case, you may reject it and proceedwith any other venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB AUTO LINEProgram using the toll-free telephonenumber or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB AUTO LINE a Division ofBBB National Programs, Inc.1676 International DriveSuite 550McLean, VA 22102

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all 50 states andthe District of Columbia. Eligibility is limitedby vehicle age, mileage, and other factors.

General Motors reserves the right to changeeligibility limitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.

STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In theevent that you do not feel your concernshave been addressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps One and Two,General Motors of Canada Company wantsyou to be aware of its participation in ano-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of Canada Company hascommitted to binding arbitration of ownerdisputes involving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The program provides for thereview of the facts involved by an impartialthird party arbiter, and may include aninformal hearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that the entiredispute settlement process, from the timeyou file your complaint to the final decision,should be completed in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in most jurisdictionsbecause it is informal, quick, and free ofcharge.

For further information concerning eligibilityin the Canadian Motor Vehicle ArbitrationPlan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685,

or call the General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of Canada CompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompanied by theVehicle Identification Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance OfficesChevrolet encourages customers to call thetoll-free number for assistance. However, if acustomer wishes to write or e-mailChevrolet, the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices(TTYs))Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872



From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada CompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices(TTYs))Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local General MotorsBusiness Unit.

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) UsersTo assist customers who are deaf, hard ofhearing, or speech-impaired and who useText Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.

can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

The Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.)my.chevrolet.com

Learn more about your vehicle features,shop for and manage your connectedservices and OnStar plans, and accessdiagnostic information specific to yourvehicle.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manuals and viewvehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, andVehicle Diagnostic Information. Scheduleservice appointments.

I : View service records from yourdealership and add your own.

D : Select a preferred dealer and viewlocations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). See VehicleIdentification Number (VIN) 0 305.

H : Manage your profile and paymentinformation. View your GM Rewards Cardearnings and My Chevrolet Rewards points.

F : Chat with online help representatives.

Visit my.chevrolet.com and create anaccount today.

Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada)mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) or my.chevrolet.ca(French) to access similar benefits to theU.S. site.

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram



This program is available to qualifiedapplicants for cost reimbursement, up tocertain limits, of eligible aftermarketadaptive equipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or a wheelchair/scooter lift for the vehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobility program,see www.gmmobility.com or call the GMMobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935.Text Telephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also has aMobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details.TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Assistance ProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926; TextTelephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 daysa year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance, have thefollowing information ready:. Your name, home address, and home

telephone number.

. Telephone number of your location.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and license platenumber of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN), and delivery date of thevehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for the duration of thevehicle’s powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle iscovered. In Canada, a person driving thevehicle without permission from the owneris not covered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part of the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. General MotorsNorth America and Chevrolet reserve theright to make any changes or discontinuethe Roadside Assistance program at anytime without notification.

General Motors North America and Chevroletreserve the right to limit services orpayment to an owner or driver if theydecide the claims are made too often, or thesame type of claim is made many times.

Services Provided. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the

vehicle if you are locked out. A remoteunlock may be available if you haveOnStar. For security reasons, the drivermust present identification before thisservice is given.

. Emergency Tow from a Public Road orHighway: Tow to the nearest certifiedBolt EV dealer for warranty service, or ifthe vehicle was in a crash and cannot bedriven. Assistance is not given when thevehicle is stuck in the sand, mud,or snow.

Emergency towing may be covered duringthe Extended Vehicle (EV) warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: If the tire has beenseparated from the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a large puncture, the tireis too severely damaged for the selfsealing tire to be effective and the vehiclewill have to be towed. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is not coveredby the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump starta dead battery.


312 Customer Information. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:

If your trip is interrupted due to awarranty event, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within the Powertrainwarranty period. Items considered arereasonable and customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle being deliveredback to the customer, up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included in RoadsideAssistance. Impound towing caused by violation of

any laws.. Legal fines.. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of

snow tires, chains, or other tractiondevices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle is in anarea that is not accessible to the servicevehicle or is not a regularly traveled ormaintained public road, which includes iceand winter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific to Canadian Vehicles. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is

required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance:Must be over 150 km (93 mi) from wherethe trip was started to qualify.Pre-authorization, original detailedreceipts, and a copy of the repair ordersare required. Once authorization has beenreceived, the Roadside Assistance advisorwill help to make arrangements andexplain how to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: If assistance cannotbe provided right away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may give permission toget local emergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100, aftersending the original receipt to RoadsideAssistance. Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost for parts andlabor for repairs not covered by thewarranty are the owner's responsibility.

Scheduling Service AppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warranty service,contact your dealer and request anappointment. By scheduling a serviceappointment and advising the serviceconsultant of your transportation needs,your dealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into theservice department immediately, keepdriving it until it can be scheduled forservice, unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please call yourdealership, let them know this, and ask forinstructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring thevehicle for service, you are urged to do soas early in the work day as possible toallow for same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation ProgramTo enhance your ownership experience, weand our participating dealers are proud tooffer Courtesy Transportation, a customersupport program for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverageperiod in Canada), Federal Emission,Extended Powertrain or Electric specificwarranties in both the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportation options areavailable to assist in reducing inconveniencewhen warranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a part of theNew Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separatemanual entitled “Limited Warranty and



Owner Assistance Information” furnishedwith each new vehicle provides detailedwarranty coverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However, if youare unable to do so, your dealer may offerthe following transportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-trip shuttleservice within reasonable time and distanceparameters of your dealer's area.

Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs are needed,and public transportation is used, theexpense must be supported by originalreceipts and within the maximum amountallowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuel expensesmay be available. Claim amounts shouldreflect actual costs and be supported byoriginal receipts. See your dealer forinformation.

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, the dealermay provide an available courtesy rentalvehicle or provide for reimbursement of arental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited andmust be supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completed rentalagreement and meet state/provincial, local,and rental vehicle provider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements, insurancecoverage, credit card, etc. Additional feessuch as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes,levies, usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond the completion ofthe repair are also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide a likevehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttle service,may not be available at every dealer.Contact your dealer for specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change, or discontinueCourtesy Transportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claim eligibilitypursuant to the terms and conditionsdescribed herein at its sole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in a collision and itis damaged, have the damage repaired by aqualified technician using the properequipment and quality replacement parts.Poorly performed collision repairs diminishthe vehicle resale value, and safetyperformance can be compromised insubsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are new partsmade with the same materials andconstruction methods as the parts withwhich the vehicle was originally built.Genuine GM Collision parts are the bestchoice to ensure that the vehicle's designedappearance, durability, and safety arepreserved. The use of Genuine GM parts canhelp maintain the GM New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Recycled original equipment parts may alsobe used for repair. These parts are typicallyremoved from vehicles that were total lossesin prior crashes. In most cases, the partsbeing recycled are from undamaged sectionsof the vehicle. A recycled original equipmentGM part may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originally designed



appearance and safety performance;however, the history of these parts is notknown. Such parts are not covered by theGM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered by thatwarranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are also available.These are made by companies other thanGM and may not have been tested for thevehicle. As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may not performproperly in subsequent collisions.Aftermarket parts are not covered by theGM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and anyvehicle failure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choose acollision repair facility that meets yourneeds before you ever need collision repairs.Your dealer may have a collision repaircenter with GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or be able torecommend a collision repair center that hasGM-trained technicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GM vehiclewith comprehensive and collision insurancecoverage. There are significant differences inthe quality of coverage afforded by variousinsurance policy terms. Many insurancepolicies provide reduced protection to theGM vehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by using aftermarketcollision parts. Some insurance companieswill not specify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, we recommendthat you ensure that the vehicle will berepaired with GM original equipmentcollision parts. If such insurance coverage isnot available from your current insurancecarrier, consider switching to anotherinsurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasing companymay require you to have insurance thatensures repairs with Genuine GM OriginalEquipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacement parts.Read the lease carefully, as you may becharged at the end of the lease for poorquality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, call emergencyservices for help. Do not leave the scene ofa crash until all matters have been takencare of. Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you are instructed tomove it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary information topolice and other parties involved in thecrash.

For emergency towing see RoadsideAssistance Program 0 311.

Gather the following information:. Driver name, address, and telephone

number. Driver license number. Owner name, address, and telephone

number. Vehicle license plate number. Vehicle make, model, and model year. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Insurance company and policy number. General description of the damage to the

other vehicle



Choose a reputable repair facility that usesquality replacement parts. See “CollisionParts” earlier in this section.

In a crash, the sensing system may shutdown the high voltage system. See Battery -North America 0 248 for important safetyinformation. If an airbag has inflated, seeWhat Will You See after an Airbag Inflates?0 47.

If the vehicle is damaged from a crash,flood, fire, or other event it may benecessary to have the vehicle inspected.SeeBattery - North America 0 248 forimportant safety information.

Managing the Vehicle Damage RepairProcess

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommends that youtake an active role in its repair. If you havea pre-determined repair facility of choice,take the vehicle there, or have it towedthere. Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision parts beoriginal equipment parts, either newGenuine GM parts or recycled original GMparts. Remember, recycled parts will not becovered by the GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair, butyou must live with the repair. Depending onyour policy limits, your insurance companymay initially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this with therepair professional, and insist on GenuineGM parts. Remember, if the vehicle isleased, you may be obligated to have thevehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coverage does notpay the full cost.

If another party's insurance company ispaying for the repairs, you are not obligatedto accept a repair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policy repairlimits, as you have no contractual limitswith that company. In such cases, you canhave control of the repair and parts choicesas long as the cost stays within reasonablelimits.

Publication Ordering Information

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosis andrepair information on the engine,transmission, axle, suspension, brakes,electrical system, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are written specifically forowners and are intended to provide basicoperational information about the vehicle.The owner’s manual includes theMaintenance Schedule for all models.

Customer literature publications available forpurchase include owner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch.

Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customer literature areavailable for many current and past modelyear GM vehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday,8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at:www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.



Radio Frequency StatementThis vehicle uses license-exempttransmitters / receivers / systems thatoperate on a radio frequency that complieswith Part 15/Part 18 of the FederalCommunications Commission (FCC) rules andwith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada's license-exemptRSS(s) / RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1. The device may not cause harmfulinterference.

2. The device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

Changes or modifications to any of thesesystems by other than an authorized servicefacility could void authorization to use thisequipment.

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to theUnited States GovernmentIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying GeneralMotors.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However, NHTSAcannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer,or General Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);go to http://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian GovernmentIf you live in Canada, and you believethat the vehicle has a safety defect,notify Transport Canada immediately,and notify General Motors of CanadaCompany. Call Transport Canada at1-800-333-0510; go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)



or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (or TransportCanada) in a situation like this, notifyGeneral Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:

General Motors of Canada CompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 800-466-0811 or800-508-0000.

In other Central America and CaribbeanCountries, call 52-555-901-2369.

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number of computers thatrecord information about the vehicle’sperformance and how it is driven or used.For example, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and control electricdrive unit performance, to monitor theconditions for airbag deployment and todeploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, toprovide antilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modules maystore data to help the dealer technicianservice the vehicle or to help GM improvesafety or features. Some modules may alsostore data about how the vehicle isoperated, such as rate of energyconsumption or average speed. Thesemodules may retain personal preferences,such as radio presets, seat positions, andtemperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about the use ofyour vehicle including operational and safetyrelated information. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate, improve,and troubleshoot our products and servicesand to develop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronics systemsand customer data from unauthorizedoutside electronic access or control isimportant to GM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices, guidelines andcontrols aimed at defending the vehicle andthe vehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access, detectingpossible malicious activity in relatednetworks, and responding to suspectedcybersecurity incidents in a timely,coordinated and effective manner. Securityincidents could impact your safety orcompromise your private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connect yourvehicle electronic systems to unauthorizeddevices or connect your vehicle to anyunknown or untrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). Inthe event you suspect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safe operation ofyour vehicle, please stop operating yourvehicle and contact your dealer.



Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to recordsuch data as:. How various systems in your vehicle were

operating;. Whether or not the driver and passenger

safety belts were buckled/fastened;. How far (if at all) the driver was

depressing the accelerator and/or brakepedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by your vehicle onlyif a non-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata are recorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personal data(e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location)are recorded. However, other parties, suchas law enforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data or share itwith others except: with the consent of thevehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased,with the consent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police or similargovernment office; as part of GM's defenseof litigation through the discovery process;

or, as permitted by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also be used for GMresearch needs or may be made available toothers for research purposes, where a needis shown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped with OnStar andhas an active service plan, additional datamay be collected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includes informationabout the vehicle’s operation; collisionsinvolving the vehicle; the use of the vehicleand its features, including infotainment; andthe location and approximate GPS speed ofthe vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms andConditions and Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information 0 321.


OnStar 319

OnStarOnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . 321

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle system that canconnect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency,Security, Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStar services mayrequire a paid service plan and data plan.OnStar requires the vehicle battery andelectrical system, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link to existingemergency service providers. OnStar maycollect information about you and yourvehicle, including location information. SeeOnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more details includingsystem limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.)or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is next tothe OnStar buttons. If the status light is:. Solid Green: System is ready.. Flashing Green: On a call.. Red: Indicates a problem.. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to

speak with an OnStar Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.

Functionality of the Voice Command buttonmay vary by vehicle and region.

Press= to:. Open the OnStar app on the infotainment

display. If equipped, the infotainmentsystem has OnStar controls in theembedded OnStar app on the Home Page.Most OnStar functions that can beperformed with the buttons can be doneusing the app. To open the app, touch theOnStar icon on the Home Page. Appupdates require a corresponding serviceplan. Features vary by region and model.Features are subject to change. For moreinformation, see my.chevrolet.com/learnor press Q.


320 OnStar

Or. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice

commands.. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot

name or SSID and password, if equipped.

Press Q to connect to an Advisor to:. Verify account information or update

contact information.. Get driving directions.. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's

key operating systems.. Receive Roadside Assistance.. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connection to anOnStar Advisor available 24/7 to:. Get help for an emergency.. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an

AMBER Alert.. Get assistance in severe weather or other

crisis situations and find evacuationroutes.

OnStar ServicesEmergencyEmergency Services require an active safetyand security plan. With Automatic CrashResponse, built-in sensors can automaticallyalert a specially trained OnStar Advisor whois immediately connected in to the vehicleto help.

Press> for a priority connection to anOnStar Advisor who can contact emergencyservice providers, direct them to your exactlocation, and relay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trainedAdvisors are available 24 hours a day,7 days a week, to provide a central point ofcontact, assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisors canlocate a nearby service provider to help witha flat tire, a battery jump, or an emptygas tank.

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides these services:. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar

Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint thevehicle and help authorities quicklyrecover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped,OnStar can block the vehicle from beingrestarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can work with lawenforcement to gradually slow thevehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are locked and thevehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text,e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If thevehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover the vehicle.


OnStar 321

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to setup an account.

. After change in ownership and at90 days.

Transferring Service

Press Q to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisor cancancel or change account information.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)immediately to terminate your OnStar orconnected services if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

Reactivation for Subsequent Owners

Press Q and follow the prompts to speak toan Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisorwill update vehicle records and explainOnStar or connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response, EmergencyServices, Crisis Assist, Stolen VehicleAssistance, Remote Services, and RoadsideAssistance are available on most vehicles.Not all OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. For moreinformation, a full description of OnStarservices, system limitations, and OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.. Press Q to speak with an Advisor.

OnStar or connected services cannot workunless the vehicle is in a place where OnStarhas an agreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must also havecoverage, network capacity, reception, andtechnology compatible with OnStar orconnected services. Service involving locationinformation about the vehicle cannot workunless GPS signals are available,unobstructed, and compatible with theOnStar hardware. OnStar or connected

services may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installed or it hasnot been properly maintained. If equipmentor software is added, connected,or modified, OnStar or connected servicesmay not work. Other problems beyond thecontrol of OnStar — such as hills, tallbuildings, tunnels, weather, electrical systemdesign and architecture of the vehicle,damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion or jamming —may prevent service.


Services for People with Disabilities

Advisors provide services to help withphysical disabilities and medical conditions.

Press Q to help:. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets

accessibility needs.. Provide directions to the closest hospital

or pharmacy in urgent situations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicate todeaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. The available


322 OnStar

TTY system can provide in-vehicle access toall OnStar services, except Virtual Advisorand OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on oroff by touching Settings, then Apps, andthen Phone. When TTY mode is on, phonecalls can be made or received with OnStarusing the infotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some OnStarservices. The PIN will need to be changedthe first time when speaking with anAdvisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contactan OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warranted as partof the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed to respondin multiple languages. Press Q and ask foran Advisor. Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Available languagesmay vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlockor Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehiclehas been off continuously for an extendedperiod of time without an ignition cycle. Tofind out the duration of time that appliesfor the vehicle, contact an OnStar Advisor bypressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. If thevehicle has not been started for an extendedperiod of time, OnStar can contact RoadsideAssistance or a locksmith to help gain accessto the vehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a

large city with tall buildings; in parkinggarages; around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area with verydense trees. If GPS signals are notavailable, the OnStar system should stilloperate to call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifying the exactlocation.

. In emergency situations, OnStar can usethe last stored GPS location to send toemergency responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss ofthe ability to send a Turn-by-TurnNavigation route. The Advisor may give averbal route or may ask for a call back afterthe vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required for OnStar tosend remote signals to the vehicle. Do notplace items over or near the antenna toprevent blocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar Message

If there is limited cellular coverage or thecellular network has reached maximumcapacity, this message may come on. PressQ to try the call again or try again afterdriving a few miles into anothercellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicle electricalsystem, wireless service, and GPS satellitetechnologies to be available and operatingfor features to function properly. Thesesystems may not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.


OnStar 323

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated into theelectrical architecture of the vehicle. Do notadd any electrical equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 239. Added electricalequipment may interfere with the operationof the OnStar system and cause it to notoperate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to the vehiclewithout further notice or consent. Theseupdates or changes may enhance ormaintain safety, security, or the operationof the vehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes may affect orerase data or settings that are stored in thevehicle, such as saved navigationdestinations or pre-set radio stations.Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data or settings.These updates or changes may also collectpersonal information. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacy statementor separately disclosed at the time of

installation. These updates or changes mayalso cause a system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers to collectinformation about vehicle system status,identify whether updates or changes areavailable, or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutes consentto these software updates or changes andagreement that either OnStar or GM mayremotely deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar Privacy Statement maybe found at www.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommendthat you review it. If you have anyquestions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak withan Advisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned that theprivacy of any information sent via wirelesscellular communications cannot be assured.Third parties may unlawfully intercept oraccess transmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - Software Acknowledgements

To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL,MPL, and other open source licenses, that iscontained in this product, please visithttp://opensource.lge.com. In addition tothe source code, all referred license terms,warranty disclaimers, and copyright noticesare available for download. This offer is validfor a period of three years after our lastshipment of this product. This offer is validto anyone in receipt of this information.

*Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who issolely responsible for provisions of relatedOSS compliance.


324 Connected Services

Connected ServicesConnected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Connected ServicesNavigationNavigation requires a specific OnStar orconnected service plan.

Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directionsor have them sent to the vehicle’snavigation screen, if equipped. SelectTurn-by-Turn Directions from the Servicestab of the OnStar app to call an Advisor orselect a recent or favorite destination. Touchthe navigation icons to select home, address,or place. A destination transfer from OnStarwill show the detail view of the destinationwhen it is transferred from OnStar to theNavigation application. See www.onstar.comfor a coverage map. Services vary by model.Map coverage is available in the UnitedStates and Canada.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor.

2. Request directions to be downloaded tothe vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guided commands.

Using Voice Commands During aPlanned Route

Functionality of the Voice Command button,if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region.For some vehicles, press = to open theOnStar app on the infotainment display.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to the vehicle’snavigation screen, if equipped.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor to downloaddirections to the vehicle’s navigation system,if equipped. After the call ends, thenavigation screen will provide prompts tobegin driving directions. Routes that are sentto the navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca(Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help with stayingconnected.

For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com(U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).


Connected Services 325

Ensuring Security. Change the default passwords for the

Wi-Fi hotspot and myChevrolet mobileapplication. Make these passwordsdifferent from each other and use acombination of letters and numbers toincrease the security.

. Change the default name of the SSID(Service Set Identifier). This is yournetwork’s name that is visible to otherwireless devices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names or vehicledescriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fihotspot that provides access to the Internetand web content at 4G LTE speed. Up toseven mobile devices can be connected.A data plan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information,press= to open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display, then select Wi-FiHotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fior Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fihotspot name (SSID), password, and onsome vehicles, the connection type (no

Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), andsignal quality (poor, good, excellent). TheLTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It ispossible that the icon may not illuminateeven though the vehicle has an activeconnection.

3. To change the SSID or password, pressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On some vehicles, theSSID and password can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fihotspot will connect automatically to yourmobile devices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobiledevice, using the myChevrolet mobile app,or by contacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managedfrom the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

MyChevrolet Mobile App (If Available)

Download the myChevrolet mobile app tocompatible Apple and Android smartphones.Chevrolet users can access the followingservices from a smartphone:. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,

if factory-equipped.. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with

automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s energy level,range or tire pressure, if factory-equippedwith the Tire Pressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off,manage settings, and monitor dataconsumption, if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and schedule service.

. Request Roadside Assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pin drop,take a photo, make a note, and set atimer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on social media.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app information andcompatibility, see my.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connected service planmay be required. A compatible device,factory-installed remote start, and powerlocks are required. Data rates apply. Seewww.onstar.com for details and systemlimitations.


326 Connected Services

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock thedoors or sound the horn and flash thelamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offers fromrestaurants and retailers on your route, helplocate hotels, or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on the vehicle'skey systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics,if equipped, provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary by model.See www.onstar.com for details and systemlimitations. Features are subject to change.For updates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message and data ratesmay apply.


Index 327

Index AAbout Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . .241Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Additional InformationOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . 300AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

AgreementsTrademarks and License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . 169Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . 47Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . 47What Will You See after an AirbagInflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . 46Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . 52

Airbags (cont'd)Passenger Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . 52System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Rear Cross Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122AntennaMulti-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Apple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . . . 148ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . 220Assistance Systems for Parking andBacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217


328 Index

AudioBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . . . . 125

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 116Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Battery - North America . . . . . . . . . . . . 248, 282Battery GaugeHigh Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249BluetoothOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 145

Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Automatic Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Braking SystemFront Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Bulb ReplacementBack-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79CaliforniaPerchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 241

California Proposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248, 282,

Back CoverCameraRear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Car Wash Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Carbon MonoxideLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236ChargingDelay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Charging Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 69Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292


Index 329

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313CompartmentUnderhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

ControlTraction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . 190

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173ControlsSteering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . .312

CoverCargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Cruise Control, Super . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Customer InformationPublications Ordering Information . . . . . 315

Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . 308Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Data CollectionOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318Database Coverage Explanations . . . . . . . . . 139Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Delayed Charging Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

DiagnosticsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

DriverTeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Driver Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . 103DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Impaired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175One-Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178


330 Index

Driving (cont'd)Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Driving for Better Energy Efficiency . . . . . . . 171Driving the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Electrical Requirements for BatteryCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Electrical SystemFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 258Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101EngineCooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . . . 116

FFlash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295FluidBrakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 220Frequency StatementRadio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Front SeatsAdjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

FusesFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . 258Underhood Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251GaugesBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . 83

General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Global Positioning System (GPS) . . . . . . . . . .138Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

GuidanceProblems with the Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28HeadlampsAiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112


Index 331

Headlamps (cont'd)Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . 112Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . . . .32Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85High Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . . . . . 253High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . .37HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

IIf the System Needs Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19IndicatorPedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Indicator (cont'd)Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .55InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1, 117

JJump Starting - North America . . . . . . . . . . . 282

KKeyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261LampsCourtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . 111Exterior Lighting Battery Saver . . . . . . . . . 116On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Lamps (cont'd)Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39LATCH SystemReplacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 67

LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18LightingEntry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92


332 Index

Lights (cont'd)High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90One-Pedal Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Service Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . 89Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

MMaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Maintenance and CareAdditional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Map Data Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131MediaAvoiding Untrusted Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

MessagesPropulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . 21Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21ModeCar Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . 266Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

NNavigationConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Navigation Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53One-Pedal Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186One-Pedal Driving Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . .321OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320OptionsCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80


Index 333

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Underhood Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Owner Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217, 220ParkingExtended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Parking or BackingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . 88Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . 169Passenger Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Perchlorate Materials Requirements,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241

PersonalizationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

PhoneApple CarPlay and Android Auto . . . . . . . 148Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144, 145

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

PortUSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

PositioningVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

PowerButton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Problems with Route Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 139ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Proposition 65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248, 282,

Back CoverPropulsion Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Publication Ordering Information . . . . . . . . .315

RRadio Data System (RDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124RadiosAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Rear Cross Traffic Alert System . . . . . . . . . . 220Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31RecognitionVoice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 302RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Reimbursement Program, GMMobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310


334 Index

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . .7Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Replacing LATCH System Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Replacing Seat Belt System Parts aftera Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Reporting Safety DefectsCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . .183RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

SSafety Defects ReportingCanadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Safety SignalPedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41How to Wear Seat Belts Properly . . . . . . . 37Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Seats (cont'd)Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 69SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . 241Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 296Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . 89Servicing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306


Index 335

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

StartRemote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Starting and Stopping the Vehicle . . . . . . . .182Status ScreensCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Cargo Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Storing the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

StrutsGas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Super Cruise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Surround Vision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

SystemForward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . 220Global Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Rear Cross Traffic Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

TTeen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Tires (cont'd)Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . 267Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Sealant and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Sealant and Compressor Kit,Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Self-Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . 263Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . 273Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 275Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . 271Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrakLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . .158


336 Index

Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . .312Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

UUnderhood Compartment Fuse Block . . . . 255Underhood Compartment Overview . . . . . . 244Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . 273UpdatesMap Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Using the Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Using the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2Utility Interruption of Charging . . . . . . . . . . 238

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . 305Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Vehicle (cont'd)Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Vehicle CareStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . .317Vehicle Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Voice Recognition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246WheelsAlignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Wheels (cont'd)Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . .271When to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

WindshieldReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249WipersRear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

22_CHEV_Bolt_EUV_COV_en_US_84946677A_2021MAR11.pdf 1 3/7/2021 10:55:44 AM

2022 Chevrolet Bolt EUV Owner's Manual

2022 Chevrolet Bolt EUV Owner's Manual

Documents